<<

84394118 C Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Contents Introduction ...... 2 Keys, Doors, and Windows ...... 7 Seats and Restraints ...... 39 Storage ...... 92 Instruments and Controls ...... 97 Lighting ...... 143 Infotainment System ...... 151 Climate Controls ...... 216 Driving and Operating ...... 223 Vehicle Care ...... 303 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 388 Technical Data ...... 402 Customer Information ...... 406 Reporting Safety Defects ...... 416 OnStar ...... 420 Connected Services ...... 426 Index ...... 429 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 5/4/20

2 Introduction Introduction For vehicles first sold in Canada, Canadian Vehicle Owners substitute the name “ of Canada Company” for A French language manual can be Buick Motor Division wherever it obtained from your dealer, at appears in this manual. www.helminc.com, or from: This manual describes features that Propriétaires Canadiens may or may not be on the vehicle On peut obtenir un exemplaire de because of optional equipment that ce guide en français auprès du was not purchased on the vehicle, The names, logos, emblems, concessionnaire ou à l'adresse model variants, country suivante: slogans, vehicle model names, and specifications, features/applications vehicle body designs appearing in that may not be available in your Helm, Incorporated this manual including, but not limited region, or changes subsequent to Attention: Customer Service to, GM, the GM logo, BUICK, the printing of this owner’s manual. 47911 Halyard Drive Encore GX and the BUICK Emblem Plymouth, MI 48170 are trademarks and/or service Refer to the purchase USA marks of General Motors LLC, its documentation relating to your subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. specific vehicle to confirm the features. Using this Manual Keep this manual in the vehicle for To quickly locate information about quick reference. the vehicle, use the Index in the back of the manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found.

Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 84394118 C Third Printing © 2020 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Introduction 3 About Driving the Vehicle Symbols { Warning As with other vehicles of this type, The vehicle has components and failure to operate this vehicle Warning indicates a hazard that labels that use symbols instead of correctly may result in loss of could result in injury or death. text. Symbols are shown along with control or a crash. Be sure to read the text describing the operation or the driving guidelines in this manual information relating to a specific in the section called “Driving and component, control, message, Operating” and specifically Driver Caution gauge, or indicator. 0 Behavior 224, Driving M Environment 0 224, and Vehicle Caution indicates a hazard that : Shown when the owner’s Design 0 224. could result in property or vehicle manual has additional instructions damage. or information. Danger, Warning, and * : Shown when the service Caution manual has additional instructions or information. Warning messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe 0 : Shown when there is more hazards and what to do to avoid or information on another page — reduce them. “see page.”

{ Danger A circle with a slash through it is a safety symbol which means “Do Danger indicates a hazard with a not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let high level of risk which will result this happen.” in serious injury or death. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

4 Introduction Vehicle Symbol Chart R : Fuse Block Cover Lock / : Remote Vehicle Start Location Here are some additional symbols > : Reminders that may be found on the vehicle + : Fuses and what they mean. See the I : Side Blind Zone Alert features in this manual for j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child information. Restraints h : Stop/Start u : Air Conditioning System : Keep Fuse Block Covers 7 : Pressure Monitor Properly Installed G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/ | : Lane Change Alert Electronic Stability Control (ESC) 9 : Readiness Light @ : Lane Departure Warning a : Under Pressure ! : Antilock System (ABS) A : Lane Keep Assist V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator $ : Brake System Warning Light * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp 9 : Dispose of Used Components Properly : : Oil Pressure P : Do Not Apply High Pressure X : Park Assist Water ~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator B : Engine Coolant Temperature O : Power _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited 7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert H : Flammable I : Registered Technician [ : Forward Collision Alert Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Introduction 5 Instrument Panel Overview Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

6 Introduction 1. Air Vents 0 221. Heated Front Seats 0 48. (If 16. Controls 0 98. 2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn Equipped). 17. Horn 0 98. and Lane-Change Signals 9. Power Outlets 0 102. 0 18. Adjustment 147. 10. Wireless Charging 0 103 (If 0 98 (Out of View). IntelliBeam System Button (If Equipped). 19. 0 256. Equipped). See Exterior Lamp 11. Stop/Start Disable Switch (If Controls 0 143. 0 258 Equipped). See Stop/Start (If Equipped). 3. Instrument Cluster 0 107. System 0 239. Heated Steering Wheel 0 98 (If Driver Information Center (DIC) All-Wheel Drive Button (If Equipped). Display. See Driver Information Equipped). Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) 0 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 287 System 0 278 (If Equipped). 123 or (If Equipped). Driver Information Center (DIC) 20. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 130 (Uplevel) 0 127. Traction Control/Electronic 0 (If Equipped). 0 Stability Control 254. 4. Wiper/Washer 98. 21. Release. See Hood Assistance Systems for 0 5. Light Sensor. See Automatic 0 306. 0 or Backing 271 (If System 146. Equipped). 22. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 143. 6. Hazard Warning Flashers 12. Electric 0 252. 0 146. 13. Shift Lever. See Automatic 7. Infotainment Controls. See 0 247. Overview 0 153. 14. USB Port 0 162. 8. Climate Control Systems 0 216. Auxiliary Jack 0 165. Dual Automatic Climate Control 15. ENGINE START/STOP Button. System 0 218. See Ignition Positions 0 236. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 7 Folding Mirrors ...... 31 Keys and Locks Keys, Doors, and Heated Mirrors ...... 31 Windows Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 31 Keys Interior Mirrors Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 32 Keys and Locks Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 32 { Warning Keys ...... 7 Automatic Dimming Rearview Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with Mirror ...... 32 a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System ...... 8 Rear Camera Mirror ...... 32 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is dangerous and System Operation ...... 8 Windows children or others could be Remote Vehicle Start ...... 15 Windows ...... 35 seriously injured or killed. They Door Locks ...... 17 Power Windows ...... 35 could operate the power windows ...... 19 Sun Visors ...... 37 or other controls or make the Delayed Locking ...... 19 vehicle move. The windows will Automatic Door Locks ...... 19 Roof function with the RKE transmitter Lockout Protection ...... 20 ...... 37 in the vehicle, and children or Safety Locks ...... 20 others could be caught in the path Doors of a closing window. Do not leave Liftgate ...... 21 children in a vehicle with an RKE transmitter. Vehicle Security Vehicle Security ...... 28 Vehicle Alarm System ...... 28 Immobilizer ...... 29 Immobilizer Operation ...... 29 Exterior Mirrors Convex Mirrors ...... 30 Power Mirrors ...... 31 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

8 Keys, Doors, and Windows To remove the key, press the button . Check the distance. The on the bottom of the RKE transmitter may be too far from transmitter and pull the key out. the vehicle. Never pull the key out without . Check the location. Other pressing the button. vehicles or objects may be If it becomes difficult to turn the key, blocking the signal. inspect the key blade for debris. . Check the transmitter's battery. See your dealer if a new key is See “Battery Replacement” later needed. in this section. Contact Roadside Assistance if . If the transmitter is still not locked out of the vehicle. See working correctly, see your Roadside Assistance Program dealer. The key inside the Remote Keyless 0 Entry (RKE) transmitter is used for 410. the driver door. With an active OnStar or connected Remote Keyless Entry service plan, an OnStar Advisor (RKE) System Operation may remotely unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview 0 420. The Keyless Access system allows for vehicle entry when the Remote Remote Keyless Entry Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See “Keyless (RKE) System Access Operation” following. See Radio Frequency Statement The RKE transmitter functions may 0 416. work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from If there is a decrease in the Remote the vehicle. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter Other conditions can impact the operating range: performance of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System 0 8. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 9 Pressing Q may also arm the 7 : Press and release one time to theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle initiate vehicle locator. The exterior Alarm System 0 28. lamps flash and the horn chirps three times. Press and hold 7 for K : Press to unlock the driver door. Press unlock again within three seconds to sound the panic five seconds to unlock all doors. alarm. The horn sounds and the The RKE transmitter can be turn signal lamps flash for programmed to unlock all doors on 30 seconds, or until 7 is pressed the first button press. See Vehicle again or the vehicle is started. 0 Personalization 135. When b : Press twice quickly to open or remotely unlocking the vehicle at close the liftgate. night the back-up lamps will come With Power Liftgate and Remote on for about 30 seconds to light Press once to stop the liftgate from Start Shown your approach to the vehicle. The moving. Q : Press to lock all doors. The turn turn signal indicators may flash to Keyless Access Operation signal indicators may flash and/or indicate unlocking. See Vehicle 0 With the Keyless Access system, the horn may sound on the second Personalization 135. you can lock and unlock the doors press to indicate locking. See Pressing K will disarm the and access the liftgate without Vehicle Personalization 0 135. theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle removing the RKE transmitter from 0 If the driver door is open when Q is Alarm System 28. your pocket, purse, briefcase, etc. pressed, and Open Door Anti Lock / : Press and release Q and then The RKE transmitter should be within 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate or door Out is enabled through vehicle immediately press and hold / for at being opened. The buttons are on personalization, all doors will lock least four seconds to start the the outside door handles. and then the driver door will engine from outside the vehicle immediately unlock. See Vehicle 0 using the RKE transmitter. See Personalization 135. If the Remote Vehicle Start 0 15. passenger door is open when Q is pressed, all doors lock. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

10 Keys, Doors, and Windows Keyless Access can be Keyless Unlocking/Locking from programmed to unlock all doors on Passenger Doors the first lock/unlock press from the When the doors are locked and the driver door. See Vehicle 0 RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of Personalization 135. the door handle, pressing the lock/ If equipped with memory seats, RKE unlock button on that door handle transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to will unlock all doors. Pressing the seating positions of memory 1 or 2. lock/unlock button will cause all See Memory Seats 0 45. doors to lock if any of the following occur: Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the Driver Door . The lock/unlock button was used to unlock all doors. When the doors are locked and the Driver Shown, Passenger Similar RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of . Any vehicle door has opened Pressing the lock/unlock button will the driver door handle, pressing the and all doors are now closed. cause all doors to lock if any of the lock/unlock button on the driver door following occur: Disable/Enable Keyless Unlocking handle will unlock the driver door. of Exterior Door Handles and . It has been more than If the lock/unlock button is pressed Liftgate again within five seconds, all five seconds since the first lock/ passenger doors will unlock. unlock button press. If equipped, keyless unlocking of the exterior door handles and liftgate . Two lock/unlock button presses can be disabled and enabled. were used to unlock all doors. Disabling Keyless Unlocking: . Any vehicle door has opened and all doors are now closed. With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and K on the RKE transmitter at the same time for approximately three seconds. The turn signal lamps will flash four times quickly to indicate access is disabled. Using Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 11 any exterior handle to unlock the transmitter inside the vehicle. Do Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert doors or open the liftgate will cause not leave the RKE transmitter in an If the vehicle is on with a door open, the turn signal lamps to flash four unattended vehicle. and then all doors are closed, the times quickly, indicating access is To customize the doors to vehicle will check for RKE disabled. If disabled, disarm the automatically lock when exiting the transmitters inside. If an RKE alarm system before starting the vehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock, transmitter is not detected, the vehicle. Start” under Vehicle Personalization Driver Information Center (DIC) will Enabling Keyless Unlocking: 0 135. display NO REMOTE DETECTED and the horn will chirp three times. With the vehicle off, press and hold Temporary Disable of Passive K This occurs only once each time the Q and on the RKE transmitter at Locking vehicle is driven. the same time for approximately Temporarily disable passive locking three seconds. The turn signal Keyless Liftgate Opening by pressing and holding K on the lamps will flash twice quickly to Press the touch pad on the liftgate indicate access is enabled. interior door switch with a door open for at least four seconds, or until handle to open the liftgate if the Passive Locking three chimes are heard. Passive RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). The vehicle will lock several locking will then remain disabled Key Access until Q on the interior door is seconds after all doors are closed if To access a vehicle with a weak the vehicle is off and at least one pressed, or until the vehicle is turned on. transmitter battery, see Door Locks RKE transmitter has been removed 0 17. or none remain in the interior. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert If other electronic devices interfere Programming Transmitters to When the vehicle is turned off and the Vehicle with the RKE transmitter signal, the an RKE transmitter is left in the vehicle may not detect the RKE vehicle, the horn will chirp three Only RKE transmitters programmed transmitter inside the vehicle. times after all doors are closed. To to the vehicle will work. If a If passive locking is enabled, the turn on or off see Vehicle transmitter is lost or stolen, a doors may lock with the RKE Personalization 0 135. replacement can be purchased and programmed through your dealer. The vehicle can be reprogrammed Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

12 Keys, Doors, and Windows so that lost or stolen transmitters no When all additional transmitters longer work. Each vehicle can have are programmed, press and up to eight transmitters matched hold ENGINE START/STOP for to it. 12 seconds to exit programming mode. Programming with Recognized Transmitters 6. Put the key back into the transmitter. A new transmitter can be programmed to the vehicle when 7. Replace the key lock cylinder there are two recognized cap. See Door Locks 0 17. transmitters. Programming without Recognized To program, the vehicle must be off Transmitters and all of the transmitters, both 3. Remove the two recognized If two currently recognized currently recognized and new, must transmitters from transmitter transmitters are not available, follow be with you. pocket. Place the new this procedure to program up to 1. Place the two recognized transmitter in transmitter eight transmitters. This feature is transmitters in transmitter pocket. not available in Canada. This pocket. 4. Press ENGINE START/STOP. procedure will take approximately 2. Insert the vehicle key of the When the transmitter is learned 30 minutes to complete. The vehicle new transmitter into the key the DIC display will show that it must be off and all of the lock cylinder on the outside of is ready to program the next transmitters you wish to program the driver door and turn the key transmitter. must be with you. to the unlock position five times 5. Remove the transmitter from 1. Remove the key lock cylinder within 10 seconds. the transmitter pocket and cap on the driver door handle. 0 The DIC displays READY FOR press the transmitter K or Q See Door Locks 17. Insert the vehicle key of the REMOTE #2, 3, 4, ETC. button. transmitter into the key lock To program additional cylinder on the driver door transmitters, repeat Steps 3–5. handle and turn the key, Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 13 counterclockwise, to the unlock When all additional transmitters position five times within are programmed, press and 10 seconds. hold ENGINE START/STOP for The DIC displays REMOTE 12 seconds to exit LEARN PENDING, programming mode. PLEASE WAIT. 7. Put the key back into the 2. Wait for 10 minutes until the transmitter. DIC displays PRESS ENGINE 8. Replace the key lock cylinder START BUTTON TO LEARN cap. See Door Locks 0 17. and then press ENGINE START/STOP. Starting the Vehicle with a Low Transmitter Battery The DIC display will again 4. Place the new transmitter in For improved vehicle security, the show REMOTE LEARN transmitter pocket. PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. transmitter is equipped with a 5. Press ENGINE START/STOP. motion sensor. When starting the 3. Repeat Step 2 two additional When the transmitter is learned vehicle, if the transmitter has been times. After the third time all the DIC display will show that it idle for a while, move the transmitter previously known transmitters is ready to program the next slightly and try starting the vehicle. will no longer work with the transmitter. When starting the vehicle, if the vehicle. Remaining transmitters transmitter battery is depleted or 6. Remove the transmitter from can be relearned during the there is signal interference, the DIC next steps. the transmitter pocket and K may display NO REMOTE The DIC display should now press the transmitter or Q DETECTED, REPLACE BATTERY show READY FOR REMOTE button. IN KEY, or NO REMOTE # 1. To program additional DETECTED PLACE KEY IN KEY transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6. POCKET THEN START YOUR VEHICLE, follow the steps shown below. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

14 Keys, Doors, and Windows To start the vehicle: Battery Replacement Caution { Warning When replacing the battery, do not touch any of the circuitry on Never allow children to play with the transmitter. Static from your the RKE transmitter. The body could damage the transmitter contains a small transmitter. battery, which can be a choking hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can occur, resulting in severe injury or death. Seek Caution medical attention immediately if a battery is swallowed. Always replace the battery with the correct type. Replacing the 1. Place the transmitter in the battery with an incorrect type transmitter pocket, with the could potentially create a risk of buttons facing the front of the { Warning battery explosion. Dispose of vehicle. used batteries according to To avoid personal injury, do not instructions and local laws. Do 2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or touch metal surfaces on the RKE not attempt to burn, crush, or cut N (Neutral), press the brake transmitter when it has been the used battery, and avoid pedal and ENGINE exposed to extreme heat. These exposing the battery to START/STOP. surfaces can be hot to the touch environments with extremely low Replace the transmitter battery at temperatures above 59 °C air pressures or high as soon as possible. (138 °F). temperatures. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 15 Replace the battery in the 4. Remove the battery. transmitter soon if the DIC displays 5. Insert the new battery, positive REPLACE BATTERY IN side toward the back cover. REMOTE KEY. Replace with a CR2032 or To replace the battery: equivalent battery. 6. Push together the transmitter. 7. Insert the key back into the RKE transmitter. Remote Vehicle Start The vehicle has a remote starting 2. Insert a flat, thin object and feature that starts the engine from remove the back cover. outside of the vehicle. / : This button is on the RKE transmitter. Laws in some communities may 1. Press the button on the bottom restrict the use of remote starters. of the RKE transmitter to For example, some laws may remove the key. Never pull the require a person using the remote key out without pressing the start to have the vehicle in view button. when doing so. Check local regulations for any requirements on remote starting of vehicles. Do not use the remote start feature if the vehicle is low on fuel. The 3. Lift the battery with a flat vehicle could run out of fuel. object. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

16 Keys, Doors, and Windows The RKE transmitter range may be With an automatic climate control since the vehicle has been driven. less while the vehicle is running. system and if equipped with heated Remote start can be extended Other conditions can affect the seats, the heated seats turn on one time. performance of the transmitter. See during colder outside temperatures If the remote start procedure is used Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) and shut off when the ignition is again while the engine is still System 0 8. turned on. running, 15 minutes will be added The rear window defogger and on for a total of 30 minutes. Starting the Engine Using heated mirrors, if equipped, turn on / Remote Start during colder outside temperatures For example, if Q and then are pressed again while the engine is To start the vehicle: and turn off when the ignition is turned on. still running, 15 minutes will be 1. Press and release Q on the added on for a total of 30 minutes. RKE transmitter. After entering the vehicle during a remote start, press the brake and A maximum of two remote starts or 2. Immediately after completing ENGINE START/STOP with the remote start with an extension are Step 1, press and hold / until transmitter in the vehicle to drive the allowed between ignition cycles. the turn signal lamps flash. vehicle. After the vehicle's engine has been If the vehicle's lights cannot be If the vehicle is left running, it started two times using the remote seen, press and hold / for at automatically shuts off after start button or a start with an least four seconds. 15 minutes unless a time extension extension, the ignition must be has been done. turned on and then back off before When the vehicle starts, the park the remote start procedure can be lamps will turn on and remain on as Extending Engine Run Time used again. long as the engine is running. The doors will be locked and the climate To extend the engine run time by Canceling a Remote Start control system will operate 15 minutes, repeat Steps 1 and 2 To manually shut off a remote start: automatically if the vehicle has the while the engine is still running. An automatic system, or at the same extension can be requested . Press and hold / until the setting as when the vehicle was last 30 seconds after starting. The lamps turn off. turned off. engine run time can only be extended if it is the first remote start Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 17 . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) . Turn the ignition on and then off. . Passengers, especially . Outsiders can easily enter Conditions in Which the children, can easily open through an unlocked door the doors and fall out of a when you slow down or stop Remote Start Will Not Work moving vehicle. The doors the vehicle. Locking the The vehicle cannot be started using can be unlocked and doors can help prevent this the remote start feature if the RKE opened while the vehicle is from happening. transmitter is in the vehicle, the moving. The chance of being thrown out of the hood is open, the vehicle is not in To lock/unlock the doors from the vehicle in a crash is P (Park), the hazard flashers are on, outside: the vehicle is on, or there is an increased if the doors are emission control system not locked. So, all . Press Q or K on the Remote malfunction. passengers should wear Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. seat belts properly and the The engine turns off during a remote See Remote Keyless Entry doors should be locked 0 start if the coolant temperature gets (RKE) System Operation 8. whenever the vehicle is too high or if the oil pressure driven. . Use the key in the driver door. gets low. The key lock cylinder is covered . Young children who get into with a cap. Door Locks unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out. A child To lock/unlock the doors from the can be overcome by inside: { Warning extreme heat and can suffer . Press Q or K on the power door Unlocked doors can be permanent injuries or even lock switch. death from heat stroke. dangerous. Always lock the vehicle . Push down on the door lock (Continued) whenever leaving it. knob to lock a door. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

18 Keys, Doors, and Windows . Pull the door handle once to Driver Door Key Lock Cylinder unlock it. Pull the door handle Access (In Case of Dead again to unlatch it. Battery) Keyless Access

To access the driver door key lock The RKE transmitter must be within cylinder: 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate or door 1. Insert the key into the slot on being opened. Press the button on the bottom of the cap. the door handle to open. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) 2. Lift the key upward to remove System Operation 0 8. the cap. 3. Insert the key into the cylinder and turn to unlock. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 19 To replace the cap: Power Door Locks The doors will lock automatically 1. Position the bottom edge of the five seconds after all doors are cap under the lower edge of closed. If a door is reopened before the metal piece (2). The that time, the five-second timer will tabs (3) attach to the metal reset when all doors are closed piece (2) at the positions (1). again. 2. Rotate the cap upward and Press Q on the door lock switch install into place. again or press Q on the RKE 3. Check that the cap is secure. transmitter to lock the doors immediately. Free-Turning Locks This feature can also be The door key lock cylinder turns programmed. See Vehicle freely when either the wrong key is Personalization 0 135. used, or the correct key is not fully inserted. The free-turning door lock Automatic Door Locks : Press to lock the doors. feature prevents the lock from being Q The doors will lock automatically forced open. To reset the lock, turn K : Press to unlock the doors. when all doors are closed, the it to the vertical position with the ignition is on, and the vehicle is correct key fully inserted. Remove Delayed Locking shifted out of P (Park). the key and insert it again. If this does not reset the lock, turn the key This feature delays the locking of To unlock the doors: halfway around in the cylinder and the doors until five seconds after all Press K on the power door lock repeat the reset procedure. doors are closed. . switch. When is pressed on the power Q . Shift into P (Park). door lock switch while the door is open, a chime will sound three times indicating delayed locking is active. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

20 Keys, Doors, and Windows Automatic door locking cannot be Lockout Protection can be manually Manual Safety Locks disabled. Automatic door unlocking overridden with the driver door open can be programmed. See Vehicle by pressing and holding Q on the Personalization 0 135. power door lock switch. Lockout Protection Open Door Anti-Lock Out If Open Door Anti-Lock Out has If the ignition is on or in ACC/ been turned on and the vehicle is ACCESSORY and the power door off, the driver door is open, and lock switch is pressed with the locking is requested, all the doors driver door open, all the doors will will lock and the driver door will lock and only the driver door will remain open. The Open Door unlock. Anti-Lock Out feature can be turned If the vehicle is off and locking is on or off. See Vehicle requested while a door is open, Personalization 0 135. when all doors are closed the If equipped, the safety lock is on the vehicle will check for RKE Safety Locks inside edge of the rear doors. To transmitters inside. If an RKE use the safety lock: transmitter is detected and the The rear door safety locks prevent 1. Move the lever up to the lock number of RKE transmitters inside passengers from opening the rear position. has not reduced, the driver door will doors from inside the vehicle. unlock and the horn will chirp three 2. Close the door. times. 3. Do the same for the other rear door. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 21 To open a rear door when the safety Doors lock is on: Warning (Continued) 1. Unlock the door by activating Liftgate . Adjust the climate control the inside handle, by pressing system to a setting that the driver power door lock brings in only outside air switch, or by using the Remote { Warning and set the fan speed to the Keyless Entry (RKE) Exhaust gases can enter the highest setting. See transmitter. vehicle if it is driven with the “Climate Control Systems” 2. Open the door from the liftgate or /hatch open, in the Index. outside. or with any objects that pass . If the vehicle is equipped When the safety lock is enabled, through the seal between the with a power liftgate, disable adults and older children will not be body and the trunk/hatch or the power liftgate function. able to open the rear door from the liftgate. Engine exhaust contains See Engine Exhaust 0 246. inside. Cancel the safety locks to carbon monoxide (CO) which enable the doors to open from the cannot be seen or smelled. It can inside. cause unconsciousness and even To cancel the safety lock: death. Caution 1. Unlock the door and open it If the vehicle must be driven with To avoid damage to the liftgate or from the outside. the liftgate or trunk/hatch open: liftgate glass, make sure the area 2. Move the lever down to unlock. . Close all of the windows. above and behind the liftgate is clear before opening it. Do the same for the other door. . Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel. Manual Liftgate (Continued) To unlock the liftgate, press K on the power door lock switch or press K on the Remote Keyless Entry Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

22 Keys, Doors, and Windows (RKE) transmitter twice within Use the pull cup to lower and close five seconds. See Remote Keyless the liftgate. Do not press the touch Caution Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 8. pad while closing the liftgate. This may cause the liftgate to be Driving with an open and unlatched. unsecured liftgate may result in damage to the power liftgate The liftgate has an electric latch. components. If the battery is disconnected or has low voltage, the liftgate will not open. The liftgate will resume operation when the battery is reconnected and charged. Always close the liftgate before driving. Power Liftgate Operation

To open the liftgate, press the touch { Warning pad under the liftgate handle and lift up. You or others could be injured if With Keyless Access, the liftgate caught in the path of the power can be opened when locked if the liftgate. Make sure there is no one If equipped, the power liftgate RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) in the way of the liftgate as it is switch is on the driver door. The of the touch pad. See Remote opening and closing. vehicle must be in P (Park). Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 8. The modes are: . MAX: Opens to maximum height. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 23 . 3/4: Opens to a reduced height that can be set from 3/4 to fully Caution open. Use to prevent the liftgate from opening into overhead Manually forcing the liftgate to obstructions such as a garage open or close during a power door or roof-mounted cargo. The cycle can damage the vehicle. liftgate can be manually opened Allow the power cycle to all the way. complete. . OFF: Opens manually only. The power liftgate may be To power open or close the liftgate, temporarily disabled under extreme select MAX or 3/4 mode. low temperatures, or after repeated . Press b twice quickly on the . Press l on the bottom edge of power cycling over a short period of RKE transmitter until the liftgate the liftgate to the left of the latch time. If this occurs, the liftgate can moves. to close. still be operated manually. . Press 8 on the driver door. Press any liftgate button, the touch If the vehicle is shifted out of The driver door must either be pad, or b on the RKE transmitter P (Park) while the power function is unlocked or locked without the while the liftgate is moving to in progress, the liftgate will continue security armed. stop it. Pressing any liftgate button to completion. If the vehicle is accelerated before the liftgate has . Press the touch pad on the or pressing b twice quickly on the completed moving, the liftgate may underside of the liftgate handle RKE transmitter restarts the stop or reverse direction. Check for after unlocking all doors. operation in the reverse direction. DIC messages and make sure the A locked vehicle can be opened Pressing the touch pad on the liftgate is closed and latched before if the RKE transmitter is within liftgate handle will restart the driving. 1 m (3 ft) of the touch pad. motion, but only in the opening direction. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

24 Keys, Doors, and Windows Falling Liftgate Detection away from the obstacle. After Setting the 3/4 Mode removing the obstruction, the power If the power liftgate automatically To change the position the liftgate liftgate operation can be used again. closes after a power opening cycle, stops at when opening: it indicates that the system is If the liftgate encounters multiple 1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode and reacting to excess weight on the obstacles on the same power cycle, power open the liftgate. liftgate or a possible support strut the power function will deactivate. failure. A repetitive chime will sound After removing the obstructions, 2. Stop the liftgate movement at while the falling liftgate detection manually close the liftgate which will the desired height by pressing feature is operating. Remove any allow normal power operation any liftgate switch. Manually excess weight. If the liftgate functions to resume. adjust the liftgate position if continues to automatically close If the vehicle is locked while the needed. after opening, see your dealer for liftgate is closing, and an obstacle is l service before using the power encountered that prevents the 3. Press and hold to the left liftgate. liftgate from completely closing, the of the latch at the bottom of the liftgate until the turn signals Interfering with the power liftgate horn will sound as an alert that the liftgate did not close. flash and a beep sounds. This motion or manually closing the indicates the setting has been liftgate too quickly after power Pinch sensors are on the side recorded. opening may resemble a support edges of the liftgate. If an object is strut failure. This could also activate caught between the liftgate and the The liftgate cannot be set below a the falling liftgate detection feature. vehicle and presses against this minimum programmable height. Allow the liftgate to complete its sensor, the liftgate will reverse If there is no light flash or sound, operation and wait a few seconds direction and open fully. The liftgate then the height adjustment may be before manually closing the liftgate. will remain open until it is activated too low. again or closed manually. Obstacle Detection Features Manual Operation If the liftgate encounters an obstacle Select OFF to manually operate the during a power open or close cycle, liftgate. See “Manual Liftgate” at the the liftgate will automatically reverse beginning of this section. direction and move a short distance Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 25 The hands-free feature can be pull it back. The kick must come Caution customized. See Vehicle within 14 cm (6 in) of the rear Personalization 0 135. Choose from to activate. Then step back. Attempting to move the liftgate the following: too quickly and with excessive force may result in damage to the On-Open and Close : The kicking Caution vehicle. motion is activated to both open and close the liftgate. Splashing water may cause the liftgate to open. Keep the RKE On-Open Only : The kicking motion Operate the liftgate manually with a transmitter away from the rear is activated to only open the liftgate. smooth motion and moderate bumper detection area or turn the speed. The system includes a Off : The feature is disabled. liftgate mode to OFF when feature which limits the manual Kick Zone cleaning or working near the rear closing speed to protect the bumper to avoid accidental components. opening. Hands-Free Operation If equipped, the liftgate may be . Do not sweep your foot side operated with a kicking motion near to side. the left side of the rear bumper at . Do not keep your foot under the the location of the projected logo. bumper; the liftgate will not The RKE transmitter must be within activate. 1 m (3 ft) of the rear bumper to . Do not touch the liftgate until it operate the power liftgate has stopped moving. hands-free. When closing the liftgate using this The hands-free feature will not work feature, there will be a short delay. while the liftgate is moving. To stop To operate, move your foot in a The taillamps will flash and a chime the liftgate while in motion use one forward kicking motion near the left will sound. of the liftgate switches. side of the rear bumper at the location of the projected logo, then Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

26 Keys, Doors, and Windows Step away from the liftgate before it The projected logo shows where the . The vehicle remains parked for starts moving. kicking motion is to take place. 72 hours or more, with no RKE transmitter use or Keyless Projected Logo The projected logo will only be available for this RKE transmitter Access operation. To re-enable, If equipped with this feature, a after it has been out of range for at press any button on the RKE vehicle logo will be projected for least 20 seconds. transmitter or open and close a one minute onto the ground near vehicle door. If an RKE transmitter is again the rear bumper when an RKE The projected logo will not work for transmitter is detected within detected within approximately 2 m (6 ft) of the liftgate, or another a single RKE transmitter when a approximately 2 m (6 ft). The transmitter: projected logo may not be visible hands-free operation has been under brighter daytime conditions. detected, the one-minute timer will . Has been left within be reset. approximately 2 m (6 ft) of the The projected logo will not work liftgate for several minutes. under these conditions: . Has been left inside the vehicle . The vehicle battery is low. and all vehicle doors are closed. . The transmission is not in . Has approached the area P (Park). outside of the liftgate five times within five minutes. If the logo is . Hands Free Liftgate Control is continuously on for five minutes, set to Off in vehicle then the projected logo will not personalization. See Vehicle turn back on for one hour. Personalization 0 135. . Power liftgate is turned off.

1. 1 m (3 ft) Hands-Free Operation Detection Zone 2. 2 m (6 ft) Projected Logo Detection Zone Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27 Hands-Free Liftgate and Projected Logo Availability Hands-Free Action Projected Logo Liftgate RKE transmitter entering projected Operative On for one minute logo detection zone RKE transmitter left inside projected Operative Off until RKE transmitter button press logo detection zone for minimum of or a door is opened and closed five minutes RKE transmitter brought in and out of Operative Off for one hour or until RKE projected logo detection zone five transmitter button press or a door is times or more within five minutes opened and closed Vehicle remains parked for more than Operative Off until RKE transmitter button press 72 hours or a door is opened and closed Vehicle battery is low Non-operative Off Transmission is not in P (Park) Non-operative Off Power liftgate is turned off Non-operative Off Hands-free liftgate is disabled in Non-operative Off vehicle personalization Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows Lens Cleaning Vehicle Security Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. A door, the hood, or the liftgate This vehicle has theft-deterrent is open. features; however, they do not make Slow Flash : Alarm system is the vehicle impossible to steal. armed. Vehicle Alarm System Arming the Alarm System This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm 1. Close the liftgate and the hood. system. Turn off the vehicle. 2. Lock the vehicle in one of three ways: . Use the RKE transmitter. . Use the Keyless Access If equipped, use a cotton swab to system. clean the lens. . With a door open, press the inside Q. 3. After 30 seconds the alarm system will arm, and the indicator light will begin to slowly flash indicating the alarm system is operating. The indicator light on the instrument panel near the windshield indicates Pressing Q on the RKE the status of the system. transmitter a second time will bypass the 30-second delay Off : Alarm system is disarmed. and immediately arm the alarm On Solid : Vehicle is secured system. during the delay to arm the system. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29 The vehicle alarm system will not . Unlock the vehicle using the Immobilizer arm if the doors are locked with Keyless Access system. the key. See Radio Frequency Statement . Start the vehicle. 0 416. If the driver door is opened without To avoid setting off the alarm by first unlocking with the RKE accident: Immobilizer Operation transmitter, the horn will chirp and the lights will flash to indicate . Lock the vehicle after all This vehicle has a passive pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not occupants have left the vehicle theft-deterrent system. and all doors are closed. started, or the door is not unlocked The system does not have to be by pressing K on the RKE . Always unlock a door with the manually armed or disarmed. transmitter during the 10-second RKE transmitter or use the pre-alarm, the alarm will be Keyless Access system. The vehicle is automatically activated. immobilized when the vehicle is Unlocking the driver door with the turned off. The alarm will also be activated if a key will not disarm the system or passenger door, the liftgate, or the turn off the alarm. The immobilization system is hood is opened without first disarmed when the ignition is on or disarming the system. When the How to Detect a Tamper in ACC/ACCESSORY and a valid alarm is activated, the turn signals Condition transmitter is present in the vehicle. flash and the horn sounds for about If K is pressed and the horn chirps 30 seconds. The alarm system will and the lights flash three times, the then re-arm to monitor for the next alarm was activated while the alarm unauthorized event. system was armed. Disarming the Alarm System If the alarm system has been To disarm the alarm system or turn activated, a message will appear on off the alarm if it has been activated: the DIC. The security light in the instrument K cluster comes on if there is a . Press on the RKE transmitter. problem with arming or disarming the theft-deterrent system. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows The system has one or more RKE If the ignition mode will not change Exterior Mirrors transmitters matched to an with the other transmitter or with a immobilizer control unit in the transmitter in the transmitter pocket, vehicle. Only a correctly matched your vehicle needs service. If the Convex Mirrors RKE transmitter will start the ignition does change modes, the vehicle. If the transmitter is ever first transmitter may be faulty. See { Warning damaged, the vehicle may not start. your dealer who can service the A convex mirror can make things, When trying to start the vehicle, the theft-deterrent system and have a like other vehicles, look farther security light may come on briefly new RKE transmitter programmed to when the ignition is turned on. the vehicle. away than they really are. If you It is possible for the immobilizer cut too sharply into the adjacent If the engine does not start and the lane, you could hit a vehicle that security light stays on, there is a system to learn new or replacement RKE transmitters. Up to eight is driving next to you. Check the problem with the system. Turn the inside mirror or glance over your ignition off and try again. transmitters can be programmed for the vehicle. To program additional shoulder before changing lanes. If the vehicle will not change ignition transmitters, see Programming modes, and the RKE transmitter Transmitters to the Vehicle under appears to be undamaged, try The passenger side mirror is convex Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) shaped. A convex mirror's surface is another transmitter. Or, try placing System Operation 0 8. the transmitter into the transmitter curved so more can be seen from pocket located in the center Do not leave the transmitter or the driver seat. console. See Starting the Vehicle device that disarms or deactivates With a Low Transmitter Battery the theft-deterrent system in the under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) vehicle. System Operation 0 8. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31 Power Mirrors 4. Press } or | again to See “Rear Window Defogger” under deselect the mirror. If you do Dual Automatic Climate Control not deselect the mirror, the System 0 218. mirror adjustment will turn off after about one minute. Reverse Tilt Mirrors Memory Mirrors If equipped with memory seats, the passenger and/or driver mirror tilts The vehicle may have memory to a preselected position when the 0 mirrors. See Memory Seats 45. vehicle is in R (Reverse). This Lane Change Alert (LCA) allows the curb to be seen when parallel parking. The vehicle may have LCA. See Lane Change Alert (LCA) 0 285. The mirror(s) return to the original position when: . The vehicle is shifted out of To adjust a mirror: Folding Mirrors R (Reverse), or remains in 1. Press } or | to choose the Manual Folding Mirrors R (Reverse) for about driver or passenger mirror. The mirrors can be folded inward 30 seconds. 2. Press one of the four arrows on toward the vehicle to prevent . The ignition is turned off. damage when going through an the control pad to move the . The vehicle is driven in mirror in the desired direction. automatic wash. Push the mirror outward to return it to the original R (Reverse) above a set speed. 3. Adjust each outside mirror so position. To turn this feature on or off, see that a little of the vehicle and Vehicle Personalization 0 135. the area behind it can be seen. Heated Mirrors K : Press to heat the mirrors. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows Interior Mirrors Rear Camera Mirror If equipped, this automatic dimming Interior Rearview Mirrors mirror provides a wide angle camera Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view of the area behind the vehicle. view of the area behind the vehicle. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with water. Manual Rearview Mirror If equipped, push the tab forward for @ daytime use and pull it rearward for Press to scroll through the nighttime use to avoid glare of the adjustment options. from behind. Press t and u to adjust the settings using the indicators on the Automatic Dimming mirror. The indicators will remain Rearview Mirror Pull the tab to turn on the display. visible for five seconds after the last Push the tab to turn it off. When off button activation, and the settings If equipped, automatic dimming the mirror has automatic dimming. will remain saved. reduces the glare of headlamps Adjust the mirror for a clear view of from behind. The dimming feature the area behind the vehicle while comes on when the vehicle is the display is off. started. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33 The adjustment options are: { Warning The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM) has a limited view. Portions of the road, vehicles, and other objects may not be seen. Do not drive or park the vehicle using only this camera. Objects may appear closer than they are. Check the outside mirrors or glance over your shoulder when making lane . Tilt changes or merging. Failure to use proper care may result in . Brightness injury, death, or vehicle damage.

. Zoom Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows Troubleshooting The Rear Camera Mirror may not work properly or display a clear image if: . There is glare from the sun or headlamps. This may obstruct objects from view. If needed, push the tab to turn off the display. . Dirt, snow, or other debris blocks the camera lens. Clean the lens with a soft damp cloth, or if equipped, with the Rear Camera Washer. See Rear Window . The camera’s mounting on the Wiper/Washer 0 100. vehicle has been damaged, and/ See your dealer for service if a blue or the position or the mounting screen and angle of the camera has changed.

are displayed in the mirror, and the display shuts off. Also, push the tab as indicated to return to the automatic dimming mode. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35 Windows The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to improve fuel economy performance. This may result in a { Warning pulsing sound when either rear window is down and the front Never leave a child, a helpless windows are up. To reduce the adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, sound, open either a front window especially with the windows or the sunroof, if equipped. closed in warm or hot weather. They can be overcome by the Power Windows extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke. { Warning The power windows work when the Children could be seriously ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, injured or killed if caught in the or when Retained Accessory Power path of a closing window. Never (RAP) is active. See Retained leave the Remote Keyless Entry Accessory Power (RAP) 0 244. (RKE) transmitter in a vehicle with Using the window switch, press to children. When there are children open or pull to close the window. in the rear seat, use the window lockout switch to prevent The windows may be temporarily operation of the windows. See disabled if they are used repeatedly Keys 0 7. within a short time. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows Window Lockout Window Express Movement Automatic Reversal System All windows can be opened without Override holding the window switch. Press the switch down fully and quickly { Warning release to express open the window. If automatic reversal system override is active, the window will If equipped, pull the window switch not reverse automatically. You or up fully and quickly release to express close the window. others could be injured and the window could be damaged. Briefly press or pull the window Before using automatic reversal switch in the same direction to stop system override, make sure that that window’s express movement. all people and obstructions are Window Automatic Reversal clear of the window path. This feature stops the rear System passenger window switches from When the engine is on, override the working. The express-close feature will reverse window movement if it automatic reversal system by pulling . Press 2 to engage the rear comes in contact with an object. and holding the window switch if window lockout feature. The Extreme cold or ice could cause the conditions prevent it from closing. indicator light is on when window to auto-reverse. The Programming the Power engaged. window will operate normally after Windows the object or condition is removed. . Press 2 again to disengage. Programming may be necessary if the vehicle battery has been disconnected or discharged. If the window is unable to express-up, program each express-close window: Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37 1. Close all doors. Roof Sunroof Switch 2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ Express-Open/Express-Close : To ACCESSORY. Sunroof express-open the sunroof, fully 3. Partially open the window to be press and release i (1). Press If equipped, the ignition must be on the switch again to stop it. To programmed. Then close it and or in ACC/ACCESSORY, continue to pull the switch express-close the sunroof, fully or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) g briefly after the window has must be active to operate the press and release (1). Press fully closed. sunroof. See Ignition Positions the switch again to stop it. 4. Open the window and continue 0 236 and Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To to press the switch briefly after Retained Accessory Power (RAP) open the sunroof, press and hold 0 the window has fully opened. 244. i (1) until the sunroof reaches the desired position. Press and hold Sun Visors g (1) to close it. Vent : From the closed position, i (1) to vent the sunroof. Sunshade Switch Express-Open/Express-Close : To express-open the sunshade, fully press and release r (2). To express-close the sunshade, fully press and release s (2). Press the Pull the down to block switch again to stop it. glare. Detach the sun visor from the 1. Sunroof Switch (SLIDE) center mount to pivot to the side 2. Vent Switch (TILT) window and, if equipped, extend along the rod. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows Open/Close : To open the system. To override the reversal sunshade, press and hold r (2) system, close in manual mode. To until the sunshade reaches the stop the movement, release the desired position. Press s (2) to switch. close the sunshade. When the sunroof is opened, an air deflector will automatically raise. The air deflector will retract when the sunroof is closed. Automatic Reversal System The sunroof has an automatic reversal system that is only active when the sunroof is operated in express-close mode. If an object is in the path while express closing, the reversal system Dirt and debris may collect on the will detect an object, stop, and open sunroof seal or in the track. This the sunroof or power sunshade could cause an issue with sunroof slightly. operation or noise. It could also plug the water drainage system. If frost or other conditions prevent Periodically open the sunroof and closing, override the feature by remove any obstacles or loose closing the sunroof in manual mode. debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and To stop movement, release the roof sealing area using a clean switch. cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not In the event of closing difficulties remove grease from the sunroof. like frost or other conditions, it is possible to override the reversal Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 39 Replacing Seat Belt System Replacing LATCH System Parts Seats and Parts after a Crash ...... 59 After a Crash ...... 86 Restraints Securing Child Restraints (With Airbag System the Seat Belt in the Airbag System ...... 60 Rear Seat) ...... 86 Where Are the ? ...... 62 Securing Child Restraints (With Head Restraints When Should an Airbag Head Restraints ...... 40 the Seat Belt in the Inflate? ...... 63 Front Seat) ...... 88 Front Seats What Makes an Airbag Seat Adjustment ...... 42 Inflate? ...... 64 Adjustment ...... 42 How Does an Airbag Lumbar Adjustment ...... 43 Restrain? ...... 65 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 43 What Will You See after an Memory Seats ...... 45 Airbag Inflates? ...... 65 Heated Front Seats ...... 48 Passenger Sensing System . . . 66 Folding Seatback ...... 48 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle ...... 71 Rear Seats Adding Equipment to the Rear Seats ...... 50 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 71 Rear Seat ...... 52 Airbag System Check ...... 72 Replacing Airbag System Parts Seat Belts after a Crash ...... 72 Seat Belts ...... 52 How to Wear Seat Belts Child Restraints Properly ...... 53 Older Children ...... 73 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 55 Infants and Young Children . . . . 74 Seat Belt Use During Child Restraint Systems ...... 77 Pregnancy ...... 58 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 79 Seat Belt Extender ...... 58 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Safety System Check ...... 58 Children (LATCH System) . . . . 80 Seat Belt Care ...... 59 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

40 Seats and Restraints Head Restraints

{ Warning With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/ spinal injury in a crash. Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly. Adjust the head restraint so that the To raise or lower the head restraint, top of the restraint is at the same press the button located on the side Front Seats height as the top of the occupant's of the head restraint, and pull up or The vehicle's front seats have head. This position reduces the push the head restraint down, and adjustable head restraints in the chances of a neck injury in a crash. release the button. Pull and push on outboard seating positions. the head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place. The front seat outboard head restraints are not removable. Rear Seats The vehicle’s rear seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions. The height of the head restraint can be adjusted. Pull the head restraint up Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 41 to raise it. Try to move the head The head restraint will fold rearward restraint to make sure it is locked in automatically. place. When an occupant or child restraint is in the seat, always return the head restraint to the full upright position. Pull the head restraint up and forward until it locks into place. Push and pull on the head restraint to make sure that it is locked. Always adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the To fold the head restraint, press the same height as the top of the button on the side of the head occupant's head. restraint. Rear outboard head restraints are not removable. To lower the head restraint, press the button on the top of the seatback and push the head restraint down. Try to move the head restraint after the button is released to make sure it is locked in place. Folding the Rear Head Restraint The head restraint can be folded rearward to allow for better visibility when the rear seat is unoccupied. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

42 Seats and Restraints Front Seats 1. Pull the handle at the front of Power Seat Adjustment the seat. Seat Adjustment 2. Slide the seat to the desired { Warning position and release the Seat Position handle. You can lose control of the 3. Try to move the seat back and vehicle if you try to adjust a driver { Warning forth to be sure it is locked in seat while the vehicle is moving. place. Adjust the driver seat only when You can lose control of the the vehicle is not moving. vehicle if you try to adjust a driver Height Adjustment seat while the vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is not moving. { Warning The power seats will work with the ignition off. Children could operate the power seats and be injured. Never leave children alone in the vehicle.

If available, move the lever up or down to manually raise or lower the seat.

To adjust a manual seat: Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 43 Lumbar Adjustment Warning (Continued)

Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.

Manual Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust the seat: . Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the control Press and hold the control forward forward or rearward. to increase or rearward to decrease support. . Raise or lower the front part of the seat cushion by moving the front of the control up or down. Reclining Seatbacks . Raise or lower the entire seat by moving the rear of the control up { Warning To recline the seatback: or down. If either seatback is not locked, it 1. Lift the lever. If necessary, To adjust the seatback, see could move forward in a sudden move the seat belt out of the Reclining Seatbacks 0 43. stop or crash. That could cause way to access the lever. To adjust the lumbar support, see injury to the person sitting there. Lumbar Adjustment 0 43. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

44 Seats and Restraints 2. Move the seatback to the desired position, then release Warning (Continued) the lever to lock the seatback in place. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. Instead, it will 3. Push and pull on the seatback be in front of you. In a crash, you to make sure it is locked. could go into it, receiving neck or To return the seatback to an upright other injuries. position: The lap belt could go up over 1. Lift the lever fully without your abdomen. The belt forces applying pressure to the would be there, not at your pelvic seatback, and the seatback bones. This could cause serious returns to the upright position. internal injuries. Do not have a seatback reclined if 2. Push and pull on the seatback For proper protection when the the vehicle is moving. to make sure it is locked. vehicle is in motion, have the Power Reclining Seatbacks seatback upright. Then sit well { Warning back in the seat and wear the seat belt properly. Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the seat belts cannot do their job. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 45 . Tilt the top of the control Memory positions are linked to RKE welcome message. Carry the linked rearward to recline. transmitter 1 or 2 for automatic RKE transmitter when entering the . Tilt the top of the control forward memory recalls. vehicle. to raise. Before saving, adjust all available Vehicle Personalization Settings memory feature positions. Turn the Memory Seats vehicle on and then press and . To have the Seat Entry Memory release SET; a beep will sound. movement begin when the Then immediately press and hold 1, vehicle is started, select the B Settings menu, then Vehicle, 2, or (Exit) until two beeps then Seating Position, and then sound. To manually recall these Seat Entry Memory. Select On or positions, press and hold 1, 2, or B Off. See “Seat Entry Memory” until the saved position is reached. later in this section. Follow the instructions under . To begin Seat Exit Memory “Saving Memory Positions.” movement when the vehicle is The vehicle identifies the current turned off and the driver door is driver’s RKE transmitter number opened, or when the vehicle is (1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry turned off with the driver door (RKE) System Operation 0 8. Only already opened, select the RKE transmitters 1 and 2 can be Settings menu, then Vehicle, If equipped, memory seats allow two used for automatic memory recalls. then Seating Position, and then drivers to save and recall their A Driver Information Center (DIC) Seat Exit Memory. Select On or unique seat positions for driving the welcome message indicating the Off. See “Seat Exit Memory” vehicle, and a shared exit position transmitter number may display for later in this section. for getting out of the vehicle. Other the first few ignition cycles following feature positions may also be . See Vehicle Personalization a transmitter change. For Seat Entry 0 saved, such as power mirrors and Memory to work properly, save the 135 for additional setting wheel, if equipped. positions to the memory button (1 or information. 2) matching the RKE transmitter number displayed in the DIC Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

46 Seats and Restraints Identifying Driver Number 2. Adjust all available memory To save the position for B and Seat To identify the driver number: features to the desired driving Exit Memory features, repeat position. Steps 1 4 using B. This saves the 1. Move your RKE transmitter – position for getting out of the away from the vehicle. 3. Press and release SET; a beep will sound. vehicle. 2. Start the vehicle with another key or RKE transmitter. The 4. Immediately press and hold the Save preferred memory feature DIC should display the driver 1 or 2 memory button matching positions to both 1 and 2 if you are number for the other RKE the above DIC welcome the only driver. transmitter. Turn the vehicle off message until two beeps sound. Manually Recalling Memory and remove the key or RKE Positions transmitter from the vehicle. If too much time passes Press and hold 1, 2, or B to recall 3. Start the vehicle with the initial between releasing SET and pressing 1, the memory the previously saved memory key or RKE transmitter. The positions if you are driver 1 or 2 DIC should display the driver position will not be saved and two beeps will not sound. identified in the DIC welcome number of your RKE message. transmitter. Repeat Steps 3 and 4. 1 or 2 corresponds to the driver To stop Manual Memory recall Saving Memory Positions number. See “Identifying Driver movement, release 1, 2, or B or Read these instructions completely Number” previously in this press any of the following controls: before saving memory positions. section. . Power seat To save preferred driving positions 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second . Memory SET 1 and 2: driver using 1 or 2. RKE transmitters 3–8 will not save . Power mirror, with the driver or 1. Turn the vehicle on or to ACC/ passenger side mirror selected ACCESSORY. memory positions. . Power steering wheel, A DIC welcome message may if equipped indicate driver number 1 or 2. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 47 Seat Entry Memory . Power seat . The vehicle is turned off and the The vehicle identifies the number of B driver door is opened within a . Memory SET, 1, 2, or short time. the current driver’s RKE transmitter . Power mirror, with the driver or (1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry . The vehicle is turned off with the (RKE) System Operation 0 8. If the passenger side mirror selected driver door open. RKE transmitter is 1 or 2, and Seat . Power steering wheel, To stop Seat Exit Memory Entry Memory is enabled in vehicle if equipped movement, press any of the personalization, the positions saved If the saved memory seat position following memory controls: to the same memory button number does not automatically recall or 1 or 2 are automatically recalled . Power seat recalls to the wrong positions, the when the vehicle is turned on, driver s RKE transmitter number (1 . Memory SET, 1, 2, or B or turned from off to ACC/ ’ or 2) may not match the memory ACCESSORY. RKE transmitters 3 8 . Power mirror, with the driver or – button number that positions were will not provide automatic memory passenger side mirror selected saved to. Try storing the position to recalls. the other memory button or try the . Power steering wheel, To turn Seat Entry Memory on or off, other RKE transmitter. if equipped see “Vehicle Personalization Seat Exit Memory Obstructions Settings” previously in this section and Vehicle Personalization 0 135. Seat Exit Memory is not linked to an If something has blocked the driver seat and/or power steering wheel The shift lever must be in P (Park) RKE transmitter. The position saved while recalling a memory position, to start Seat Entry Memory. Seat to B is used for all drivers. To turn the recall may stop. Remove the Entry Memory recall will complete if Seat Exit Memory on or off, see obstruction and try the recall again. the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) "Vehicle Personalization Settings" If the memory position still does not prior to reaching the saved memory previously in this section and recall, see your dealer. position. Vehicle Personalization 0 135. To stop Seat Entry Memory recall If turned on, the position saved to movement, turn the vehicle off or B is automatically recalled when press any of the following controls: one of the following occurs: Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

48 Seats and Restraints Heated Front Seats Remote Start Heated Seats When it is cold outside, the heated { Warning seats can be turned on automatically during a remote If temperature change or pain to vehicle start. The heated seats will the skin cannot be felt, the seat be canceled when the ignition is heater may cause burns. To turned on. Press the heated seat reduce the risk of burns, use care controls to use the heated seats when using the seat heater, after the vehicle is started. especially for long periods of The heated seat indicator lights on time. Do not place anything on the control do not turn on during a the seat that insulates against remote start. If equipped, the controls are on the heat, such as a blanket, cushion, The temperature performance of an cover, or similar item. This may climate control panel. The engine must be running to operate the unoccupied seat may be reduced. cause the seat heater to This is normal. overheat. An overheated seat heated seats. The heated seats will not turn on heater may cause a burn or may M L Press or to heat the driver or during a remote start unless the damage the seat. passenger seat cushion and heated seat feature is enabled in seatback. the vehicle personalization menu. Press the control once for the See Remote Vehicle Start 0 15 and highest setting. With each press of Vehicle Personalization 0 135. the control, the heated seat will change to the next lower setting, and then the off setting. Three lights Folding Seatback indicate the highest setting and one The front passenger seatback may light the lowest. fold flat. The passenger seat may take longer to heat up. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 49 To fold the seatback: To raise the seatback: { Warning 1. Lower the head restraint all the 1. Lift the lever fully to unlock the If you fold the seatback forward to way. See Head Restraints 0 40 seatback. Then, raise the carry longer objects, such as skis, 2. Move the seat as far back as seatback and push it rearward be sure any such cargo is not possible. See Seat Adjustment until it re-engages. near an airbag. In a crash, an 0 42 or 2. Push and pull on the seatback inflating airbag might force that Power Seat Adjustment 0 42 to make sure it is locked in object toward a person. This place. could cause severe injury or even death. Secure objects away from { Warning the area in which an airbag would inflate. Where Are the Airbags? If either seatback is not locked, it 0 62. Vehicle Load Limits 0 232. could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the { Warning seatbacks to be sure they are locked. Things you this seatback can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn, or in a crash. Remove or secure all items 3. Lift the lever fully and fold the seatback forward. If necessary, before driving. move the seat belt out of the way to access the lever. 4. Continue lowering the seatback until it is completely folded and locks in place. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

50 Seats and Restraints Rear Seats vehicle through the rear door and left the vehicle without the vehicle Rear Seat Reminder being shut off. If equipped, the message REAR The feature can be turned on or off. SEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REAR See Vehicle Personalization 0 135. SEAT displays under certain Folding the Seatback conditions indicating there may be an item or passenger in the rear Either side of the seatback can be seat. Check before exiting the folded for more cargo space. Fold a vehicle. seatback only when the vehicle is not moving. This feature will activate when a rear door is opened while the vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes Caution 2. Make sure the seat belt is in before the vehicle is turned on. the retainer hook There will be an alert when the Folding a rear seat with the seat vehicle is turned off. The alert does belts still fastened may cause not directly detect objects in the rear damage to the seat or the seat seat; instead, under certain belts. Always unbuckle the seat conditions, it detects when a rear belts and return them to their door is opened and closed, normal stowed position before indicating that there may be folding a rear seat. something in the rear seat. The feature is active only once each To fold the seatback: time the vehicle is turned on and off, 1. Fold the head restraint. See and will require reactivation by Head Restraints 0 40. opening and closing the rear doors. There may be an alert even when there is nothing in the rear seat; for example, if a child entered the Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 51 3. Pull the lever on top of the The center rear seat belt may seatback to unlock the { Warning lock when you raise the seatback. seatback. If this happens, let A seat belt that is improperly A red indicator near the the belt go back all the way routed, not properly attached, and start again. seatback lever is exposed or twisted will not provide the when the seatback is unlocked. protection needed in a crash. The 2. Return the head restraint to the 4. Fold the seatback down. person wearing the belt could be upright position. See Head Restraints 0 40. seriously injured. After raising the Repeat Steps 1–3 for the other seatback, if desired. rear seatback, always check to be 3. Push and pull the top of the sure that the seat belts are seatback to be sure it is locked Raising the Seatbacks properly routed and attached, and into position. are not twisted. 4. Check if the seat belt is stowed { Warning within hook at side. If not, stow seat belt in it appropriately. If either seatback is not locked, it To raise a seatback: 5. Repeat the steps to raise the could move forward in a sudden 1. Lift the seatback up and push it other seatback, if necessary. stop or crash. That could cause rearward to lock it in place. injury to the person sitting there. A tab near the seatback lever When the seat is not in use, it Always push and pull on the retracts when the seatback is should be kept in the upright, locked seatbacks to be sure they are locked in place. position. locked. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

52 Seats and Restraints Rear Seat Armrest Seat Belts Warning (Continued) This section describes how to use seat belts properly, and some things passengers to ride in any area of not to do. the vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts. { Warning Always wear a seat belt, and check that all passenger(s) are Do not let anyone ride where a restrained properly too. seat belt cannot be worn properly. In a crash, if you or your passenger(s) are not wearing This vehicle has indicators as a seat belts, injuries can be much reminder to buckle the seat belts. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 113. worse than if you are wearing seat belts. You can be seriously Why Seat Belts Work The rear seat has an armrest in the injured or killed by hitting things center of the seatback. Lower the inside the vehicle harder or by armrest to access the cupholders. being ejected from the vehicle. In To fold, lift the armrest up and push addition, anyone who is not it rearward until it is flush with the buckled up can strike other seatback. passengers in the vehicle. It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a collision, passengers riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 53 When riding in a vehicle, you travel Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why It is very important for all occupants as fast as the vehicle does. If the should I have to wear seat to buckle up. Statistics show that vehicle stops suddenly, you keep belts? unbelted people are hurt more often going until something stops you. A: Airbags are supplemental in crashes than those who are It could be the windshield, the systems only. They work with wearing seat belts. instrument panel, or the seat belts! seat belts — not instead of them. There are important things to know When you wear a seat belt, you and Whether or not an airbag is about wearing a seat belt properly. the vehicle slow down together. provided, all occupants still have There is more time to stop because to buckle up to get the most you stop over a longer distance and, protection. when worn properly, your strongest Also, in nearly all states and in bones take the forces from the seat all Canadian provinces, the law belts. That is why wearing seat belts requires wearing seat belts. makes such good sense. Questions and Answers About How to Wear Seat Belts Seat Belts Properly Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle Follow these rules for everyone's after a crash if I am wearing a protection. seat belt? There are additional things to know A: You could be — whether you are about seat belts and children, . Sit up straight and always keep wearing a seat belt or not. Your including smaller children and your feet on the floor in front of chance of being conscious infants. If a child will be riding in the you (if possible). during and after a crash, so you vehicle, see Older Children 0 73 or . Always use the correct buckle can unbuckle and get out, is Infants and Young Children 0 74. for your seating position. much greater if you are belted. Review and follow the rules for children in addition to the following . Wear the lap part of the belt low rules. and snug on the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the strong Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

54 Seats and Restraints pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. . Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning You can be seriously injured, or even killed, by not wearing your seat belt properly.

Never allow the lap or shoulder belt Never wear the shoulder belt under to become loose or twisted. both arms or behind your back. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 55

{ Warning The seat belt can be pinched if it is routed under plastic trim on the seat, such as trim around the rear seatback folding handle or side airbag. In a crash, pinched seat belts might not be able to provide adequate protection. Never allow seat belts to be routed under plastic trim pieces. Always use the correct buckle for 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull your seating position. Lap-Shoulder Belt the belt across you. Do not let it get twisted. All seating positions in the vehicle have a lap-shoulder belt. The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you The following instructions explain very quickly. If this happens, let how to wear a lap-shoulder belt the belt go back slightly to properly. unlock it. Then pull the belt 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is across you more slowly. adjustable, so you can sit up If the shoulder portion of a straight. To see how, see passenger belt is pulled out all “Seats” in the Index. the way, the child restraint locking feature may be engaged. See Child Restraint Systems 0 77. If this occurs, let Never route the lap or shoulder belt the belt go back all the way over an armrest. and start again. If the locking Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

56 Seats and Restraints feature stays engaged after If the webbing locks in the latch letting the belt go back to plate before it reaches the stowed position on the seat, buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to move the seat rearward or unlock. recline the seat until the shoulder belt retractor lock releases. Engaging the child restraint locking feature in the front outboard seating position may affect the passenger sensing system. See Passenger 0 Sensing System 66. 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster, move it to the height that is right for you. See “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” later in this section for 3. Push the latch plate into the instructions on use and buckle until it clicks. important safety information. Pull up on the latch plate to 5. To make the lap part tight, pull make sure it is secure. If the up on the shoulder belt. belt is not long enough, see 0 It may be necessary to pull stitching Seat Belt Extender 58. on the seat belt through the latch Position the release button on plate to fully tighten the lap belt on the buckle so that the seat belt smaller occupants. could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 57 Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster To move the shoulder belt height adjuster down, push up on the The vehicle has a shoulder belt release button and move the height height adjuster for the driver and adjuster to the desired position. You front outboard passenger seating can move the height adjuster up by positions. pushing up on the shoulder belt Adjust the height so the shoulder guide. portion of the belt is on the shoulder After the adjuster is set to the and not falling off of it. The belt desired position, try to move it down should be close to, but not without pushing the release button contacting, the neck. Improper to make sure it has locked into shoulder belt height adjustment position. could reduce the effectiveness of To unlatch the belt, push the button the seat belt in a crash. See How to Seat Belt Pretensioners on the buckle. The belt should Wear Seat Belts Properly 0 53. return to its stowed position. This vehicle has seat belt pretensioners for front outboard Always stow the seat belt slowly. occupants. Although the seat belt If the seat belt webbing returns pretensioners cannot be seen, they quickly to the stowed position, the are part of the seat belt assembly. retractor may lock and cannot be They can help tighten the seat belts pulled out. If this happens, pull the during the early stages of a seat belt straight out firmly to unlock moderate to severe frontal, near the webbing, and then release it. frontal, or rear crash if the threshold If the webbing is still locked in the conditions for pretensioner retractor, see your dealer. activation are met. Seat belt Before a door is closed, be sure the pretensioners can also help tighten seat belt is out of the way. If a door the seat belts in a side crash or a is slammed against a seat belt, rollover event. damage can occur to both the seat belt and the vehicle. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

58 Seats and Restraints Pretensioners work only once. If the Seat Belt Use During that the fetus will not be hurt in a pretensioners activate in a crash, crash. For pregnant women, as for the pretensioners and probably Pregnancy anyone, the key to making seat other parts of the vehicle’s seat belt Seat belts work for everyone, belts effective is wearing them system will need to be replaced. including pregnant women. Like all properly. See Replacing Seat Belt System occupants, they are more likely to Parts after a Crash 0 59. be seriously injured if they do not Seat Belt Extender wear seat belts. Do not sit on the outboard seat belt If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten while entering or exiting the vehicle around you, you should use it. or at any time while sitting in the seat. Sitting on the seat belt can But if a seat belt is not long enough, damage the webbing and hardware. your dealer will order you an extender. When you go in to order it, Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides take the heaviest coat you will wear, Rear seat belt comfort guides may so the extender will be long enough provide added seat belt comfort for for you. To help avoid personal older children who have outgrown injury, do not let someone else use booster seats and for some adults. it, and use it only for the seat it is When installed on a shoulder belt, made to fit. The extender has been the comfort guide positions the designed for adults. Never use it for shoulder belt away from the neck securing child restraints. For more and head. information on the proper use and fit A pregnant woman should wear a of seat belt extenders see the Comfort guides are available lap-shoulder belt, and the lap instruction sheet that comes with through your dealer for the rear portion should be worn as low as the extender. outboard seating positions. possible, below the rounding, Instructions are included with the throughout the pregnancy. Safety System Check guide. The best way to protect the fetus is Periodically check the seat belt to protect the mother. When a seat reminder, seat belts, buckles, latch belt is worn properly, it is more likely plates, retractors, shoulder belt Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 59 height adjusters (if equipped), and Seat belt hardware should be kept Replacing Seat Belt seat belt anchorages to make sure dry and free of dust or debris. As they are all in working order. Look necessary, exterior hard surfaces System Parts after a for any other loose or damaged seat and seat belt webbing may be lightly Crash belt system parts that might keep a cleaned with mild soap and water. seat belt system from performing Ensure there is not excessive dust properly. See your dealer to have it or debris in the mechanism. If dust { Warning repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted or debris exists in the system please A crash can damage the seat belt seat belts may not protect you in a see the dealer. Parts may need to system in the vehicle. A damaged crash. Torn or frayed seat belts can be replaced to ensure proper seat belt system may not properly rip apart under impact forces. If a functionality of the system. protect the person using it, belt is torn or frayed, have it resulting in serious injury or even replaced immediately. If a belt is death in a crash. To help make twisted, it may be possible to { Warning sure the seat belt systems are untwist by reversing the latch plate Do not bleach or dye seat belt working properly after a crash, on the webbing. If the twist cannot webbing. It may severely weaken have them inspected and any be corrected, ask your dealer to the webbing. In a crash, they fix it. necessary replacements made as might not be able to provide soon as possible. Make sure the seat belt reminder adequate protection. Clean and light is working. See Seat Belt rinse seat belt webbing only with Reminders 0 113. mild soap and lukewarm water. After a minor crash, replacement of seat belts may not be necessary. Keep seat belts clean and dry. See Allow the webbing to dry. 0 But the seat belt assemblies that Seat Belt Care 59. were used during any crash may have been stressed or damaged. Seat Belt Care See your dealer to have the seat Keep belts clean and dry. belt assemblies inspected or replaced. Seat belts should be properly cared for and maintained. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

60 Seats and Restraints New parts and repairs may be Airbag System All vehicle airbags have the word necessary even if the seat belt AIRBAG on the trim or on a label system was not being used at the The vehicle has the following near the deployment opening. airbags: time of the crash. For frontal airbags, the word Have the seat belt pretensioners . A frontal airbag for the driver AIRBAG is on the center of the checked if the vehicle has been in a . A frontal airbag for the front steering wheel for the driver and on crash, or if the airbag readiness light outboard passenger the instrument panel for the front stays on after you start the vehicle outboard passenger. or while you are driving. See Airbag . A knee airbag for the driver 0 For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG Readiness Light 113. . A knee airbag for the front is on the lower part of the outboard passenger instrument panel. . A seat-mounted side impact For seat-mounted side impact airbag for the driver airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the . A seat-mounted side impact side of the seatback or side of the airbag for the front outboard seat closest to the door. passenger For roof-rail airbags, the word . Seat-mounted side impact AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. airbags for the second row Airbags are designed to supplement outboard passengers the protection provided by seat . A roof-rail airbag for the driver belts. Even though today's airbags and for the rear passengers are also designed to help reduce seated directly behind the driver the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag, all airbags must inflate . A roof-rail airbag for the front very quickly to do their job. outboard passenger and the rear passengers seated directly Here are the most important things behind the front outboard to know about the airbag system: passenger Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 61

{ Warning { Warning Warning (Continued) You can be severely injured or Because airbags inflate with great Occupants should not lean on or killed in a crash if you are not force and faster than the blink of sleep against the door or side wearing your seat belt, even with an eye, anyone who is up windows in seating positions with airbags. Airbags are designed to against, or very close to, any seat-mounted side impact airbags work with seat belts, not replace airbag when it inflates can be and/or roof-rail airbags. them. Also, airbags are not seriously injured or killed. Do not designed to inflate in every crash. sit unnecessarily close to any In some crashes seat belts are airbag, as you would be if sitting the only restraint. See When on the edge of the seat or leaning { Warning 0 Should an Airbag Inflate? 63. forward. Seat belts help keep you Children who are up against, Wearing your seat belt during a in position before and during a or very close to, any airbag when crash helps reduce your chance crash. Always wear a seat belt, it inflates can be seriously injured of hitting things inside the vehicle even with airbags. The driver or killed. Always secure children or being ejected from it. Airbags should sit as far back as possible properly in the vehicle. To read while still maintaining control of are “supplemental restraints” to how, see Older Children 0 73 or the seat belts. Everyone in the the vehicle. The seat belts and Infants and Young Children 0 74. vehicle should wear a seat belt the front outboard passenger properly, whether or not there is airbags are most effective when an airbag for that person. you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

62 Seats and Restraints There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument cluster, which shows the airbag symbol. The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 113. Where Are the Airbags?

The driver knee airbag is below the Driver Side Shown, Passenger steering column. The front outboard Side Similar passenger knee airbag is below the The driver and front outboard glove box. passenger seat-mounted side impact airbags are in the side of the seatbacks closest to the door.

The driver frontal airbag is in the center of the steering wheel. The front outboard passenger frontal airbag is in the passenger side instrument panel. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 63

Warning (Continued)

inflating airbag must be kept clear. Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag, and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering. Do not use seat accessories that block the inflation path of a On vehicles with second row Driver Side Shown, Passenger seat-mounted side impact airbag. Side Similar seat-mounted side impact airbags, Never secure anything to the roof they are in the sides of the seatback The roof-rail airbags for the driver, of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags closest to the door. front outboard passenger, and rear by routing a rope or tie‐down outboard passengers are in the through any door or window ceiling above the side windows. opening. If you do, the path of an inflating roof-rail airbag will be { Warning blocked. If something is between an occupant and an airbag, the When Should an Airbag airbag might not inflate properly Inflate? or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury This vehicle is equipped with 0 or even death. The path of an airbags. See Airbag System 60. Airbags are designed to inflate if the (Continued) impact exceeds the specific airbag Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

64 Seats and Restraints system's deployment threshold. whether the object is fixed or or rear impacts. A seat-mounted Deployment thresholds are used to moving, rigid or deformable, narrow side impact airbag is designed to predict how severe a crash is likely or wide. inflate on the side of the vehicle that to be in time for the airbags to Frontal airbags are not intended to is struck. inflate and help restrain the inflate during vehicle rollovers, in Roof-rail airbags are designed to occupants. The vehicle has rear impacts, or in many side inflate in moderate to severe side electronic sensors that help the impacts. crashes depending on the location airbag system determine the of the impact. In addition, these severity of the impact. Deployment In addition, the vehicle has advanced technology frontal roof-rail airbags are designed to thresholds can vary with specific inflate during a rollover or in a vehicle design. airbags. Advanced technology frontal airbags adjust the restraint severe frontal impact. Roof-rail Frontal airbags are designed to according to crash severity. airbags are not designed to inflate in inflate in moderate to severe frontal rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags or near frontal crashes to help Knee airbags are designed to inflate will inflate when either side of the reduce the potential for severe in moderate to severe frontal or vehicle is struck or if the sensing injuries, mainly to the driver's or near frontal impacts. Knee airbags system predicts that the vehicle is front outboard passenger's head are not designed to inflate during about to roll over on its side, or in a and chest. vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts, severe frontal impact. or in many side impacts. Whether the frontal airbags will or In any particular crash, no one can should inflate is not based primarily Seat-mounted side impact airbags say whether an airbag should have on how fast the vehicle is traveling. are designed to inflate in moderate inflated simply because of the It depends on what is hit, the to severe side crashes, depending vehicle damage or repair costs. direction of the impact, and how on the location of the impact. These quickly the vehicle slows down. airbags are also designed to inflate What Makes an Airbag in some moderate to severe or Frontal airbags may inflate at near-frontal impacts that could result Inflate? different crash speeds depending on in the occupant moving toward the In a deployment event, the sensing whether the vehicle hits an object side of the vehicle. Seat-mounted straight on or at an angle, and system sends an electrical signal side impact airbags are not triggering a release of gas from the designed to inflate in rollovers, Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 65 inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the designed to help reduce the risk of The parts of the airbag that come airbag causing the bag to break out full or partial ejection in rollover into contact with you may be warm, of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, events, although no system can but not too hot to touch. There may and related hardware are all part of prevent all such ejections. be some smoke and dust coming the airbag module. But airbags would not help in many from the vents in the deflated For airbag locations, see Where Are types of collisions, primarily airbags. Airbag inflation does not the Airbags? 0 62. because the occupant's motion is prevent the driver from seeing out of not toward those airbags. See When the windshield or being able to steer Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 63. the vehicle, nor does it prevent How Does an Airbag people from leaving the vehicle. Restrain? Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement In moderate to severe frontal or to seat belts. { Warning near frontal collisions, even belted occupants can contact the steering When an airbag inflates, there wheel or the instrument panel. In What Will You See after may be dust in the air. This dust moderate to severe side collisions, an Airbag Inflates? could cause breathing problems for people with a history of even belted occupants can contact After frontal, knee, and asthma or other breathing trouble. the inside of the vehicle. seat-mounted side impact airbags Airbags supplement the protection inflate, they quickly deflate, so To avoid this, everyone in the provided by seat belts by quickly that some people may not vehicle should get out as soon as distributing the force of the impact even realize the airbags inflated. it is safe to do so. If you have more evenly over the Roof-rail airbags may still be at least breathing problems but cannot occupant's body. partially inflated for some time after get out of the vehicle after an airbag inflates, then get fresh air Rollover capable roof-rail airbags they inflate. Some components of by opening a window or a door. are designed to help contain the the airbag module may be hot for head and chest of occupants in the several minutes. For location of the If you experience breathing airbags, see Where Are the problems following an airbag outboard seating positions in the 0 first, second row. The rollover Airbags? 62. deployment, you should seek capable roof-rail airbags are medical attention. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

66 Seats and Restraints The vehicle has a feature that may . The vehicle has a crash sensing automatically unlock the doors, turn Warning (Continued) and diagnostic module which on the interior lamps and hazard records information after a warning flashers, and shut off the moderate crash, there may be crash. See Vehicle Data fuel system after the airbags inflate. concealed damage that could Recording and Privacy 0 418 The feature may also activate, make it difficult to safely operate and without airbag inflation, after an the vehicle. Event Data Recorders 0 418. event that exceeds a predetermined Use caution if you should attempt . Let only qualified technicians threshold. After turning the ignition to restart the engine after a crash work on the airbag systems. off and then on again, the fuel has occurred. Improper service can mean that system will return to normal an airbag system will not work operation; the doors can be locked, properly. See your dealer for In many crashes severe enough to the interior lamps can be turned off, service. and the hazard warning flashers can inflate the airbag, are be turned off using the controls for broken by vehicle deformation. those features. If any of these Additional windshield breakage may Passenger Sensing systems are damaged in the crash also occur from the front outboard System passenger airbag. they may not operate as normal. The vehicle has a passenger . Airbags are designed to inflate sensing system for the front { Warning only once. After an airbag outboard passenger position. The inflates, you will need some new passenger airbag status indicator A crash severe enough to inflate parts for the airbag system. will light on the overhead console the airbags may have also If you do not get them, the when the vehicle is started. damaged important functions in airbag system will not be there the vehicle, such as the fuel to help protect you in another system, brake and steering crash. A new system will include systems, etc. Even if the vehicle airbag modules and possibly appears to be drivable after a other parts. The service manual (Continued) for the vehicle covers the need to replace other parts. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 67 The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of { Warning the front outboard passenger seat and seat belt. A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be seriously injured The sensors are designed to detect or killed if the passenger frontal the presence of a properly seated airbag inflates. This is because United States occupant and determine if the front the back of the rear-facing child outboard passenger frontal airbag, restraint would be very close to and knee airbag, should be allowed to inflate or not. the inflating airbag. A child in a forward-facing child restraint can According to accident statistics, be seriously injured or killed if the children are safer when properly passenger frontal airbag inflates secured in a rear seat in the correct and the passenger seat is in a child restraint for their weight forward position. Canada and size. Even if the passenger sensing The words ON and OFF, or the Whenever possible, children aged symbols for on and off, will be 12 and under should be secured in system has turned off the front visible during the system check. a rear seating position. outboard passenger airbag(s), no When the system check is system is fail-safe. No one can complete, either the word ON or Never put a rear-facing child seat in guarantee that an airbag will not OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will the front. This is because the risk to deploy under some unusual be visible. See Passenger Airbag the rear-facing child is so great, circumstance, even though the 0 if the airbag inflates. Status Indicator 114. airbag(s) are off. The passenger sensing system Never put a rear-facing child turns off the front outboard restraint in the front seat, even if passenger frontal airbag and knee the airbag is off. If securing a airbag under certain conditions. No other airbag is affected by the forward-facing child restraint in passenger sensing system. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

68 Seats and Restraints and knee airbag, the OFF indicator wear a seat belt properly — whether Warning (Continued) will light and stay lit as a reminder or not there is an airbag for that that the airbags are off. See person. the front outboard passenger Passenger Airbag Status Indicator seat, always move the seat as far 0 114. back as it will go. It is better to { Warning The passenger sensing system is secure child restraints in the rear If the airbag readiness light ever seat. Consider using another designed to turn on the front outboard passenger frontal airbag, comes on and stays on, it means vehicle to transport the child and knee airbag, anytime the that something may be wrong when a rear seat is not available. system senses that a person of with the airbag system. To help adult size is sitting properly in the avoid injury to yourself or others, The passenger sensing system is front outboard passenger seat. have the vehicle serviced right designed to turn off the front When the passenger sensing away. See Airbag Readiness 0 outboard passenger frontal airbag, system has allowed the airbags to Light 113 for more information, and knee airbag, if: be enabled, the ON indicator will including important safety . The front outboard passenger light and stay lit as a reminder that information. seat is unoccupied. the airbags are active. . The system determines an infant For some children, including If the On Indicator Is Lit for a is present in a child restraint. children in child restraints, and for Child Restraint very small adults, the passenger . A front outboard passenger sensing system may or may not turn The passenger sensing system is takes his/her weight off of the off the front outboard passenger designed to turn off the front seat for a period of time. frontal airbag, and knee airbag, outboard passenger frontal airbag . There is a critical problem with depending upon the person's and knee airbag, if the system the airbag system or the seating posture and body build. determines that an infant is present passenger sensing system. Everyone in the vehicle who has in a child restraint. If a child restraint outgrown child restraints should has been installed and the ON When the passenger sensing indicator is lit: system has turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag, 1. Turn the vehicle off. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 69 2. Remove the child restraint from 5. If, after reinstalling the child If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an the vehicle. restraint and restarting the Adult-Sized Occupant 3. Remove any additional items vehicle, the ON indicator is still from the seat such as blankets, lit, turn the vehicle off. Then cushions, seat covers, seat slightly recline the vehicle heaters, or seat massagers. seatback and adjust the seat cushion, if adjustable, to make 4. Reinstall the child restraint sure that the vehicle seatback following the directions is not pushing the child provided by the child restraint restraint into the seat cushion. manufacturer and refer to Securing Child Restraints (With Also make sure the child the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) restraint is not trapped under 0 88 or the vehicle head restraint. Securing Child Restraints (With If this happens, adjust the head the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) restraint. See Head Restraints 0 40. 0 86. If a person of adult size is sitting in Make sure the seat belt 6. Restart the vehicle. the front outboard passenger seat, retractor is locked by pulling The passenger sensing system may but the OFF indicator is lit, it could the shoulder belt all the way or may not turn off the airbags for a be because that person is not sitting out of the retractor when child in a child restraint depending properly in the seat or that the child installing the child restraint, upon the child’s size. It is better to restraint locking feature is engaged. even if the child restraint is secure the child restraint in a rear Use the following steps to allow the equipped with a seat belt lock seat. Never put a rear-facing child system to detect that person and off. When the retractor lock is restraint in the front seat, even if the enable the front outboard passenger set, the belt can be tightened ON indicator is not lit. frontal airbag and knee airbag: but not pulled out of the 1. Turn the vehicle off. retractor. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

70 Seats and Restraints 2. Remove any additional material A thick layer of additional material, from the seat, such as { Warning such as a blanket or cushion, blankets, cushions, seat or aftermarket equipment such as covers, seat heaters, or seat If the front outboard passenger seat covers, seat heaters, and seat massagers. airbag is turned off for an massagers can affect how well the adult-sized occupant, the airbag passenger sensing system 3. Place the seatback in the fully will not be able to inflate and help upright position. operates. We recommend that you protect that person in a crash, not use seat covers or other 4. Have the person sit upright in resulting in an increased risk of aftermarket equipment except when the seat, centered on the seat serious injury or even death. An approved by GM for your specific cushion, with legs comfortably adult-sized occupant should not vehicle. See Adding Equipment to extended. ride in the front outboard the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 71 5. If the shoulder portion of the passenger seat, if the passenger for more information about belt is pulled out all the way, airbag OFF indicator is lit. modifications that can affect how the child restraint locking the system operates. feature will be engaged. This The ON indicator may be lit if an may unintentionally cause the Additional Factors Affecting System Operation object, such as a briefcase, passenger sensing system to handbag, grocery bag, laptop, turn the airbag off for some Seat belts help keep the passenger or other electronic device, is put on adult-sized occupants. If this in position on the seat during an unoccupied seat. If this is not happens, unbuckle the belt, let vehicle maneuvers and braking, desired, remove the object from the belt go back all the way, which helps the passenger sensing the seat. and then buckle the belt again system maintain the passenger without pulling the belt out all airbag status. See Seat Belts and “ ” { Warning the way. “Child Restraints” in the Index for 6. Restart the vehicle and have additional information about the Stowing articles under the the person remain in this importance of proper restraint use. passenger seat or between the position for two to three minutes passenger seat cushion and after the ON indicator is lit. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 71 . Front seats, including stitching, Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) seams or zippers seatback may interfere with the are close to an airbag when it . Seat belts proper operation of the passenger inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. . Steering wheel, instrument sensing system. They are probably part of the panel, overhead console, ceiling airbag system. Be sure to follow trim, or garnish trim Servicing the proper service procedures, and . Inner door seals, including make sure the person performing speakers Airbag-Equipped Vehicle work for you is qualified to do so. Your dealer and the service manual Airbags affect how the vehicle have information about the location should be serviced. There are parts Adding Equipment to the of the airbag modules and sensors, of the airbag system in several Airbag-Equipped Vehicle sensing and diagnostic module, and places around the vehicle. Your airbag wiring along with the proper dealer and the service manual have Adding accessories that change the replacement procedures. information about servicing the vehicle's frame, bumper system, In addition, the vehicle has a vehicle and the airbag system. To height, front end, or side sheet passenger sensing system for the purchase a service manual, see metal may keep the airbag system front outboard passenger position, Publication Ordering Information from working properly. 0 415. which includes sensors that are part The operation of the airbag system of the passenger's seat. The can also be affected by changing, passenger sensing system may not { Warning including improperly repairing or operate properly if the original seat replacing, any parts of the following: For up to 10 seconds after the trim is replaced with non-GM vehicle is turned off and the . Airbag system, including airbag covers, upholstery, or trim, or with GM covers, upholstery, or trim battery is disconnected, an airbag modules, front or side impact designed for a different vehicle. Any can still inflate during improper sensors, sensing and diagnostic module, or airbag wiring object, such as an aftermarket seat service. You can be injured if you heater or a comfort enhancing pad (Continued) or device, installed under or on top Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

72 Seats and Restraints of the seat fabric, could also Airbag System Check Replacing Airbag System interfere with the operation of the passenger sensing system. This The airbag system does not need Parts after a Crash could either prevent proper regularly scheduled maintenance or deployment of the passenger replacement. Make sure the airbag { Warning airbag(s) or prevent the passenger readiness light is working. See sensing system from properly Airbag Readiness Light 0 113. A crash can damage the airbag turning off the passenger airbag(s). systems in the vehicle. See Passenger Sensing System Caution A damaged airbag system may 0 66. not properly protect you and your If an airbag covering is damaged, If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail passenger(s) in a crash, resulting opened, or broken, the airbag airbags, see Different Size in serious injury or even death. To and 0 361 for additional may not work properly. Do not help make sure the airbag important information. open or break the airbag systems are working properly coverings. If there are any after a crash, have them If the vehicle must be modified opened or broken airbag inspected and any necessary because you have a disability and coverings, have the airbag replacements made as soon as you have questions about whether covering and/or airbag module the modifications will affect the possible. replaced. For the location of the vehicle's airbag system, or if you airbags, see Where Are the have questions about whether the If an airbag inflates, you will need to Airbags? 0 62. See your dealer airbag system will be affected if the replace airbag system parts. See vehicle is modified for any other for service. your dealer for service. reason, call Customer Assistance. If the airbag readiness light stays on See Customer Assistance Offices after the vehicle is started or comes 0 408. on when you are driving, the airbag system may not work properly. Have the vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 113. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 73 Child Restraints . Sit all the way back on the seat. Q: What is the proper way to Do the knees bend at the seat wear seat belts? Older Children edge? If yes, continue. If no, A: An older child should wear a return to the booster seat. lap-shoulder belt and get the . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. additional restraint a shoulder Does the shoulder belt rest on belt can provide. The shoulder the shoulder? If yes, continue. belt should not cross the face or If no, try using the rear seat belt neck. The lap belt should fit comfort guide, if available. See snugly below the hips, just “Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides” touching the top of the thighs. under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 55. This applies belt force to the If a comfort guide is not child's pelvic bones in a crash. available, or if the shoulder belt It should never be worn over the still does not rest on the abdomen, which could cause shoulder, then return to the severe or even fatal internal booster seat. injuries in a crash. . Does the lap belt fit low and Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort Older children who have outgrown snug on the hips, touching the Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt booster seats should wear the thighs? If yes, continue. If no, 0 55. vehicle’s seat belts. return to the booster seat. According to accident statistics, The manufacturer instructions that . Can proper seat belt fit be children are safer when properly come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the restrained in a rear seating position. weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no, In a crash, children who are not booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat. lap-shoulder belt until the child buckled up can strike other people passes the fit test below: who are buckled up, or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older children need to use seat belts properly. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

74 Seats and Restraints

{ Warning { Warning Never allow more than one child Never allow a child to wear the to wear the same seat belt. The seat belt with the shoulder belt seat belt cannot properly spread behind their back. A child can be the impact forces. In a crash, they seriously injured by not wearing can be crushed together and the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a seriously injured. A seat belt must crash, the child would not be be used by only one person at restrained by the shoulder belt. a time. The child could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury. The child might also slide under the lap Infants and Young belt. The belt force would then be Children applied right on the abdomen. That could cause serious or fatal Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This includes infants and injuries. The shoulder belt should all other children. Neither the go over the shoulder and across distance traveled nor the age and the chest. size of the traveler changes the need, for everyone, to use safety restraints. In fact, the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 75 appropriate child restraints. Neither { Warning the vehicle’s seat belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them. Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is Children who are not restrained wrapped around their neck. The properly can strike other people, shoulder belt can tighten but or can be thrown out of the vehicle. cannot be loosened if it is locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is { Warning pulled all the way out of the Never hold an infant or a child retractor. It unlocks when the while riding in a vehicle. Due to shoulder belt is allowed to go all crash forces, an infant or a child the way back into the retractor, will become so heavy it is not but it cannot do this if it is possible to hold it during a crash. { Warning wrapped around a child’s neck. For example, in a crash at only If the shoulder belt is locked and Children who are up against, 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) tightened around a child’s neck, or very close to, any airbag when infant will suddenly become a the only way to loosen the belt is it inflates can be seriously injured 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's to cut it. or killed. Never put a rear-facing arms. An infant or child should be child restraint in the front Never leave children unattended secured in an appropriate child outboard seat. Secure a in a vehicle and never allow restraint. rear-facing child restraint in a rear children to play with the seat seat. It is also better to secure a belts. forward-facing child restraint in a rear seat. If you must secure a Every time infants and young forward-facing child restraint in children ride in vehicles, they should the front outboard seat, always have the protection provided by move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

76 Seats and Restraints For each type of child restraint, there are many different models { Warning available. When purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is designed to be A young child's hip bones are still used in a . If it is, the so small that the vehicle seat belt child restraint will have a label may not remain low on the hip saying that it meets federal motor bones, as it should. Instead, it vehicle safety standards. The may settle up around the child's instruction manual that is provided abdomen. In a crash, the belt with the child restraint states the would apply force on a body area weight and height limitations for that that is unprotected by any bony particular child restraint. In addition, structure. This alone could cause there are many kinds of child serious or fatal injuries. To reduce Child restraints are devices used to restraints available for children with the risk of serious or fatal injuries restrain, seat, or position children in special needs. the vehicle and are sometimes during a crash, young children called child seats or car seats. should always be secured in an { Warning appropriate child restraint. There are three basic types of child restraints: To reduce the risk of neck and head injury in a crash, infants and . Forward-facing child restraints toddlers should be secured in a . Rear-facing child restraints rear-facing child restraint until age . Belt-positioning booster seats two, or until they reach the maximum height and weight limits The proper child restraint for your of their child restraint. child depends on their size, weight, and age, and also on whether the child restraint is compatible with the vehicle in which it will be used. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 77 Child Restraint Systems

Forward-Facing Child Restraint Booster Seats Rear-Facing Infant Restraint A forward-facing child restraint A belt-positioning booster seat is provides restraint for the child's used for children who have A rear-facing child restraint provides body with the harness. outgrown their forward-facing child restraint with the seating surface restraint. Boosters are designed to against the back of the infant. improve the fit of the vehicle's seat The harness system holds the infant belt system until the child is large in place and, in a crash, acts to enough for the vehicle seat belts to keep the infant positioned in the fit properly without a booster seat. restraint. See the seat belt fit test in Older Children 0 73. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

78 Seats and Restraints Securing an Add-On Child Children can be endangered in a In some areas of the United States Restraint in the Vehicle crash if the child restraint is not and Canada, Certified Child properly secured in the vehicle. Passenger Safety Technicians (CPSTs) are available to inspect { Warning When securing an add-on child restraint, refer to the following: and demonstrate how to correctly A child can be seriously injured or use and install child restraints. In 1. Instruction labels provided on killed in a crash if the child the U.S., refer to the National the child restraint Highway Traffic Safety restraint is not properly secured in Administration (NHTSA) website to the vehicle. Secure the child 2. Instruction manual provided with the child restraint locate the nearest child safety seat restraint properly in the vehicle inspection station. For CPST using the vehicle’s seat belt or 3. This vehicle owner's manual availability in Canada, check with LATCH system, following the The child restraint instructions are Transport Canada or the Provincial instructions that came with that important, so if they are not Ministry of Transportation office. child restraint and the instructions available, obtain a replacement Securing the Child Within the in this manual. copy from the manufacturer. Child Restraint Keep in mind that an unsecured To help reduce the chance of injury, child restraint can move around in a the child restraint must be secured collision or sudden stop and injure { Warning in the vehicle. Child restraints must people in the vehicle. Be sure to A child can be seriously injured or be secured in vehicle seats by lap properly secure any child restraint in killed in a crash if the child is not belts or the lap belt portion of a the vehicle even when no child is — properly secured in the child lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH in it. system. See Lower Anchors and restraint. Secure the child Tethers for Children (LATCH properly following the instructions System) 0 80 for more information. that came with that child restraint. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 79 Where to Put the When securing a child restraint with Warning (Continued) the seat belts in a rear seat position, Restraint study the instructions that came with According to accident statistics, front passenger airbag inflates the child restraint to make sure it is children and infants are safer when and the passenger seat is in a compatible with this vehicle. forward position. properly restrained in an appropriate Child restraints and booster seats child restraint secured in a rear Even if the passenger sensing vary considerably in size, and some seating position. system has turned off the front may fit in certain seating positions Whenever possible, children aged passenger frontal airbag, no better than others. 12 and under should be secured in system is fail-safe. No one can Depending on where you place the a rear seating position. guarantee that an airbag will not child restraint and the size of the Never put a rear-facing child deploy under some unusual child restraint, you may not be able restraint in the front. This is because circumstance, even though it is to access adjacent seat belts or the risk to the rear-facing child is so turned off. LATCH anchors for additional great if the airbag deploys. Secure rear-facing child restraints passengers or child restraints. in a rear seat, even if the airbag Adjacent seating positions should is off. If you secure a not be used if the child restraint { Warning prevents access to or interferes with forward-facing child restraint in the routing of the seat belt. A child in a rear-facing child the front seat, always move the restraint can be seriously injured front passenger seat as far back Wherever a child restraint is or killed if the front passenger as it will go. It is better to secure installed, be sure to follow the airbag inflates. This is because the child restraint in a rear seat. instructions that came with the child the back of the rear-facing child restraint and secure the child restraint would be very close to See Passenger Sensing System restraint properly. 0 the inflating airbag. A child in a 66 for additional information. forward-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

80 Seats and Restraints Keep in mind that an unsecured seats can be properly installed When installing a child restraint with child restraint can move around in a using either the LATCH anchors or a top tether, you must also use collision or sudden stop and injure the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not use either the lower anchors or the seat people in the vehicle. Be sure to both the seat belts and the LATCH belts to properly secure the child properly secure any child restraint in anchorage system to secure a restraint. A child restraint must the vehicle — even when no child is rear-facing or forward-facing never be attached using only the top in it. child seat. tether. Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat For a forward-facing 5-pt harness Lower Anchors and belts to secure the child and the child restraint where the combined Tethers for Children booster seat. If the manufacturer weight of the child and restraint are (LATCH System) recommends that the booster seat up to 29.5 kg (65 lb), use either the be secured with the LATCH system, lower LATCH anchorages with the The LATCH system secures a child this can be done as long as the top tether anchorage, or the seat restraint during driving or in a crash. booster seat can be positioned belt with the top tether anchorage. LATCH attachments on the child properly and there is no interference Where the combined weight of the restraint are used to attach the child with the proper positioning of the child and restraint are greater than restraint to the anchors in the lap-shoulder belt on the child. 29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat belt with vehicle. The LATCH system is Make sure to follow the instructions the top tether anchorage only. designed to make installation of a that came with the child restraint, child restraint easier. and also the instructions in this In order to use the LATCH system in manual. your vehicle, you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments. LATCH-compatible rear-facing and forward-facing child Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 81 Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints

Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Show with an X Combined LATCH-Lower Weight of the Seat Belt and Restraint Type LATCH-Lower Anchors and Child + Child Seat Belt Only Top Tether Anchors Only Top Tether Restraint Anchor Anchor Rear-Facing Up to XX Child Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb) Rear-Facing Greater than X Child Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb) Forward-Facing Up to XX Child Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb) Forward-Facing Greater than X Child Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb)

See Securing Child Restraints (With The following explains how to attach the child restraint. See Securing the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 88 a child restraint with these Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt or attachments in the vehicle. in the Front Seat) 0 88 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Securing Child Restraints (With the 0 Not all vehicle seating positions 0 Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 86. have lower anchors. In this case, Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 86. Child restraints built after March the seat belt must be used (with top 2014 will be labeled with the tether where available) to secure specific child weight up to which the LATCH system can be used to install the restraint. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

82 Seats and Restraints Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Some child restraints with top tethers are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint. Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations Rear Seat Lower anchors (1) are metal bars A top tether (3, 4) is used to secure built into the vehicle. There are two the top of the child restraint to the lower anchors for each LATCH vehicle. A top tether anchor is built seating position that will into the vehicle. The top tether accommodate a child restraint with attachment hook (2) on the child lower attachments (2). restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. The child restraint may have a single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either will have a single attachment hook (2) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 83 I : Seating positions with top To assist in locating the top tether Do not secure a child restraint in a tether anchors. anchors, the top tether anchor position without a top tether anchor symbol is near the top tether if a national or local law requires H : Seating positions with two lower anchors. that the top tether be attached, or if anchors. the instructions that come with the Top Tether Anchors child restraint say that the top tether must be attached. According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating position. See Where to Put the Restraint 0 79 for additional information. Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH The lower anchors are behind the System The top tether anchors for each rear vertical openings in the seat cushion seating position are on the back of trim located below the anchor label. the rear seatback. The rear { Warning compartment storage panel/cover A child could be seriously injured might need to be adjusted to access or killed in a crash if the child the anchors. Be sure to use an anchor on the same side of the restraint is not properly attached vehicle as the seating position to the vehicle using either the where the child restraint will be LATCH anchors or the vehicle placed. seat belt. Follow the instructions (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

84 Seats and Restraints

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Caution

that came with the child restraint shoulder belt can tighten but Do not let the LATCH and the instructions in this cannot be loosened if it is locked. attachments rub against the manual. The shoulder belt locks when it is vehicle’s seat belts. This may pulled all the way out of the damage these parts. If necessary, retractor. It unlocks when the move buckled seat belts to avoid shoulder belt is allowed to go all rubbing the LATCH attachments. { Warning the way back into the retractor, Do not fold the rear seatback To reduce the risk of serious or but it cannot do this if it is when the seat is occupied. Do not fatal injuries during a crash, do wrapped around a child’s neck. fold the empty rear seat with a not attach more than one child If the shoulder belt is locked and seat belt buckled. This could restraint to a single anchor. tightened around a child’s neck, damage the seat belt or the seat. Attaching more than one child the only way to loosen the belt is Unbuckle and return the seat belt restraint to a single anchor could to cut it. to its stowed position, before cause the anchor or attachment Buckle any unused seat belts folding the seat. to come loose or even break behind the child restraint so during a crash. A child or others children cannot reach them. Pull If you need to secure more than one could be injured. the shoulder belt all the way out child restraint in the rear seat, see of the retractor to set the lock, Where to Put the Restraint 0 79. and tighten the belt behind the 1. Attach and tighten the lower child restraint after the child attachments to the lower { Warning restraint has been installed. anchors. If the child restraint Children can be seriously injured does not have lower or strangled if a shoulder belt is attachments or the desired wrapped around their neck. The seating position does not have lower anchors, secure the child (Continued) restraint with the top tether and Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 85 the seat belts. Refer to the are using a dual tether, child restraint manufacturer route the tether over the instructions and the seatback. instructions in this manual. 1.1. Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position. 1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat. If the position you are 1.3. Attach and tighten the using does not have a lower attachments on the head restraint and you child restraint to the lower are using a single tether, anchors. route the tether over the If the position you are seatback. 2. If the child restraint using has an adjustable manufacturer recommends that headrest or head restraint the top tether be attached, and you are using a dual attach and tighten the top tether, raise the headrest tether to the top tether anchor, or head restraint and if equipped. Refer to the child route the tether under the restraint instructions and the headrest or head restraint following steps: and in between the headrest or head restraint 2.1. Find the top tether posts. anchor. 2.2. Route, attach and tighten If the position you are the top tether according using does not have a to your child restraint head restraint and you instructions and the following instructions: Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

86 Seats and Restraints Replacing LATCH System Securing Child Restraints Parts After a Crash (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) { Warning When securing a child restraint with A crash can damage the LATCH the seat belts in a rear seat position, system in the vehicle. A damaged study the instructions that came with the child restraint to make sure it is LATCH system may not properly compatible with this vehicle. If the position you are secure the child restraint, using has an adjustable resulting in serious injury or even If the child restraint has the LATCH headrest or head restraint death in a crash. To help make system, see Lower Anchors and sure the LATCH system is Tethers for Children (LATCH and you are using a 0 single tether, raise the working properly after a crash, System) 80 for how and where to headrest or head restraint see your dealer to have the install the child restraint using LATCH. If a child restraint is and route the tether system inspected and any secured in the vehicle using a seat under the headrest or necessary replacements made as head restraint and in belt and it uses a top tether, see soon as possible. Lower Anchors and Tethers for between the headrest or 0 head restraint posts. Children (LATCH System) 80 for If the vehicle has the LATCH system top tether anchor locations. 3. Before placing a child in the and it was being used during a child restraint, make sure it is Do not secure a child seat in a crash, new LATCH system parts position without a top tether anchor securely held in place. To may be needed. check, grasp the child restraint if a national or local law requires at the LATCH path and attempt New parts and repairs may be that the top tether be anchored, or if to move it side to side and necessary even if the LATCH the instructions that come with the back and forth. There should system was not being used at the child restraint say that the top tether be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) time of the crash. must be anchored. of movement, for proper installation. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 87 In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. If the child restraint or vehicle seat position does not have the LATCH system, you will be using the seat belt to secure the child restraint. Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. If more than one child restraint needs to be installed in the rear seat, be sure to read Where to Put 3. Push the latch plate into the 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the the Restraint 0 79. buckle until it clicks. way out of the retractor to set Position the release button on the lock. When the retractor 1. Put the child restraint on lock is set, the belt can be the seat. the buckle, away from the child restraint, so that the seat belt tightened but not pulled out of 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run could be quickly unbuckled if the retractor. the lap and shoulder portions necessary. of the vehicle's seat belt through or around the child restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

88 Seats and Restraints 6. If the child restraint has a top Securing Child Restraints tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions (With the Seat Belt in the regarding the use of the top Front Seat) tether. See Lower Anchors and This vehicle has airbags. A rear Tethers for Children (LATCH 0 seat is a safer place to secure a System) 80. forward-facing child restraint. See 7. Before placing a child in the Where to Put the Restraint 0 79. child restraint, make sure it is In addition, the vehicle has a securely held in place. To passenger sensing system which is check, grasp the child restraint designed to turn off the front at the seat belt path and outboard passenger frontal airbag 5. To tighten the belt, push down attempt to move it side to side and knee airbag under certain on the child restraint, pull the and back and forth. When the conditions. See Passenger Sensing shoulder portion of the belt to child restraint is properly System 0 66 and tighten the lap portion of the installed, there should be no Passenger Airbag Status Indicator belt, and feed the shoulder belt more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of 0 114 for more information, including back into the retractor. When movement. important safety information. installing a forward-facing child To remove the child restraint, restraint, it may be helpful to Never put a rear-facing child seat in unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and the front. This is because the risk to use your knee to push down on let it return to the stowed position. the child restraint as you the rear-facing child is so great, If the top tether is attached to a top if the airbag deploys. tighten the belt. tether anchor, disconnect it. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 4 and 5. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 89 When using the lap-shoulder belt to { Warning Warning (Continued) secure the child restraint in this position, follow the instructions that A child in a rear-facing child forward-facing child restraint in came with the child restraint and the restraint can be seriously injured the front outboard passenger following instructions: or killed if the front outboard seat, always move the seat as far passenger frontal airbag inflates. back as it will go. It is better to 1. Move the seat as far back as it This is because the back of the secure the child restraint in a will go before securing the forward-facing child restraint. rear-facing child restraint would rear seat. Move the seat upward or the be very close to the inflating See Passenger Sensing System seatback to an upright position, airbag. A child in a forward-facing 0 66 for additional information. if needed, to get a tight child restraint can be seriously installation of the child injured or killed if the front restraint. outboard passenger frontal airbag If the child restraint uses a top inflates and the passenger seat is tether, see Lower Anchors and When the passenger sensing system has turned off the front in a forward position. Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 80 for top tether anchor outboard passenger frontal Even if the passenger sensing locations. airbag and knee airbag, the system has turned off the front OFF indicator on the Do not secure a child seat in a outboard passenger airbag(s), no passenger airbag status position without a top tether anchor system is fail-safe. No one can indicator should light and stay if a national or local law requires lit when you start the vehicle. guarantee that an airbag will not that the top tether be anchored, or if deploy under some unusual See Passenger Airbag Status the instructions that come with the Indicator 0 114. circumstance, even though the child restraint say that the top tether airbag(s) are off. must be anchored. 2. Put the child restraint on the seat. Secure rear-facing child restraints In Canada, the law requires that in a rear seat, even if the forward-facing child restraints have 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run airbag(s) are off. If you secure a a top tether, and that the tether be the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle's seat belt (Continued) attached. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

90 Seats and Restraints through or around the child restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how.

4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the buckle until it clicks. way out of the retractor to set Position the release button on the lock. When the retractor the buckle, away from the child lock is set, the belt can be Tilt the latch plate to adjust the restraint, so that the seat belt tightened but not pulled out of belt if needed. could be quickly unbuckled if the retractor. necessary. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Seats and Restraints 91 7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. If the airbags are off, the OFF 6. To tighten the belt, push down indicator in the passenger airbag on the child restraint, pull the status indicator will come on and shoulder portion of the belt to stay on when the vehicle is started. tighten the lap portion of the If a child restraint has been installed belt, and feed the shoulder belt and the ON indicator is lit, see “If back into the retractor. When the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child installing a forward-facing child Restraint” under Passenger Sensing restraint, it may be helpful to System 0 66. use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you To remove the child restraint, tighten the belt. unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and let it return to the stowed position. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

92 Storage Storage Storage Cupholders Compartments Storage Compartments Storage Compartments ...... 92 { Warning Glove Box ...... 92 Cupholders ...... 92 Do not store heavy or sharp Center Console Storage ...... 93 objects in storage compartments. In a crash, these objects may Additional Storage Features cause the cover to open and Rear Compartment/Storage could result in injury. Panel Cover ...... 93 Cargo Cover ...... 94 Cargo Tie-Downs ...... 94 Glove Box Cargo Management System . . . 95 Lift up on the glove box lever to Convenience Net ...... 95 Two cupholders are in the center open it. console. Cupholders may be located System in the rear seat armrest. To access, Roof Rack System ...... 96 pull the armrest down. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Storage 93 Center Console Storage Additional Storage Features Rear Compartment/ Storage Panel Cover Quarter Lower Storage Panel

The center console has storage under the armrest. Push the latch and lift the armrest to open. There may be a small storage bin inside. Remove the small bin to access more storage.

The quarter lower storage cover can be removed on the passenger side. Lift the load floor to access and pull the cover to remove. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

94 Storage Cargo Cover Cargo Tie-Downs

{ Warning An unsecured cargo cover could strike people in a sudden stop or turn, or in a crash. Store the cargo cover securely or remove it from the vehicle.

{ Warning Use the cargo cover to cover items in the rear of the vehicle. Do not place objects on the cargo cover. Sudden stops or turns can Installing the Cargo Cover The vehicle may be equipped with cause objects to be thrown in the four cargo tie-downs in the rear 1. Slide the cargo cover into the compartment. vehicle. You or others could be two front corner brackets and injured. push down until it snaps in place. 2. Attach the cords to the fixed retainers on the liftgate. Removing the Cargo Cover Disengage the cords on the liftgate, lift up on the cover, and pull the cover out of the vehicle. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Storage 95 Cargo Management Convenience Net System

The cargo management system has a height adjustment. This vehicle may have a Lift the load floor to access the convenience net in the rear of the cargo management system. vehicle. Attach it to the cargo tie-downs for storing small loads. After storing items, make sure to properly secure the load floor. Do not use the net to store heavy loads. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

96 Storage Roof Rack System To prevent damage or loss of cargo Caution when driving, check to make sure crossrails and cargo are securely { Warning Loading cargo on the roof rack fastened. Loading cargo on the roof that weighs more than 75 kg rack will make the vehicle’s center If something is carried on top of (165 lb) or hangs over the rear or of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, the vehicle that is longer or wider sides of the vehicle may damage sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden than the roof rack — like paneling, the vehicle. Do not load cargo braking, or abrupt maneuvers; plywood, or a mattress — the exceeding 75 kg (165 lbs) and otherwise it may result in loss of wind can catch it while the vehicle always load cargo so that it rests control. If driving for a long distance, is being driven. The item being evenly between the crossrails and on rough roads, or at high speeds, carried could be violently torn off, does not block the vehicle lamps occasionally stop the vehicle to and this could cause a collision or windows. Fasten the cargo make sure the cargo remains in its and damage the vehicle. Never securely. place. Do not exceed the maximum carry something longer or wider vehicle capacity when loading the than the roof rack on top of the vehicle. For more information on vehicle unless using a GM vehicle capacity and loading, see 0 certified accessory carrier. Vehicle Load Limits 232.

If equipped, the roof rack can be used to load items. For roof racks that do not have crossrails included, GM certified crossrails can be purchased as an accessory. See your dealer. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Instruments and Controls 97 Seat Belt Reminders ...... 113 Cruise Control Light ...... 123 Instruments and Airbag Readiness Light ...... 113 Controls Passenger Airbag Status Information Displays Indicator ...... 114 Driver Information Center (DIC) Charging System Light ...... 115 (Base Level) ...... 123 Driver Information Center (DIC) Controls Malfunction Indicator Lamp () ...... 115 (Uplevel) ...... 127 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 98 Head-Up Display (HUD) ...... 130 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 98 Brake System Warning Heated Steering Wheel ...... 98 Light ...... 117 Vehicle Messages Horn ...... 98 Electric Parking Brake Vehicle Messages ...... 134 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 98 Light ...... 118 Engine Power Messages . . . . . 135 Rear Window Wiper/ Service Electric Parking Brake Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 135 Washer ...... 100 Light ...... 118 Compass ...... 101 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Vehicle Personalization Clock ...... 102 Warning Light ...... 118 Vehicle Personalization ...... 135 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Power Outlets ...... 102 Universal Remote System Wireless Charging ...... 103 Light ...... 119 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 119 Universal Remote System . . . . 140 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . 119 Universal Remote System Indicators Traction Off Light ...... 120 Programming ...... 140 Warning Lights, Gauges, and StabiliTrak OFF Light ...... 120 Universal Remote System Indicators ...... 106 (TCS)/ Operation ...... 142 Instrument Cluster ...... 107 StabiliTrak Light ...... 120 ...... 111 Tire Pressure Light ...... 121 ...... 111 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 121 Trip Odometer ...... 111 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 122 ...... 111 Security Light ...... 122 Fuel Gauge ...... 111 High-Beam On Light ...... 122 Engine Coolant Temperature Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 123 Gauge ...... 112 Lamps On Reminder ...... 123 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

98 Instruments and Controls Controls Do not adjust the steering wheel The steering wheel takes about while driving. three minutes to start heating. Steering Wheel Steering Wheel Controls Horn Adjustment The infotainment system can be Press a on the steering wheel pad operated by using the steering to sound the horn. wheel controls. See Steering Wheel Controls 0 154. Windshield Wiper/Washer Heated Steering Wheel { Warning In freezing weather, do not use the washer until the windshield is warmed. Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield, blocking your vision.

To adjust the steering wheel: 1. Pull the lever down. { Warning 2. Move the steering wheel up Before driving the vehicle, always or down. clear snow and ice from the hood, 3. Pull or push the steering wheel windshield, roof, and rear of the closer or away from you. ( : If equipped, press to turn on or vehicle, including all lamps and 4. Pull the lever up to lock the off. A light near the button displays windows. Reduced visibility from steering wheel in place. when the feature is turned on. snow and ice buildup could lead to a crash. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Instruments and Controls 99 With the ignition on or in ACC/ 1X : For a single wipe, briefly move If the ignition is turned off while the ACCESSORY, move the windshield the wiper lever down. For several wipers are performing wipes due to wiper lever to select the wiper wipes, hold the wiper lever down. windshield washing, the wipers speed. Clear snow and ice from the wiper continue to run until they reach the base of the windshield. Windshield Wiper with Intermittent blades before using them. If frozen Wipes (INT Shown, Rainsense to the windshield, carefully loosen or Rainsense Similar) thaw them. Damaged blades should be replaced. See Wiper Blade If equipped with Rainsense, a Replacement 0 328. Heavy snow or sensor located near the top center ice can overload the wiper motor. of the windshield detects the amount of water on the windshield and automatically controls the frequency of the windshield wiper. When Rainsense is enabled, the normal intermittent control operates as a sensitivity control. Keep this area of the windshield HI : Use for fast wipes. clear of debris to allow for best LO : Use for slow wipes. system performance. INT : Use for intermittent wipes or Wiper Parking Rainsense, if equipped and enabled. To adjust wipe frequency, If the ignition is turned off while the turn the band up for more frequent wipers are on LO, HI, or INT, they wipes or down for less frequent will immediately stop. wipes. If Rainsense is enabled, see If the windshield wiper lever is then “Rainsense” later in this section. moved to OFF before the driver OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. door is opened or within 10 minutes, the wipers will restart and move to the base of the windshield. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

100 Instruments and Controls AUTO : Move the windshield wiper The wiper operations return to lever to AUTO. Turn the band on the normal when the transmission is no wiper lever to adjust the sensitivity. longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle . Turn the band up for more speed has increased. sensitivity to moisture. Windshield Washer . Turn the band down for less e : Pull the windshield wiper sensitivity to moisture. lever toward you to spray windshield . Move the windshield wiper lever washer fluid and activate the out of the AUTO position to windshield wipers. The wipers will deactivate Rainsense. continue until the lever is released or the maximum wash time is To enable or disable this feature, reached. When the windshield wiper see “Rain Sense Wipers” under Rear Wiper with Rainsense 0 lever is released, additional wipes Shown, without Rainsense Similar Vehicle Personalization 135. may occur depending on how long Wiper Arm Assembly Protection the windshield washer had been Turn the end of the windshield wiper activated. See Washer Fluid 0 322 lever to operate the rear window When using an automatic car wash, for information on filling the wiper/washer. move the windshield wiper lever to reservoir. OFF. This disables the automatic OFF : Turns the wiper off. Rainsense windshield wipers and/or INT : Intermittent wipes. manual windshield wipers. Rear Window Wiper/ ON : Slow wipes. With Rainsense, if the transmission Washer is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle The ignition must be on or in ACC/ f : Push the windshield wiper speed is very slow, the wipers will ACCESSORY to operate the rear lever forward to spray washer fluid automatically stop at the base of the window wiper/washer. on the rear window and the Rear windshield. Mirror Camera Lens. If equipped, See Rear Camera Mirror 0 32. The wipers will clear the rear window Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Instruments and Controls 101 and either stop or return to your windshield wiper is performing low lever returns to its starting position preset speed. For more washer or high speed wipes. If the rear when released. See Rear Camera cycles, press and hold the lever. wiper control is off, the vehicle is in Mirror 0 32. The rear window wiper/washer will R (Reverse), and the front not operate if the liftgate is open or windshield wiper is performing Compass interval wipes, then the rear wiper ajar. If the liftgate is opened while The vehicle may have a compass the rear wiper is on, the wiper automatically performs interval wipes. display on the Driver Information returns to the parked position and Center (DIC). The compass receives stops. This feature can be turned on or off. its heading and other information See Vehicle Personalization 0 135. Rear Wiper Arm Assembly from the Global Positioning Protection The windshield washer reservoir is System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak/ used for the windshield and the rear Electronic Stability Control (ESC), When using an automatic car wash, window. Check the fluid level in the and vehicle speed information. move the rear wiper control to OFF reservoir if either washer is not The compass system is designed to to disable the rear wiper. In some working. See Washer Fluid 0 322. vehicles, if the transmission is in operate for a certain number of N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is Rear Camera Washer miles or degrees of turn before very slow, the rear wiper will needing a signal from the GPS automatically park. satellites. When the compass display shows CAL, drive the The wiper operations return to vehicle for a short distance in an normal when the transmission is no open area where it can receive a longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle GPS signal. The compass system speed has increased. will automatically determine when a Reverse Gear Wipes GPS signal is restored and provide a heading again. If the rear wiper control is off, the rear wiper will automatically operate continuously when the vehicle is in If equipped, push the windshield R (Reverse) and the front wiper lever forward to spray washer fluid on the rear camera lens. The Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

102 Instruments and Controls Clock When adding electrical equipment, { Warning be sure to follow the proper Set the time and date using the installation instructions included with infotainment system. See "Time / Power is always supplied to the the equipment. See Add-On Date" under Settings 0 195. rear cargo power outlet. Do not Electrical Equipment 0 302. leave electrical equipment Power Outlets plugged in when the vehicle is not Caution in use because the vehicle could Power Outlets 12-Volt Direct catch fire and cause injury or Current Hanging heavy equipment from death. the power outlet can cause The vehicle has 12-volt outlets that damage not covered by the can be used to plug in electrical vehicle warranty. The power equipment, such as a cell phone or outlets are designed for MP3 player. Caution accessory power plugs only, such Leaving electrical equipment as cell phone charge cords. plugged in for an extended period of time while the ignition is off will Power Outlet 110V/120V drain the battery. Always unplug Alternating Current electrical equipment when not in use and do not plug in equipment If equipped with this power outlet, it that exceeds the maximum can be used to plug in electrical 15 amp rating. equipment that uses a maximum limit of 150 watts.

Certain accessory plugs may not be compatible with the accessory power outlet and could overload vehicle and adapter fuses. If a problem is experienced, see your dealer. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Instruments and Controls 103 indicator light turns off. To reset the Wireless Charging circuit, unplug the item and plug it back in or turn the Retained If equipped, the vehicle has wireless Accessory Power (RAP) off and charging in the storage bin at the then back on. See Retained front of the floor console. The Accessory Power (RAP) 0 244. The system operates at 145 kHz and power restarts when equipment wirelessly charges one Qi using 150 watts or less is plugged compatible smartphone. The power into the outlet and a system fault is output of the system is capable of not detected. charging at a rate up to 3 amp (15W), as requested by the The power outlet is not designed for compatible smartphone. See Radio and may not work properly, if the Frequency Statement 0 416. The power outlet is on the rear of following are plugged in: the center console. . Equipment with high initial peak { Warning An indicator light on the outlet turns wattage, such as on to show it is in use. The light compressor-driven refrigerators Wireless charging can affect the comes on when the ignition is on, and electric power tools operation of an implanted equipment requiring less than 150 . Other equipment requiring an pacemaker or other medical watts is plugged into the outlet, and extremely stable power supply, devices. If you have one, it is no system fault is detected. such as recommended to consult with The indicator light does not come on microcomputer-controlled your doctor before using the when the ignition is off or if the electric blankets and touch wireless charging system. equipment is not fully seated into sensor lamps the outlet. . Medical equipment The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ If equipment is connected using ACCESSORY, or Retained more than 150 watts or a system Accessory Power (RAP) must be fault is detected, a protection circuit active. The wireless charging shuts off the power supply and the feature may not correctly indicate Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

104 Instruments and Controls charging when the vehicle is in RAP. the charging performance. See See Retained Accessory Power your dealer for additional (RAP) 0 244. information. The operating temperature is −20 °C 3. A green $ will appear on the V (−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the on the infotainment display. charging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to This indicates that the 35 °C (95 °F) for the smartphone. smartphone is properly positioned and charging. If a { Warning smartphone is placed on the charging pad and $ does not Remove all objects from the display, remove the charging pad before charging smartphone from the pad, turn your compatible smartphone. To charge a compatible smartphone: it 180 degrees, and wait Objects, such as coins, keys, 1. Remove all objects from the three seconds before placing/ rings, paper clips, or cards, charging pad. The system may aligning the smartphone on the between the smartphone and not charge if there are any pad again. charging pad will become very objects on the charging pad. The smartphone may become hot. On the rare occasion that the 2. Place the smartphone face up warm during charging. This is charging system does not detect on the charging pad. normal. In warmer an object, and the object gets temperatures, the speed of wedged between the smartphone To maximize the charge rate, charging may be reduced. and charger, remove the ensure the smartphone is fully smartphone and allow the object seated and centered in the to cool before removing it from holder with nothing under it. the charging pad, to prevent A thick smartphone case may prevent the wireless charger burns. from working, or may reduce Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Instruments and Controls 105 4. If $ turns yellow, ensure that the OSS Notice Information 2. Redistributions in binary form charging pad is clear of any To obtain the source code that is must reproduce the above objects and that the contained in this product, please copyright notice, this list of smartphone is capable of visit http://opensource.lge.com. In conditions and the following wireless charging before addition to the source code, all disclaimer in the re-positioning it. If $ does not referred license terms, warranty documentation and/or other illuminate, the smartphone may disclaimers and copyright notices materials provided with the need to re-positioned. The are available for download. LG distribution. smartphone may become warm Electronics will also provide open 3. Neither the name of the during charging. This is normal. source code to you on CD-ROM for copyright holder nor the names In warmer temperatures, the a charge covering the cost of of its contributors may be used speed of charging may be performing such distribution (such to endorse or promote products reduced. as the cost of media, shipping, and derived from this software handling) upon email request to without specific prior written Software Acknowledgements [email protected]. This offer is permission. Certain Wireless Charging Module valid for three (3) years from the THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED product from LG Electronics, Inc. date on which you purchased the BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS ("LGE") contains the open source product. AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" software detailed below. Refer to Freescale-WCT library AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED the indicated open source licenses WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT (as are included following this Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED notice) for the terms and conditions Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights WARRANTIES OF of their use. reserved. MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS 1. Redistributions of source code FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE must retain the above copyright ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT notice, this list of conditions SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER and the following disclaimer. OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

106 Instruments and Controls EXEMPLARY, OR Warning Lights, Some warning lights come on briefly CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES when the engine is started to (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED Gauges, and indicate they are working. When TO, PROCUREMENT OF one of the warning lights comes on SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR Indicators and stays on while driving, or when SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, Warning lights and gauges can one of the gauges shows there may OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS signal that something is wrong be a problem, check the section that INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER before it becomes serious enough explains what to do. Waiting to do CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY to cause an expensive repair or repairs can be costly and even OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN replacement. Paying attention to the dangerous. CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, warning lights and gauges could OR TORT (INCLUDING prevent injury. NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Instruments and Controls 107 Instrument Cluster

Base Level English, Metric Similar Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

108 Instruments and Controls

Uplevel English Standard Theme, Metric Similar Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Instruments and Controls 109 Cluster Menu 3. SELECT : Press to access the Press o to access the cluster cluster applications. This button is There is an interactive display area applications. Move thumbwheel up also used to return to or exit the last in the center of the instrument or down to scroll through the list of screen displayed on the DIC. cluster. available applications. Not all Press SELECT to access the applications will be available on all Selecting menu and functions cluster applications. Use m to scroll vehicles. < Type 1 > through the list of available Base Level Cluster applications. Not all applications will be available on all vehicles. < Type 2 >

Use the controls to open and scroll The list of available applications; through the different items and . TRIP displays. . VEHICLE 1. l : Press to set or clear the Use the right steering wheel control menu item when it is displayed to open and scroll through the . ECO different items and displays. 2. m : Turn the band to scroll Not all applications will be available through the menu items. on all vehicles. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

110 Instruments and Controls See Driver Information Center (DIC) . 5 (Phone) Navigation 0 (Base Level) 123 or Press thumbwheel to select the Driver Information Center (DIC) . 8 (Options) (Uplevel) 0 127. Navigation app, then press p to Not all applications will be available enter the Navigation menu. If there Uplevel Cluster on all vehicles. is no active route, you can resume Info Pages the last route and turn the voice prompts on/off. If there is an active Press o or p to move between the route, press thumbwheel to cancel interactive display zones in the or resume route guidance or turn cluster. Use the thumbwheel to the voice prompts on or off. select the items to be displayed in the Info app. See Driver Information Phone Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 123 or Press thumbwheel to select the Driver Information Center (DIC) Phone app, then press to enter 0 p (Uplevel) 127. the Phone menu. In the Phone Audio menu, if there is no active phone call, view recent calls, or scroll Press thumbwheel to select the through contacts. If there is an The list of available applications; Audio app, then press p to enter active call, mute the phone or switch the Audio menu. In the Audio menu to handset operation. . { (Home) browse for music, select from the favorites, or change the audio Options . 4 (Info) : This is where the source. Move thumbwheel up ( ) or Press thumbwheel to select the selected Driver Information w Center (DIC) displays can be (x) to change the station or go to Options app, then press p to enter viewed. See Driver Information the next or previous track. the Options menu. Move f thumbwheel up (w) or down (x) to . (Audio) scroll through items in the . n (Navigation) Setting menu. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Instruments and Controls 111 Units : Press p while Units is The trip odometer is accessed and Fuel Gauge displayed to enter the Units menu. reset through the Driver Information Choose US or metric units by Center (DIC). See Driver pressing thumbwheel while the Information Center (DIC) (Base desired item is highlighted. Level) 0 123 or A checkmark will be displayed next Driver Information Center (DIC) to the selected item. (Uplevel) 0 127. Speedometer Tachometer The speedometer shows the The tachometer displays the engine vehicle's speed in either kilometers speed in revolutions per per hour (km/h) or miles per minute (rpm). hour (mph). For vehicles with the Stop/Start system, when the ignition is on, the English Base Level, Metric Similar Odometer tachometer indicates the vehicle The odometer shows how far the status. When pointing to AUTO vehicle has been driven, in either STOP, the engine is off but the kilometers or miles. vehicle is on and can move. The engine could auto start at any time. When the indicator points to OFF, Trip Odometer the vehicle is off. The trip odometer shows how far When the engine is on, the the vehicle has been driven since tachometer will indicate the engine’s the trip odometer was last reset. revolutions per minute (rpm). The tachometer may vary by several hundred rpm’s, during Auto Stop mode, when the engine is shutting off and restarting. English Uplevel, Metric Similar Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

112 Instruments and Controls When the ignition is on, the fuel . The gauge takes a few seconds gauge indicates about how much to stabilize after the ignition is fuel is left in the tank. turned on, and goes back to An arrow on the fuel gauge empty when the ignition is indicates the side of the vehicle the turned off. fuel door is on. Engine Coolant When the indicator nears empty, the low fuel light comes on. There is a Temperature Gauge small amount of fuel left, but the fuel tank should be filled soon. Here are things that some owners ask about. None of these show a English Uplevel, Metric Similar problem with the fuel gauge: This gauge shows the engine . At the service station, the fuel coolant temperature. pump shuts off before the gauge reads full. If the pointer moves toward the warning area at the high end of the . It takes a little more or less fuel gauge, the engine is too hot. to fill up than the gauge indicated. For example, the If the engine coolant has overheated and the vehicle has gauge indicated the tank was English Base Level, Metric Similar half full, but it actually took a been operating under normal driving little more or less than half the conditions, pull off the road, stop the tank's capacity to fill the tank. vehicle, and turn off the engine as soon as possible. See Engine . The gauge moves a little while Overheating 0 321. turning a corner or speeding up. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Instruments and Controls 113 Seat Belt Reminders Passenger Seat Belt Reminder such as a briefcase, handbag, Light grocery bag, laptop, or other Driver Seat Belt Reminder electronic device. To turn off the Light There is a passenger seat belt reminder light and/or chime, remove reminder light near the passenger the object from the seat or buckle There is a driver seat belt reminder airbag status indicator. See the seat belt. light on the instrument cluster. Passenger Sensing System 0 66. Airbag Readiness Light This light shows if there is an electrical problem with the airbag system. The system check includes the airbag sensor(s), the passenger sensing system, the pretensioners, When the vehicle is started, this When the vehicle is started, this the airbag modules, the wiring, and light flashes and a chime may come light flashes and a chime may come the crash sensing and diagnostic on to remind the driver to fasten on to remind passengers to fasten module. For more information on the their seat belt. Then the light stays airbag system, see Airbag System their seat belt. Then the light stays 0 on solid until the belt is buckled. on solid until the belt is buckled. 60. This cycle may continue several This cycle continues several times if times if the driver remains or the passenger remains or becomes becomes unbuckled while the unbuckled while the vehicle is vehicle is moving. moving. If the driver seat belt is buckled, If the passenger seat belt is neither the light nor the chime buckled, neither the chime nor the comes on. light comes on. The front passenger seat belt reminder light and chime may turn on if an object is put on the seat Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

114 Instruments and Controls The airbag readiness light comes on safety information. The overhead If the word ON is lit on the for several seconds when the console has a passenger airbag passenger airbag status indicator, it vehicle is started. If the light does status indicator. means that the front outboard not come on then, have it fixed passenger frontal airbag and knee immediately. airbag are allowed to inflate. If the word OFF is lit on the { Warning passenger airbag status indicator, it means that the passenger sensing If the airbag readiness light stays system has turned off the front on after the vehicle is started or United States outboard passenger frontal airbag comes on while driving, it means and knee airbag. the airbag system might not be If, after several seconds, both status working properly. The airbags in indicator lights remain on, or if there the vehicle might not inflate in a are no lights at all, there may be a crash, or they could even inflate problem with the lights or the without a crash. To help avoid passenger sensing system. See injury, have the vehicle serviced your dealer for service. right away. Canada When the vehicle is started, the { Warning If there is a problem with the airbag passenger airbag status indicator system, a Driver Information Center will light ON and OFF for several If the airbag readiness light ever (DIC) message may also come on. seconds as a system check. Then, comes on and stays on, it means after several more seconds, the that something may be wrong Passenger Airbag Status status indicator will light either ON with the airbag system. To help Indicator or OFF to let you know the status of avoid injury to yourself or others, the front outboard passenger frontal have the vehicle serviced right The vehicle has a passenger airbag and knee airbag. (Continued) sensing system. See Passenger Sensing System 0 66 for important Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Instruments and Controls 115 When this light comes on, the Driver Malfunctions are often indicated by Warning (Continued) Information Center (DIC) also the system before any problem is displays a message. noticeable. Being aware of the light away. See Airbag Readiness and seeking service promptly when 0 If a short distance must be driven Light 113 for more information, it comes on may prevent damage. including important safety with the light on, be sure to turn off information. all accessories, such as the radio and air conditioner. Caution Charging System Light Malfunction Indicator If the vehicle is driven continually with this light on, the emission Lamp (Check Engine control system may not work as Light) well, the fuel economy may be lower, and the vehicle may not This light is part of the vehicle’s emission control on-board run smoothly. This could lead to diagnostic system. If this light is on costly repairs that might not be while the engine is running, a covered by the vehicle warranty. The charging system light comes on malfunction has been detected and briefly when the ignition is turned the vehicle may require service. The light should come on to show that it on, but the engine is not running, as Caution a check to show the light is working. is working when the ignition is in The light turns off when the engine Service Mode. See Ignition Modifications to the engine, Positions 0 236. is started. If it does not, have the transmission, exhaust, intake, vehicle serviced by your dealer. or fuel system, or the use of If the light stays on, or comes on replacement tires that do not while driving, there may be a meet the original tire problem with the electrical charging specifications, can cause this light system. Have it checked by your to come on. This could lead to dealer. Driving while this light is on (Continued) could drain the battery. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

116 Instruments and Controls previous guidelines and see your least one full tank of the proper Caution (Continued) dealer for service as soon as fuel to turn the light off. See possible. Recommended Fuel 0 289. costly repairs not covered by the vehicle warranty. This could also If the light is on steady : A If the light remains on, see your affect the vehicle’s ability to pass malfunction has been detected. dealer. an Emissions Inspection/ Diagnosis and service may be required. Emissions Inspection and Maintenance test. See Maintenance Programs Accessories and Modifications Check the following: 0 305. If the vehicle requires an Emissions . If fuel has been added to the Inspection/Maintenance test, the vehicle using the capless fuel test equipment will likely connect to If the light is flashing : A funnel adapter, make sure that it the vehicle's Data Link malfunction has been detected that has been removed. See “Filling Connector (DLC). could damage the emission control the Tank with a Portable Gas system and increase vehicle Can” under Filling the Tank emissions. Diagnosis and service 0 290. The diagnostic system may be required. can detect if the adapter has been left installed in the vehicle, To help prevent damage, reduce allowing fuel to evaporate into vehicle speed and avoid hard the atmosphere. A few driving accelerations and uphill grades. trips with the adapter removed If towing a trailer, reduce the may turn off the light. The DLC is under the instrument amount of cargo being hauled as panel to the left of the steering soon as possible. . Poor fuel quality can cause inefficient engine operation and wheel. Connecting devices that are If the light continues to flash, find a poor driveability, which may go not used to perform an Emissions safe place to park. Turn the vehicle away once the engine is warmed Inspection/Maintenance test or to off and wait at least 10 seconds up. If this occurs, change the service the vehicle may affect before restarting the engine. If the fuel brand. It may require at vehicle operation. See Add-On light is still flashing, follow the Electrical Equipment 0 302. See your dealer if assistance is needed. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Instruments and Controls 117 The vehicle may not pass Brake System Warning This light should come on briefly inspection if: Light when the vehicle is turned on. If it . The light is on when the engine does not come on then, have it fixed is running. so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem. . The light does not come on when the ignition is in The brake system warning light may Service Mode. also come on when the parking brake is set, if the vehicle has low . Critical emission control systems Metric English , or if the are have not been completely severely faded. See Brake Fluid diagnosed. If this happens, the The vehicle brake system consists 0 324. If the brakes are overheated, vehicle would not be ready for of electronically controlled hydraulic DIC messages may display, and the inspection and might require brake circuits. If a fault is detected, vehicle speed may be limited. If the several days of routine driving valves are adjusted to allow the brake fluid is not low, if the brakes before the system is ready for brake pedal to push brake fluid are not overheated, and if the inspection. This can happen if directly into the parking brake is fully released, then the 12-volt battery has recently circuits. the vehicle has a brake problem. been replaced or run down, or if the vehicle has been recently When a fault occurs, the brake Have the vehicle brake system serviced. system warning light comes on, and serviced as soon as possible. Driver Information Center (DIC) If the light comes on while driving, See your dealer if the vehicle will messages may display. not pass or cannot be made ready pull off the road and stop carefully. for the test. Vehicle speed may also be limited The pedal might be harder to push, and the amount of brake pedal force or the pedal may go closer to the applied may need to increase. Have floor. It could take longer to stop. the vehicle brake system serviced If the light is still on, have the as soon as possible. vehicle towed for service. See Towing the Vehicle 0 374. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

118 Instruments and Controls Parking Brake system. A message Antilock Brake System { Warning may also display in the Driver Information Center (DIC). (ABS) Warning Light The brake system might not be working properly if the brake If the light does not come on, system warning light is on. or remains flashing, see your dealer. Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to a Service Electric Parking crash. If the light is still on after Brake Light the vehicle has been pulled off the road and carefully stopped, This light comes on briefly when the have the vehicle towed for engine is started. service. If the light does not come on, have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if Electric Parking Brake there is a problem. If the light comes on while driving, Light This light should come on briefly stop as soon as it is safely possible when starting the vehicle. If it does and turn off the vehicle. Then start not come on, have it fixed so it will the engine again to reset the be ready to warn if there is a system. If the ABS light stays on, problem. or comes on again while driving, the If this light stays on, take the vehicle vehicle needs service. A chime may to your dealer as soon as possible. also sound when the light comes on Metric English See the information for the Electric steady. Parking Brake under Electric This light comes on when the If the ABS light is the only light on, Parking Brake 0 252. A message parking brake is applied. If the light the vehicle has regular brakes, but may also display in the Driver continues flashing after the parking the antilock brakes are not Information Center (DIC). brake is released, or while driving, functioning. there is a problem with the Electric Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Instruments and Controls 119 If both the ABS and the brake LKA may assist by gently turning If equipped, this indicator will system warning light are on, the the steering wheel if the vehicle display green when a vehicle is vehicle's antilock brakes are not approaches a detected lane detected ahead and amber when functioning and there is a problem marking. The LKA light is amber you are following a vehicle ahead with the regular brakes. See your when assisting. much too closely. dealer for service. This light flashes amber as a Lane See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) See Brake System Warning Light Departure Warning (LDW) alert, to System 0 278. 0 117. indicate that the lane marking has been crossed. Pedestrian Ahead Lane Keep Assist (LKA) LKA will not assist or alert if the turn Indicator Light signal is active in the direction of lane departure, or if LKA detects that you are accelerating, braking, or actively steering. See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 287. Vehicle Ahead Indicator If equipped, this indicator will After the vehicle is started, this light display amber when a nearby turns off and stays off if LKA has not pedestrian is detected in front of the been turned on or is unavailable. vehicle. If equipped, this light is white if LKA See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) is turned on, but not ready to assist. System 0 282. This light is green if LKA is turned on and is ready to assist. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

120 Instruments and Controls Traction Off Light See Traction Control/Electronic Traction Control System 0 Stability Control 254. (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light StabiliTrak OFF Light

This light comes on briefly while starting the engine. If it does not, This light comes on briefly when the have the vehicle serviced by your engine is started. dealer. If the system is working This light comes on briefly while normally, the indicator light then starting the engine. If it does not, If the light does not come on, have turns off. have the vehicle serviced by your the vehicle serviced by your dealer. dealer. If the system is working normally, The traction off light comes on when the indicator light turns off. the Traction Control System (TCS) This light comes on when the has been turned off by pressing and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability If the light is on and not flashing, the releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak/ Control (ESC) system is turned off. TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak/ Electronic Stability Control (ESC) If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the Traction ESC system have been disabled. button. Control System (TCS) is also off. A Driver Information Center (DIC) message may display. Check the This light and the StabiliTrak OFF If StabiliTrak/ESC and TCS are off, DIC messages to determine which light come on when StabiliTrak/ESC the system does not assist in feature(s) is no longer functioning is turned off. controlling the vehicle. Turn on the and whether the vehicle requires TCS and the StabiliTrak/ESC If the TCS is off, wheel speed will service. systems, and the warning light be limited when necessary to turns off. If the light is on and flashing, the protect the driveline from damage. TCS and/or the StabiliTrak/ESC Adjust driving accordingly. See Traction Control/Electronic system is actively working. Stability Control 0 254. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Instruments and Controls 121 See Traction Control/Electronic When the Light Flashes First and Stability Control 0 254. Then Is On Steady Caution If the light flashes for about a minute Tire Pressure Light Lack of proper engine oil and then stays on, there may be a maintenance can damage the problem with the TPMS. If the engine. Driving with the engine oil problem is not corrected, the light low can also damage the engine. will come on at every ignition cycle. The repairs would not be covered See Tire Pressure Monitor by the vehicle warranty. Check Operation 0 353. the oil level as soon as possible. Engine Oil Pressure Light Add oil if required, but if the oil level is within the operating range For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Oil pressure can vary with engine and the oil pressure is still low, Monitor System (TPMS), this light speed, outside temperature, and oil have the vehicle serviced. Always comes on briefly when the engine is viscosity. started. It provides information follow the maintenance schedule about tire pressures and the TPMS. On some models, the oil pump will for changing engine oil. vary engine oil pressure according When the Light Is On Steady to engine needs. Oil pressure may This indicates that one or more of change quickly as the engine speed the tires are significantly or load varies. This is normal. If the underinflated. oil pressure warning light or Driver Information Center (DIC) message A Driver Information Center (DIC) indicates oil pressure outside the tire pressure message may also normal operating range, check the display. Stop as soon as possible, vehicle's oil as soon as possible. and inflate the tires to the pressure This light should come on briefly as value shown on the Tire and the engine is started. If it does not Loading Information label. See Tire come on, have the vehicle serviced Pressure 0 351. by your dealer. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

122 Instruments and Controls If the light comes on and stays on, it Security Light High-Beam On Light means that oil is not flowing through the engine properly. The vehicle could be low on oil and might have some other system problem. See your dealer. Low Fuel Warning Light The security light should come on This light comes on when the briefly as the engine is started. If it high-beam headlamps are in use. does not come on, have the vehicle See Headlamp High/Low-Beam serviced by your dealer. If the Changer 0 145. system is working normally, the indicator light turns off. IntelliBeam Light If the light stays on and the engine This light is near the fuel gauge and does not start, there could be a comes on briefly when the ignition is problem with the theft-deterrent turned on as a check to show it is system. See Immobilizer Operation working. 0 29. It also comes on when the fuel tank is low on fuel. The light turns off when fuel is added. If it does not, This light comes on when the have the vehicle serviced. IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is enabled. See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 143. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Instruments and Controls 123 Front Fog Lamp Light Cruise Control Light Information Displays Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) The DIC displays information about your vehicle. It also displays warning messages if a system For vehicles with front fog lamps, The cruise control light is white problem is detected. See Vehicle this light comes on when the front when the cruise control is on and Messages 0 134. All messages fog lamps are in use. ready, and turns green when the appear in the DIC display in the center of the instrument cluster. The light goes out when the front cruise control is set and active. fog lamps are turned off. See Fog See Cruise Control 0 256. DIC Operation and Displays Lamps 0 147 for more information. Adaptive Cruise Control Light Lamps On Reminder

This light is white when the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC, if equipped) is This light comes on when the on and ready, and turns green when exterior lamps are in use. See the ACC is set and active. See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 143. 0 Adaptive Cruise Control 258. . TRIP . VEHICLE Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

124 Instruments and Controls . ECO 2. m : Use the band to scroll Thumbwheel : Press to open a Some of the displayed functions through the items in each menu. menu or select a menu item. Press differ between vehicle driving and and hold to reset values on certain 3. SELECT : Press to access the screens. standstill and some functions are cluster applications. This button is only active when the vehicle is also used to return to or exit the last Trip/Fuel Menu (TRIP) Items driving. See Vehicle Personalization screen displayed on the DIC. 0 135. Press SELECT on the turn signal lever until the VEHICLE menu is displayed. Use m or thumbwheel up/down to scroll through the menu items. Not all items are available on every vehicle. The following is a list of all possible menu items: Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). Trip 1/2 or A/B : Shows the current distance traveled, in either Type 2 kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since Type 1 the trip odometer was last reset. w or x : Move thumbwheel up (w) The DIC has different displays This also shows the approximate or down ( ) in a list. which can be accessed by using the x average liters per 100 kilometers DIC buttons on the turn signal lever. o or p : Press to move between (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg). This number is calculated DIC Buttons the interactive display zones in the cluster. based on the number of L/100 km 1. l : Press to set, or press and (mpg) recorded since the last time hold to clear, the menu item this menu item was reset. This displayed. number reflects only the approximate average fuel economy Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Instruments and Controls 125 that the vehicle has right now, and up/down to scroll through the menu seconds while the Oil Life display is will change as driving conditions items. Not all items are available on active. See Engine Oil Life System change. every vehicle. The following is a list 0 313. Fuel Range : Shows the of all possible menu items: Air Filter Life : Shows an estimate approximate distance the vehicle Remaining Oil Life : Shows an of the engine air filter’s remaining can be driven without refueling. estimate of the oil's remaining useful useful life and the state of the LOW will be displayed when the life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is system. Engine Air Filter Life 95% vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel displayed, that means 99% of the means 95% of the current air filter range estimate is based on an current oil life remains. life remains. Messages will display average of the vehicle's fuel When the remaining oil life is low, based on the engine air filter life and economy over recent driving history the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON the state of the system. When the and the amount of fuel remaining in message will appear on the display. REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE the fuel tank. The oil should be changed as soon message displays, the engine air Instantaneous Fuel Economy : as possible. See Engine Oil 0 311. filter should be replaced at the time Displays the current fuel economy in In addition to the engine oil life of the next oil change. When the liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) system monitoring the oil life, REPLACE SOON message or miles per gallon (mpg). This additional maintenance is displays, the engine air filter should number reflects only the recommended. See Maintenance be replaced at the earliest approximate fuel economy that the Schedule 0 390. convenience. vehicle has right now and changes The Oil Life display must be reset The Air Filter Life display must be frequently as driving conditions after each oil change. It will not reset after the engine air filter change. This display cannot be replacement. To reset, see Engine reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life 0 reset. display at any time other than when Air Filter Life System 314. Vehicle Information Menu the oil has just been changed. Tire Pressure : Shows the (VEHICLE) Items It cannot be reset accurately until approximate pressures of all four the next oil change. To reset the tires. Tire pressure is displayed in Press MENU on the turn signal engine oil life system, press and either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds lever until the VEHICLE menu is hold l or thumbwheel for several per square inch (psi). If the pressure displayed. Use m or thumbwheel is low, the value for that tire is Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

126 Instruments and Controls shown in amber. See Tire Pressure ECO Drive Assist Menu (ECO) During sporadic driving conditions, Monitor System 0 352 and Items the engine will activate the heated Tire Pressure Monitor Operation rear window automatically. In this 0 353. This menu is only available on some event, the heated rear window is vehicles. Press MENU on the turn indicated as one of the top Following Distance : When signal lever until the ECO menu is Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is consumers, without activation by the displayed. Use m or thumbwheel driver. not engaged, the current follow time up/down to scroll through the menu to the vehicle ahead is displayed as items. Not all items are available on Economy Trend : Shows history of a time value on this page. every vehicle. The following is a list the Average Fuel Economy from the If equipped and when ACC has of all possible menu items: last 50 km (30 mi). Each bar been engaged, the display switches represents about 5 km (3 mi) of to the gap setting page. This page Fuel Economy : The center driving. During driving the bars will shows the current gap setting along displays the approximate shift to always reflect the most with the vehicle ahead indicator. instantaneous fuel economy as a recent distance on the right side. number and bar graph. Displayed Brake Pad Life : This displays an Press and hold l or thumbwheel to above the bar graph is a running clear the graph. estimate of the remaining life of the average of fuel economy for the front and rear brake pads. most recently traveled selected ECO Index : Provides feedback on Messages will display based on distance. Displayed below the bar the efficiency of current driving brake pad wear and the state of the graph is the best average fuel behavior. The bar graph shows a system. Reset the Brake Pad Life economy that has been achieved for value that is based on current fuel display after replacing the brake the selected distance. The selected consumption compared to what is pads. See Brake Pad Life System distance is displayed at the top of expected from the vehicle with good 0 324 the page as “last xxx mi/km.” and bad driving habits. Units : Press l or thumbwheel on Top Consumers : List of top the turn signal lever while units is comfort consumers currently displayed. Select imperial or metric switched on is displayed in units by turning adjuster wheel. descending order. Fuel saving Confirm by pressing l or potential is indicated. thumbwheel. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Instruments and Controls 127 Driver Information Center . f (Audio) DIC Buttons (DIC) (Uplevel) . n (Navigation) 1. l : Press to set, or press and hold to clear, the menu item The DIC displays are shown in the . 5 (Phone) center of the instrument cluster in displayed. the Info app. See Instrument Cluster . 8 (Options) 2. m : Use the band to scroll 0 107. The displays show the status Not all application will be available through the items in each menu. of many vehicle systems. The on all vehicles. controls for the DIC are on the right 3. SELECT : Press to access the steering wheel control. < Type 1 > cluster applications. This button is also used to return to or exit the last DIC Operation and Displays screen displayed on the DIC. If equipped with steering wheel controls, see “Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)” later in this section.

The DIC has different displays which can be accessed by using the Selectable menu pages are: DIC buttons on the turn signal lever. . { (Home) . 4 (Info) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

128 Instruments and Controls < Type 2 > DIC Info Pages economy that the vehicle has right now, and will change as driving The following is the list of all conditions change. possible DIC info page displays. Some may not be available for your Fuel Information : Shows the particular vehicle. Some items may approximate distance the vehicle not be turned on by default but can can be driven without refueling. be turned on through the Options LOW will be displayed when the app. See “DIC Info Page Options” vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel earlier in this section. range estimate is based on an average of the vehicle's fuel Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in economy over recent driving history either kilometers per hour (km/h) or and the amount of fuel remaining in miles per hour (mph). The vehicle the fuel tank. The Instantaneous odometer is also shown on Fuel Economy display shows the this page. current fuel economy in either liters w or x : Move thumbwheel up (w) Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average Fuel per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or Economy : Shows the current miles per gallon (mpg). This number or down ( ) in a list. x distance traveled, in either reflects only the approximate fuel o or p : Press to move between kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since economy that the vehicle has right the interactive display zones in the the trip odometer was last reset. now and changes frequently as cluster. The Average Fuel Economy display driving conditions change. Thumbwheel : Press to open a shows the approximate average Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the menu or select a menu item. Press liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) oil's remaining useful life. and hold to reset values on certain or miles per gallon (mpg). This If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is screens. number is calculated based on the displayed, that means 99% of the number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded current oil life remains. since the last time this menu item When the remaining oil life is low, was reset. This number reflects only the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON the approximate average fuel message will appear on the display. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Instruments and Controls 129 The oil should be changed as soon Air Filter Life : Shows an estimate Fuel Economy : Displays average as possible. See Engine Oil 0 311. of the engine air filter’s remaining fuel economy, the best fuel In addition to the engine oil life useful life and the state of the economy over the selected system monitoring the oil life, system. Engine Air Filter Life 95% distance, and a bar graph showing additional maintenance is means 95% of the current air filter instantaneous fuel economy. recommended. See Maintenance life remains. Messages will display 0 Follow Distance : When Adaptive Schedule 390. based on the engine air filter life and Cruise Control (ACC) is not The Oil Life display must be reset the state of the system. When the engaged, the current follow time to after each oil change. It will not REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE the vehicle ahead is displayed as a reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life message displays, the engine air time value on this page. filter should be replaced at the time display at any time other than when If equipped and when ACC has the oil has just been changed. of the next oil change. When the REPLACE NOW message displays, been engaged, the display switches It cannot be reset accurately until to the gap setting page. the next oil change. To reset the the engine air filter should be engine oil life system, press and replaced as soon as possible. This page shows the current gap hold the center toggle switch for The Air Filter Life display must be setting along with the vehicle ahead several seconds while the Oil Life reset after the engine air filter indicator. display is active. See Engine Oil replacement. To reset, see Engine Top Consumers : List of top 0 0 Life System 313. Air Filter Life System 314. comfort consumers currently Tire Pressure : Shows the Brake Pad Life : This displays an switched on is displayed in approximate pressures of all four estimate of the remaining life of the descending order. Fuel saving tires. Tire pressure is displayed in front and rear brake pads. potential is indicated. either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds Messages will display based on During sporadic driving conditions, per square inch (psi). If the pressure brake pad wear and the state of the the engine will activate the heated is low, the value for that tire is system. Reset the Brake Pad Life rear window automatically. In this shown in amber. See Tire Pressure display after replacing the brake event, the heated rear window is 0 Monitor System 352 and pads. See Brake Pad Life System indicated as one of the top 0 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 324. consumers, without activation by the 0 353. driver. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

130 Instruments and Controls Economy Trend : Shows history of the Average Fuel Economy from the Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) last 50 km (30 mi). Each bar represents about 5 km (3 mi) of dark outside. Be sure to keep the . Do not put any drinks near driving. During driving the bars will HUD image dim and placed low in the HUD. If liquid flows into shift to always reflect the most your field of view. the display, the unit could recent distance on the right side. be damaged. Press and hold the center toggle . Use caution when opening switch to clear the graph or press p or closing the HUD screen to reset through the menu. { Warning to prevent objects from . Do not attach any stickers, falling inside the ECO Index : Provides feedback on mechanical door. the efficiency of current driving decals, or accessories on behavior. The bar graph shows a the Head-Up Display (HUD). . Use only a soft cloth to value that is based on current fuel . Do not attempt to adjust or clean the HUD screen. Do consumption compared to what is move the HUD screen or not use any organic expected from the vehicle with good the mechanical door on top solvents, detergents, and bad driving habits. of the instrument panel or polishing materials to by hand. prevent damage to the HUD display. Head-Up Display (HUD) . Do not place any objects near the HUD. Objects may { Warning obstruct the image display, If equipped with HUD, some and/or interference from the information concerning the If the HUD image is too bright or objects during activation operation of the vehicle is projected too high in your field of view, it may influence the operation onto the screen on top of the may take you more time to see or could damage the instrument panel. The information is things you need to see when it is display. projected through the HUD lens on the driver side of the instrument (Continued) (Continued) panel and focused out toward the front of the vehicle. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Instruments and Controls 131 HUD Display . Lane Departure Warning/Lane Caution Keep Assist If you try to use the HUD image . Oil Pressure Low as a parking aid, you may . Engine Overheated misjudge the distance and . Transmission Hot damage your vehicle. Do not use the HUD image as a parking aid. . Engine Oil Hot . Press Brake The HUD information can be . Vehicle Ahead displayed in various languages. The speedometer reading and other . Auto Stop numerical values can be displayed . Pedestrian Advisory in either English or metric units. . Pedestrian Alert The language selection is changed The HUD may display some of the Some vehicle messages or alerts through the radio and the units of following vehicle information and displayed in the HUD may be measurement is changed through vehicle messages or alerts: cleared by using the steering wheel the instrument cluster. See Vehicle . Speed controls. See Vehicle Messages Personalization 0 135. and . Tachometer 0 134. “Options” under Instrument Cluster 0 107. . Audio . Phone . Navigation . Collision Alert . Adaptive Cruise Control and set speed Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

132 Instruments and Controls ! : Press down to select the HUD Views display view. Each press will change There are four views in the HUD. the display view. Some vehicle information and Press and hold at least vehicle messages or alerts may be four seconds to view Open Source displayed in any view. Software. And view of Open Source Software will remain until ! is pressed and held again at least four seconds. D : Lift and hold to brighten the display. Press and hold to dim the The HUD control is to the left of the display. Continue to hold to turn the Metric steering wheel. display off. To adjust the HUD image: The HUD image will automatically dim and brighten to compensate for 1. Adjust the driver seat. outside lighting. The HUD 2. Start the engine. brightness control can also be adjusted as needed. 3. Use the following settings to adjust the HUD. The HUD image can temporarily English light up depending on the angle and Speed View : This displays digital $ : Press or lift to center the HUD position of sunlight on the HUD speed in English or metric units, image. The HUD image can only be display. This is normal. adjusted up and down, not side vehicle ahead indicator, Lane to side. Polarized sunglasses could make Departure Warning/Lane Keep the HUD image harder to see. Assist, and Adaptive Cruise Control O : Press up to open/close the and set speed. Some information screen. only appears on vehicles that have these features, and when they are active. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Instruments and Controls 133

Metric Metric Metric

English English English Audio/Phone View : This displays Navigation View : This displays Performance View : This displays digital speed, indicators from speed digital speed, indicators from speed digital speed, indicators from speed view along with audio/phone view along with Turn-by-Turn view along with rpm reading, information. The current radio Navigation information in some transmission positions, and gear station, media type, and incoming vehicles. The compass heading is shift indicator (if equipped). calls will be displayed. displayed when navigation routing is Care of the HUD All HUD views may briefly display not active. audio information when the steering Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts Clean the screen with a soft cloth wheel controls are used to adjust shown in the instrument cluster may sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe the audio settings appearing in the also be displayed in any HUD view. the lens gently, then dry it. instrument cluster. Incoming phone calls may display in any HUD view. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

134 Instruments and Controls HUD Troubleshooting Reflected LED Alert Vehicle Messages Display (RLAD) If you cannot see the HUD image Messages displayed on the DIC when the ignition is on, check that: indicate the status of the vehicle or . Nothing is covering the HUD some action that may be needed to cover. correct a condition. Multiple messages may appear one after . The HUD brightness setting is not too dim or too bright. another. The messages that do not require . The HUD is adjusted to the proper height. immediate action can be acknowledged and cleared by . Polarized sunglasses are pressing V. The messages that not worn. require immediate action cannot be . The screen is clean. cleared until that action is performed. If the HUD image is not correct, contact your dealer. When the screen is closed, the HUD All messages should be taken with the integrated RLAD can seriously; clearing the message display red spots reflected in the does not correct the problem. windshield for the Forward Collision If a SERVICE message appears, Alert and Front Pedestrian Alert. see your dealer. Follow the instructions given in the messages. The system displays messages regarding the following topics: . Service Messages . Fluid Levels . Vehicle Security Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Instruments and Controls 135 . Brakes be reduced the next time the vehicle Vehicle . Steering is driven. The vehicle may be driven while this message is on, but Personalization . Ride Control Systems maximum acceleration and speed The following are all possible may be reduced. Anytime this . Driver Assistance Systems vehicle personalization features. message stays on, or displays Depending on the vehicle, some . Cruise Control repeatedly, the vehicle should be may not be available. . Lighting and Bulb Replacement taken to your dealer for service as soon as possible. For System and Apps features and . Wiper/Washer Systems functions, see Settings in Under certain operating conditions, infotainment system. . Doors and Windows propulsion will be disabled. Try . Seat Belts restarting after the vehicle has been To access the vehicle off for 30 seconds. personalization menu: . Airbag Systems 1. Touch the Settings icon on the . Engine and Transmission Vehicle Speed Messages Home Page on the . Tire Pressure SPEED LIMITED TO XXX infotainment display. . Battery KM/H (MPH) 2. Touch the desired category to display a list of available Engine Power Messages This message shows that the options. vehicle speed has been limited to ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED the speed displayed. The limited 3. Touch to select the desired speed is a protection for various feature setting. This message displays when the propulsion and vehicle systems, vehicle's propulsion power is 4. Touch 9 or l to turn off or on a such as lubrication, thermal, brakes, feature. reduced. A reduction in propulsion suspension, Teen Driver if power can affect the vehicle's ability equipped, or tires. 5. Touch X to go to the top level to accelerate. If this message is on, of the Settings menu. but there is no observed reduction in performance, proceed to your destination. The performance may Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

136 Instruments and Controls The menu may contain the Auto Defog Collision / Detection Systems following: When set to On, the front defog will Touch and the following may Rear Seat Reminder automatically react to temperature display: and humidity conditions that may Forward Collision System This allows for a chime and a cause fogging. . message when the rear door has . Front Pedestrian Detection been opened before or during Touch Off or On. . Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier operation of the vehicle. Auto Rear Defog . Lane Change Alert Touch Off or On. When on, this feature turns on the Climate and Air Quality rear defogger at vehicle start when . Rear Cross Traffic Alert the interior temperature is cold and . Park Assist Touch and the following may fog is likely. See “Rear Window display: Defogger” under Dual Automatic Forward Collision System . Auto Fan Speed Climate Control System 0 218. This feature will turn on or off the . Auto Defog Touch Off or On. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) and Automatic Emergency Braking . Auto Rear Defog Ionizer (AEB). The Off setting disables all . Ionizer If equipped with an ionizer, this FCA and AEB functions. With the feature helps to clean the air inside Alert and Brake setting, both FCA Auto Fan Speed the vehicle and remove and AEB are available. The Alert This feature will set the auto fan contaminants such as pollen, odors, setting disables AEB. speed. and dust. See Dual Automatic Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake. Climate Control System 0 218. Touch Low, Medium, or High. Front Pedestrian Detection Touch Off or On. This feature may help avoid or reduce the harm caused by front-end crashes with nearby pedestrians. See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System 0 282. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Instruments and Controls 137 Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake. Park Assist Touch Off, On-Open and Close, or On-Open Only. Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier This setting specifies if you have alerts when a object is detected Reverse Tilt Mirror This setting determines if an alert near your vehicle during low speed. will appear when Adaptive Cruise When on, both the driver and Control brings the vehicle to a Touch Off or On. passenger, driver, or passenger complete stop and the vehicle Comfort and Convenience outside mirrors will tilt downward ahead of you starts moving again. when the vehicle is shifted to See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 258. Touch and the following may R (Reverse) to improve visibility of Touch Off or On. display: the ground near the rear wheels. . Chime Volume They will return to their previous Lane Change Alert driving position when the vehicle is . Handsfree Liftgate/Trunk Control This allows the feature to be turned shifted out of R (Reverse) or the on or off. See Lane Change Alert . Reverse Tilt Mirror engine is turned off. See Reverse 0 Tilt Mirrors 0 31. (LCA) 285. . Rain Sense Wipers Touch Off, On - Driver and When Lane Change Alert is . Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear disabled, Side Blind Zone Alert is Passenger, On - Driver, or On - also disabled. . Extended Hill Start Assist Passenger. Touch Off or On. Chime Volume Rain Sense Wipers Rear Cross Traffic Alert This allows the selection of the This allows the Rainsense Wipers chime volume level. feature to be disabled or enabled. This setting specifies if you see alerts when the vehicle detects Touch + or − to adjust the volume Touch Disabled or Enabled. approaching rear cross traffic when Hands Free Liftgate Control Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear in R (Reverse). See Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing The liftgate may be operated with a This setting automatically turns on 0 271. kicking motion under the left side of the rear window wiper when the the rear bumper. See Liftgate 0 21 vehicle is in R (Reverse) and the Touch Off or On. front wipers are on. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

138 Instruments and Controls Touch Off or On. Power Door Locks Touch Off or On. Extended Hill Start Assist Touch and the following may Remote Lock, Unlock, Start display: This allows the duration of the Hill Touch and the following may Start Assist to be changed. . Open Door Anti Lock Out display: Touch Extended Hold or . Auto Door Unlock . Remote Unlock Light Feedback Standard Hold. . Delayed Door Lock . Remote Lock Feedback Lighting Open Door Anti Lock Out . Remote Door Unlock Touch and the following may This setting prevents the driver door . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats display: from locking when the door is open. . Passive Door Unlock . Vehicle Locator Lights If this setting is on, the Delayed Door Lock menu will not be . Passive Door Lock . Exit Lighting available. . Remote Left in Vehicle Alert Vehicle Locator Lights Touch Off or On. Remote Unlock Light Feedback This feature will flash the exterior Auto Door Unlock lamps when K on the Remote This setting flashes the exterior lamps when you remotely unlock Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is This setting allows you to select the vehicle. pressed to locate the vehicle. which doors will automatically unlock when the vehicle is shifted Touch Off or Flash Lights. Touch Off or On. into P (Park). Remote Lock Feedback Exit Lighting Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. This setting specifies how the This allows the selection of how Delayed Door Lock vehicle responds when you remotely long the exterior lamps stay on lock the vehicle. when leaving the vehicle when it is This setting delays the locking of dark outside. the doors. To override the delay, Touch Off, Lights and Horn, Lights press the power door lock switch on Only, or Horn Only. Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds, the door. or 120 Seconds. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Instruments and Controls 139 Remote Door Unlock away from the vehicle with the RKE Seat Exit Memory transmitter. See Remote Keyless This setting specifies whether all 0 This feature automatically recalls doors, or just the driver door, unlock Entry (RKE) System Operation 8. the previously stored exit button when pressing K on the RKE Touch Off, On with Horn positions when the ignition is transmitter. Chirp, or On. changed from on or ACC/ ACCESSORY to off if the driver Touch All Doors or Driver Door. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert door is open or opened. See Remote Start Auto Heat Seats This feature sounds an alert when Memory Seats 0 45. the RKE transmitter is left in the Touch Off or On. This setting automatically turns on vehicle. This menu also enables the heated seats when using the Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert. Teen Driver remote start function on cold days. Touch Off or On. See Teen Driver 0 201. Touch Off or On. Seating Position Passive Door Unlock Valet Mode Touch and the following may This setting specifies which doors This will lock the infotainment display: unlock when using the button on the system and steering wheel controls. driver door handle to unlock the . Seat Entry Memory It may also limit access to vehicle storage locations, if equipped. vehicle. . Seat Exit Memory Touch Off, All Doors or Driver To enable valet mode: Seat Entry Memory Door Only. 1. Enter a four-digit code on the This feature automatically recalls keypad. Passive Door Lock the current driver s previously stored ’ 2. Touch Enter to go to the 1 or 2 button positions when the This setting specifies whether the confirmation screen. vehicle will automatically lock, ignition is changed from off to on or or lock and alert you after all the ACC/ACCESSORY. See Memory 3. Re-enter the four-digit code. 0 doors are closed, and you walk Seats 45. Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or Touch Off or On. unlock the system. Touch Back to go back to the previous menu. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

140 Instruments and Controls Universal Remote instructions refer to a garage door Make sure the hand-held transmitter opener, but can be used for other has a new battery for quick and System devices. accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal. See Radio Frequency Statement Do not use the Universal Remote 0 416. system with any garage door opener Programming the Universal that does not have the stop and Remote System Universal Remote System reverse feature. This includes any garage door opener model For questions or programming help, Programming manufactured before April 1, 1982. see www.homelink.com/gm or call 1-800-355-3515. Read these instructions completely before programming the Universal Programming involves Remote system. It may help to have time-sensitive actions, and may time another person assist with the out causing the procedure to be programming process. repeated. Keep the original hand-held To program up to three devices: transmitter for use in other vehicles 1. Hold the end of the hand-held as well as for future programming. transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 Erase the programming when to 3 in) away from the vehicle ownership is terminated. Universal Remote system See “Erasing Universal Remote buttons with the indicator light System Buttons” later in this in view. The hand-held section. If equipped, these buttons are in the transmitter was supplied by the overhead console. To program a garage door opener, manufacturer of the garage park outside directly in line with and door opener receiver. This system can replace up to three facing the garage door opener remote control transmitters used to 2. At the same time, press and receiver. Clear all people and activate devices such as garage hold both the hand-held objects near the garage door. door openers, security systems, and transmitter button and one of home automation devices. These the three Universal Remote Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Instruments and Controls 141 system buttons to be used to be required. For a second The name and color of the operate the garage door. Do time, press and hold the button may vary by not release either button until newly programmed button manufacturer. the indicator light changes from for five seconds. If the light 5. Press and release the Learn or a slow to a rapid flash. Then stays on or the garage door Smart button. Step 6 must be release both buttons. moves, programming is completed within 30 seconds of Some garage door openers complete. pressing this button. may require substitution of . If the indicator light blinks 6. Inside the vehicle, press and Step 2 with the procedure rapidly for two seconds, hold the newly programmed under “Radio Signals for Some then changes to a solid light Universal Remote system Gate Operators” later in this and the garage door does button for two seconds and section. not move, continue with then release it. If the garage 3. Press and hold the newly programming Steps 4–6. door does not move or the programmed Universal Remote lamp on the garage door system button for five seconds opener receiver does not flash, while watching the indicator press and hold the same light and garage door button a second time for activation. two seconds, then release it. . If the indicator light stays on Again, if the door does not continuously or the garage move or the garage door lamp door moves when the does not flash, press and hold button is pressed, then the same button a third time for Learn or Smart Button programming is complete. two seconds, then release it. There is no need to The Universal Remote system complete Steps 4 6. should now activate the – 4. After completing Steps 1–3, . If the indicator light does locate the Learn or Smart garage door. not come on or the garage button inside the garage on the Repeat the process for door does not move, a garage door opener receiver. programming the two remaining second button press may buttons. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

142 Instruments and Controls Radio Signals for Some Gate Universal Remote System Reprogramming a Single Operators Operation Universal Remote System For questions or programming help, Button see www.homelink.com/gm or call Using the Universal Remote To reprogram any of the system 1-800-355-3515. System buttons: Some radio–frequency laws and Press and hold the appropriate 1. Press and hold any one of the gate operators require transmitter Universal Remote system button for buttons. Do not release the signals to time out or quit after at least one-half second. The button. several seconds of transmission. indicator light will come on while the 2. The indicator light will begin to This may not be long enough for the signal is being transmitted. flash after 20 seconds. Without Universal Remote system to pick up Erasing Universal Remote releasing the button, proceed the signal during programming. System Buttons with Step 1 under If the programming did not work, Programming the Universal Erase all programmed buttons when “ replace Step 2 under “Programming Remote System. vehicle ownership is terminated. ” the Universal Remote System” with the following: To erase: Press and hold the Universal 1. Press and hold the two outside Remote system button while buttons until the indicator light pressing and releasing the begins to flash. This should hand-held transmitter button every take about 10 seconds. two seconds until the signal has 2. Release both buttons. been successfully accepted by the Universal Remote system. The Universal Remote system indicator light will flash slowly at first and then rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under “Programming the Universal Remote System” to complete. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Lighting 143 Lighting Features Exterior Lighting Lighting Entry Lighting ...... 149 Exit Lighting ...... 149 Exterior Lamp Controls Exterior Lighting Battery Load Management . . . 150 Battery Power Protection . . . . . 150 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 143 Exterior Lighting Battery Headlamp High/Low-Beam Saver ...... 150 Changer ...... 145 Flash-to-Pass ...... 145 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 145 Automatic Headlamp System ...... 146 Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 146 Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 147 Fog Lamps ...... 147

Interior Lighting The exterior lamp control is on the Instrument Panel Illumination instrument panel to the left of the Control ...... 148 steering column. Courtesy Lamps ...... 148 Dome Lamps ...... 148 There are four positions. Reading Lamps ...... 149 O : Turns the exterior lamps off and deactivates the AUTO mode. Turn O again to reactivate the AUTO mode. In Canada, the headlamps will automatically reactivate when the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

144 Lighting AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps on This light comes on in the Driving with IntelliBeam and off automatically depending on instrument cluster when the The system only activates the high outside lighting. IntelliBeam system is enabled. beams when driving over 40 km/h ; : Turns on the parking lamps Turning On and Enabling (25 mph). including all lamps, except the IntelliBeam There is a sensor near the top headlamps. center of the windshield that 5 : Turns on the headlamps automatically controls the system. together with the parking lamps and Keep this area of the windshield instrument panel lights. clear of debris to allow for best system performance. ® IntelliBeam System The high-beam headlamps remain If equipped, this system turns the on, under the automatic control, vehicle's high-beam headlamps on until one of the following situations and off according to surrounding occurs: traffic conditions. . The system detects an The system turns the high-beam approaching vehicle's headlamps on when it is dark headlamps. enough and there is no other traffic . The system detects a preceding present. To enable the IntelliBeam system, press b on the turn signal lever vehicle's taillamps. when it is dark outside and the . The outside light is bright exterior lamp control is in AUTO or enough that high-beam 5. The blue high-beam on light headlamps are not required. appears on the instrument cluster . The vehicle's speed drops below when the high beams are on. 20 km/h (12 mph). . The IntelliBeam system is disabled by the button on the turn signal lever. If this happens, Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Lighting 145 press b on the turn signal . The vehicle is loaded such that Flash-to-Pass lever when the exterior lamp the front end points upward, The flash-to-pass feature works with control is in the AUTO causing the light sensor to aim 5 high and not detect headlamps the low beams or Daytime Running or position to reactivate the Lamps (DRL) on or off. IntelliBeam system. The and taillamps. instrument cluster light will come . The vehicle is being driven on To flash the high beams, pull the on to indicate the IntelliBeam winding or hilly roads. turn signal lever toward you momentarily and then release it. system is reactivated. The IntelliBeam system may need to The high beams may not turn off be disabled if any of the above Daytime Running automatically if the system cannot conditions exist. detect another vehicle's lamps Lamps (DRL) because of any of the following: Headlamp High/ DRL can make it easier for others to . The other vehicle's lamps are Low-Beam Changer see the front of your vehicle during missing, damaged, obstructed the day. Fully functional DRL are from view, or otherwise Push the turn signal lever away required on all vehicles first sold in undetected. from you and release, to turn the Canada. high beams on. To return to low . The other vehicle's lamps are beams, push the lever again or pull The DRL system comes on in covered with dirt, snow, and/or it toward you and release. daylight when the following road spray. conditions are met: . The other vehicle's lamps cannot . The ignition is on. be detected due to dense . The exterior lamp control is exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road in AUTO. spray, mist, or other airborne obstructions. . The light sensor determines it is daytime. . The vehicle's windshield is dirty, cracked, or obstructed by This indicator light turns on in the something that blocks the view instrument cluster when the of the light sensor. high-beam headlamps are on. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

146 Lighting When the DRL are on, the taillamps, Lights On with Wipers sidemarker lamps, instrument panel If the windshield wipers are lights, and other lamps will not activated in daylight with the engine be on. on, and the exterior lamp control is The DRL turn off when the in AUTO, the headlamps, parking headlamps are turned to O or the lamps, and other exterior lamps ignition is off. For vehicles sold in come on. The transition time for the Canada, this control only works lamps coming on varies based on when the vehicle is parked. wiper speed. When the wipers are not operating, these lamps turn off. The regular headlamp system O should be turned on when needed. Move the exterior lamp control to or ; to disable this feature. Automatic Headlamp There is a light sensor on top of the instrument panel. Do not cover the Hazard Warning Flashers System sensor; otherwise the headlamps When the exterior lamp control is will come on when they are not set to AUTO and it is dark enough needed. outside, the headlamps come on The system may also turn on the automatically. headlamps when driving through a parking garage or tunnel. When it is bright enough outside, the headlamps will turn off or may change to DRL. The automatic headlamp system turns off when the exterior lamp control is turned to O or the ignition is off. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Lighting 147 | : Press to make the front and Raise or lower the lever until the Fog Lamps rear turn signal lamps flash on and arrow starts to flash to signal a lane off. This warns others that you are change. Hold it there until the lane having trouble. change is complete. If the lever is moved momentarily to the lane Press | again to turn the change position, the arrow will flash flashers off. three times. It will flash six times if Tow/Haul Mode is active. Turn and Lane-Change The lever returns to its starting Signals position when it is released. If after signaling a turn or lane change, the arrow flashes rapidly or does not come on, a signal bulb may be burned out. Have any burned out bulbs The fog lamps button is on the replaced. If a bulb is not burned out, instrument panel beside the steering check the fuse. See Instrument wheel. Panel Fuse Block 0 341. To turn on the fog lamps, the ignition and the headlamps or parking lamps Move the lever all the way up or must be on. down to signal a turn. # : If equipped, press to turn on or An arrow on the instrument cluster off. An indicator light on the will flash in the direction of the turn instrument cluster comes on when or lane change. the fog lamps are on. Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on along with the fog lamps. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

148 Lighting Interior Lighting Push the knob in all the way until it ( : Press to turn the lamps off, extends out and then turn the knob even when a door is open. clockwise or counterclockwise to Instrument Panel brighten or dim the lights. H : When the button is returned to Illumination Control the middle position, the lamps turn Courtesy Lamps on automatically when a door is opened. The courtesy lamps come on ' automatically when any door is : Press to turn on the dome opened and the dome lamp is in the lamps. door position. Dome Lamps

The brightness of the instrument cluster display, infotainment display and controls, steering wheel controls, and all other illuminated controls, as well as feature status If equipped, the rear dome lamp indicators can be adjusted. controls are in the headliner above The knob for this feature is on the the rear seats. instrument panel beside the steering The front dome lamp controls are in OFF is normal position and not column. the overhead console. pushed. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Lighting 149 Reading Lamps Lighting Features There are reading lamps on the overhead console and over the rear Entry Lighting seats. These lamps come on when Some exterior lamps and interior any door is opened. lamps turn on briefly at night, or in areas with limited lighting, when K is pressed on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. They stay on for about 20 seconds after door is closed. When all of the doors have been closed or the ignition is Rear Reading Lamps turned on, they gradually fade out. For dual sunroof, the rear reading This feature can be changed. See lamps are over the rear seats. “Vehicle Locator Lights” under Vehicle Personalization 0 135. Press the lamp lens to turn the rear passenger reading lamps on or off. Exit Lighting Front Reading Lamps Some exterior lamps and interior The front reading lamps are in the lights come on at night, or in areas overhead console. with limited lighting, when the driver Press the lamp lenses to turn the door is opened after the ignition is front reading lamps on or off. turned off. The dome lamp comes on after the ignition is turned off. The exterior lamps and dome lamp remain on for a set amount of time, then automatically turn off. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

150 Lighting The exterior lamps turn off The battery can be discharged at this action may be noticeable to the immediately by turning the exterior idle if the electrical loads are very driver. If so, a DIC message might lamp control off. high. This is true for all vehicles. be displayed and it is recommended This feature can be changed. See This is because the generator that the driver reduce the electrical Vehicle Personalization 0 135. (alternator) may not be spinning fast loads as much as possible. enough at idle to produce all of the power needed for very high Battery Power Protection Battery Load electrical loads. Management This feature shuts off the interior A high electrical load occurs when lamps if they are left on for more The vehicle has Electric Power several of the following are on, such than 10 minutes when the ignition is Management (EPM) that estimates as: headlamps, high beams, rear off. This helps to prevent the battery the battery's temperature and state window defogger, climate control fan from running down. of charge. It then adjusts the voltage at high speed, heated seats, engine for best performance and extended cooling fans, trailer loads, and loads Exterior Lighting Battery life of the battery. plugged into accessory power Saver When the battery's state of charge outlets. is low, the voltage is raised slightly EPM works to prevent excessive The exterior lamps turn off about to quickly bring the charge back up. discharge of the battery. It does this 10 minutes after the ignition is When the state of charge is high, by balancing the generator's output turned off, if the parking lamps or the voltage is lowered slightly to and the vehicle's electrical needs. headlamps have been manually left prevent overcharging. If the vehicle It can increase engine idle speed to on. This protects against draining has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage generate more power whenever the battery. To restart the 10-minute display on the Driver Information needed. It can temporarily reduce timer, turn the exterior lamp control Center (DIC), you may see the the power demands of some to the off position and then back to voltage move up or down. This is accessories. the parking lamp or headlamp position. normal. If there is a problem, an Normally, these actions occur in alert will be displayed. steps or levels, without being To keep the lamps on for more than noticeable. In rare cases at the 10 minutes, the ignition must be on highest levels of corrective action, or in ACC/ACCESSORY. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 151 Navigation Settings Infotainment Using the Navigation Settings ...... 195 System System ...... 168 Teen Driver ...... 201 Maps ...... 171 Navigation Symbols ...... 172 Trademarks and License Introduction Destination ...... 173 Agreements Introduction ...... 152 OnStar System ...... 179 Trademarks and License Overview ...... 153 Global Positioning Agreements ...... 205 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 154 System (GPS) ...... 180 Using the System ...... 155 Vehicle Positioning ...... 180 Software Updates ...... 157 Problems with Route Guidance ...... 181 Radio If the System Needs AM-FM Radio ...... 157 Service ...... 181 HD Radio Technology ...... 159 Map Data Updates ...... 182 Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . 160 Database Coverage Satellite Radio ...... 160 Explanations ...... 182 Radio Reception ...... 161 Multi-Band Antenna ...... 161 Voice Recognition Voice Recognition ...... 182 Audio Players Avoiding Untrusted Media Phone Devices ...... 162 Bluetooth (Overview) ...... 189 USB Port ...... 162 Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Auxiliary Jack ...... 165 Phone) ...... 190 Bluetooth Audio ...... 165 Apple CarPlay and Auto ...... 194 OnStar System OnStar System ...... 166 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

152 Infotainment System Introduction The infotainment system has built-in . Set up phone numbers in features intended to help avoid advance so they can be called Read the following pages to distraction by disabling some easily by pressing a single become familiar with the features. features when driving. These control or by using a single voice features may gray out when they command. { Warning are unavailable. Many infotainment See Distracted Driving 0 225. features are also available through Taking your eyes off the road for the instrument cluster and steering Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) too long or too often while using wheel controls. If equipped, ANC reduces engine any infotainment feature can Before driving: noise in the vehicle’s interior. ANC cause a crash. You or others Become familiar with the requires the factory-installed audio could be injured or killed. Do not . operation, center stack controls, system, radio, speakers, amplifier (if give extended attention to steering wheel controls, and equipped), induction system, and infotainment tasks while driving. infotainment display. exhaust system to work properly. Limit your glances at the vehicle Deactivation is required by your displays and focus your attention . Set up the audio by presetting dealer if related aftermarket on driving. Use voice commands favorite stations, setting the equipment is installed. whenever possible. tone, and adjusting the speakers. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 153 Overview . When on, press O to mute the system and display a Infotainment System status pane. Press O again The infotainment system is controlled by using the infotainment display, the to unmute the system. controls on the center stack, steering wheel controls. . Turn to decrease or increase the volume. 4. d: . Radio: Press and release to fast seek the next strongest station or channel. Press and hold to go to the next station or channel. . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek the next track. Press and hold to fast forward through a track. Release to 1. {: . USB/Bluetooth: Press to return to playing speed. seek to the beginning of the 5. BACK: . Press to go to the current or previous track. Home Page. Press and hold to quickly . Press to return to the previous screen in a menu. 2. g: reverse through a track. Release to return to playing . Radio: Press and release to speed. fast seek the previous strongest station or 3. O: channel. Press and hold to . When off, press O to turn go to the previous station or channel. the system on. Press and hold to turn off. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

154 Infotainment System Steering Wheel Controls

The favorite and volume switches are on the back of the steering g : For vehicles with Bluetooth or wheel. OnStar, press to interact with those g : For vehicles with Bluetooth or 1. Favorite: When on a radio systems. OnStar, press to interact with those source, press to select the next systems. or previous favorite. When on a c : Press to silence the vehicle speakers only. Press again to turn c : Press to silence the vehicle media source, press to select the next or previous track. the sound on. For vehicles with speakers only. Press again to turn Bluetooth or OnStar systems, press the sound on. For vehicles with 2. Volume: Press to increase or to reject an incoming call, or to end Bluetooth or OnStar systems, press decrease the volume. a current call. to reject an incoming call, or to end a current call. e + : Press + to increase the volume. e − : Press − to decrease the volume. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 155 - FAV or FAV + : When on a radio Nav Apple CarPlay source, press to select the previous If equipped, touch the Nav icon to Touch the Apple CarPlay icon to or next favorite. When on a media display the embedded navigation activate Apple CarPlay if equipped, source, press to select the previous map. See Using the Navigation after a supported device is or next track. System 0 168. connected. See Apple CarPlay and _ SRC ^ : Press to select a source Android Auto 0 194. or toggle to change favorite stations. Wi-Fi Hotspot If equipped, touch the Users icon to Android Auto Using the System display the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. Touch the Android Auto icon to activate Android Auto if equipped, Infotainment Display Icons Users after a supported device is Infotainment display icons show If equipped, touch the Users icon to connected. See Apple CarPlay and 0 when available. When a function is sign in or create a new user profile, Android Auto 194. and follow the on-screen unavailable, the icon may gray out. OnStar Services When a function is selected, the instructions. icon may highlight. Only four user profiles can be active If equipped, touch the OnStar icon to display the OnStar Services and Audio at one time in the vehicle. It may be necessary to remove a profile from Account pages. Touch the Audio icon to display the the menu before creating or signing Climate active audio source page. Examples into an existing profile. The removed of available sources are AM, FM, profile can be logged into at a If equipped, touch the Climate icon SXM (if equipped), USB, AUX, and later time. to display the Climate main page. Bluetooth. Settings Camera Phone If equipped, touch the Camera icon Touch the Settings icon to display to access the camera application. Phone icon to display the Phone the Settings menu. See Settings main page. See Bluetooth (Pairing 0 195. and Using a Phone) 0 190 or Bluetooth (Overview) 0 189. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

156 Infotainment System SiriusXM Touch/Tap Drag If equipped, touch the SiriusXM icon to display the SiriusXM radio service. Shortcut Tray The shortcut tray is near the bottom of the display. It shows up to four applications. Infotainment Display Features Touch/Tap is used to select an icon Drag is used to move applications Infotainment display features show or option, activate an application, on the Home Page, or to pan the on the display when available. or change the location inside a map. map. To drag the item, it must be When a feature is unavailable, it held and moved along the display to may gray out. When a feature is Touch and Hold the new location. This can be done touched, it may highlight. up, down, right, or left. This feature Infotainment Gestures is only available when vehicle is parked and not in motion. Use the following finger gestures to control the infotainment system.

Touch and hold can be used to start another gesture, or to move or delete an application. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 157 Nudge placing a finger on the display then Radio moving it rapidly up and down or right and left. AM-FM Radio Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle Information and Playing the Radio Radio Displays From the Home Page, touch the Audio icon to display the active For vehicles with high gloss audio source page. Choose from the surfaces or vehicle displays, use a three most recently used sources microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. listed at the left side of the display Before wiping the surface with the or touch the More icon to display a Nudge is used to move items a microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle list of available sources. Examples short distance on a list or a map. To brush to remove dirt that could of available sources are AM, FM, nudge, hold and move the selected scratch the surface. Then use the SXM (if equipped), MyMedia (if item up or down to a new location. microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to available), USB, AUX (if equipped), clean. Never use window cleaners Fling or Swipe and Bluetooth. or solvents. Periodically hand wash the microfiber cloth separately, Infotainment System using mild soap. Do not use bleach Sound Menu or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly and air dry before next use. From any of the audio source main pages, touch Sound to display the Software Updates following: Equalizer : Touch to adjust Bass, Over-the-Air Software Updates Midrange, and Treble using the See “Updates” under Settings 0 195 options on the infotainment display. Fling or swipe is used to scroll for details on software updates. through a list, pan the map, or change page views. Do this by Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

158 Infotainment System Fade/Balance : Touch to adjust by you want to listen to. Touch H to new valid frequency. Touch H to using the controls on the save the station or channel as a save the station or channel as a infotainment display or by tapping/ favorite. favorite. dragging the crosshair. If equipped, touch Update Station The keypad will gray out entries that Finding a Station List to update the active stations in do not contribute to a valid your area. frequency and will automatically Seeking a Station place a decimal point within the Direct Tune frequency number. Touch (X) to delete one number at a time. Touch and hold (X) to delete all numbers. A valid AM or FM station will automatically tune to the new frequency but not close the Direct Tune display. When listening to SXM (if equipped), touch Go after From the AM, FM, or SXM (if entering the channel. Touch the equipped) display, touch 7 or 6 on Access Direct Tune by touching the Back icon on the infotainment the infotainment display to search Tune icon on the infotainment display or touch z to exit out of display to bring up the keypad. for the previous or next strong Direct Tune. station or channel. Navigate through all frequencies using the arrows on the right side of The tune arrows on the right side of Browsing Stations the Direct Tune display. Directly the Direct Tune display will tune From the AM, FM, or SXM (if enter a station or channel using the through the complete station or equipped) display, touch Browse to keypad. When a new station or channel list one station step at a list all available stations or channel is entered, the information time per touch. A touch and hold channels. Navigate up and down about that station or channel advances through stations or through all stations by scrolling the displays on the right side. This channels quickly. list. Touch the station or channel information will update with each Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 159 If equipped, HD Radio multicast for that category. Touching a station HD Radio Technology stations cannot be tuned directly or channel from the list will tune the through the Direct Tune feature. radio to that station or channel. If equipped, HD Radio is a free Only the analog or HD1 station can service with features such as digital use that feature. Use the display Storing Radio Station quality sound, more stations arrows to adjust to the multicast Favorites available on a single frequency such as HD2 and HD3, and display stations. Favorites show in the area at the information such as artist and song top of the display. AM, FM, and SXM Categories title. AM, FM, SXM (if equipped) Radio From the Now Playing display, touch Stations : Touch and hold a preset the HD Radio icon to turn HD on to store the current station or or off. channel as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite Station Access station. To access HD Radio stations: Favorites can also be stored by 1. Tune the radio to the station. touching H in a station or channel If HD Radio is turned on and list. This will highlight indicating that the station is broadcasting in it is now saved as a favorite. From the AM stations, if equipped HD Radio, the radio will with HD Radio, FM, or SXM (if The number of favorites displayed is automatically tune to the HD equipped) display, touch Categories automatically adjusted by default, version of the current channel at the top of the Browse menu to but can be manually adjusted in (HD1) after several seconds. access the categories list. The list Settings in the System tab under The radio will also display contains names associated with the Favorites and then Set Number of icons representing additional AM or FM stations, or SXM Audio Favorites. It can also be channels (HD2, ...HD8), that channels. Touch a category name to adjusted in Settings in the Apps tab may be available. When the display a list of stations or channels under Audio and then Set Number radio successfully tunes to a of Audio Favorites. HD station, the HD logo will display and digital audio will play. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

160 Infotainment System 2. Touch the display arrows to If the HD Radio signal loses causes the radio features to work tune to the previous or next HD reception while listening to stations improperly. If this happens, contact Radio station. HD2 to HD8, the radio mutes until the radio station. There may be a delay before the the signal can be recovered or until When information is broadcast from station starts playing. the station is changed. a RDS station, the station name or The HD Radio station number is HD Radio can be disabled if driving call letters display on the audio indicated next to the HD logo. in a weak signal area. Touch HD screen. Radio text supporting the Radio On/Off to toggle HD Radio currently playing broadcast may HD Radio stations can be saved as reception on and off. also appear. favorites. For a list of all stations, see Radio Data System (RDS) Satellite Radio www.hdradio.com. If equipped, RDS features are If equipped, vehicles with a valid HD Radio Troubleshooting available for use only on FM SiriusXM satellite radio subscription stations that broadcast RDS can receive SXM programming. Digital Audio Delay : Wait for the information. With RDS, the SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide signal to process. This can take radio can: several seconds. variety of programming and . Group stations by Category (i.e., commercial-free music, coast to Volume Change, Audio Skip, Program Type) such as Rock, coast, in digital-quality sound. In the Echo, Digital Audio Lost : Station , Classical, etc. U.S. see www.siriusxm.com or call signal strength may be weak, the 1-888-601-6296. In Canada see station is out of range, or the station . Display messages from radio stations. www.siriusxm.ca or call may be out of alignment. Verify 1-877-438-9677. proper reception on another station. This system relies on receiving When SXM is active, the channel If the HD Radio signal weakens specific information from these stations and only works when the name, number, song title, and artist while listening to HD1, the radio will appear on the display. automatically switch to the analog information is available. It is version of the radio station. possible that a radio station could broadcast incorrect information that Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 161 Radio Reception SiriusXM Satellite Radio Multi-Band Antenna Service Unplug electronic devices from the If equipped, the roof antenna is for accessory power outlets if there is If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite SiriusXM, OnStar, and GPS (Global interference or static in the radio. Radio Service provides digital radio Positioning System). Keep clear of reception. Tall buildings or hills can obstructions for clear reception. FM interfere with satellite radio signals, If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is FM signals only reach about 16 to causing the sound to fade in and open, reception can also be 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the out. In addition, traveling or standing affected. radio has a built-in electronic circuit under heavy foliage, bridges, that automatically works to reduce garages, or tunnels may cause loss interference, some static can occur, of the SiriusXM signal for a period of especially around tall buildings or time. Some cellular services may hills, causing the sound to fade in interfere with SXM reception and out. causing loss of signal. AM Mobile Device Usage The range for most AM stations is Mobile device usage, such as greater than for FM, especially at making or receiving calls, charging, night. The longer range can cause or just having the mobile device on station frequencies to interfere with may cause static interference in the each other. Static can also occur radio. Unplug the mobile device or when things like storms and power turn it off if this happens. lines interfere with radio reception. When this happens, try reducing the treble on the radio. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

162 Infotainment System Gracenote Audio Players Caution When plugging in a USB device, Avoiding Untrusted Media To avoid vehicle damage, unplug Gracenote service builds voice tags Devices all accessories and disconnect all for music. Voice tags allow artists, accessory cables from the vehicle with hard to pronounce When using media devices such as when not in use. Accessory names, and nicknames to be used USB devices, and mobile devices, cables left plugged into the to play music through voice recognition, if equipped. consider the source. Untrusted vehicle, unconnected to a device, media devices could contain files could be damaged or cause an While indexing, infotainment that affect system operation or electrical short if the unconnected features may be available performance. Avoid use if the content or origin cannot be trusted. end comes in contact with liquids My Media Library or another power source such as the accessory power outlet. MyMedia is only available when USB Port more than one indexed device is Audio stored on a USB device may connected. It allows access to be listened to. Playing from a USB content from all indexed media sources. MyMedia will show as an This vehicle is equipped with two A USB mass storage device can be connected to the USB port. available source in the USB ports in the center stack. Source page. These ports are for data and Audio extensions supported by the charging. There may also be two USB are: USB MP3 Player and USB Devices USB ports for charging only at the . MP3 The USB MP3 players and USB rear of the center console. devices connected must comply . AAC with the USB Mass Storage Class . OGG specification (USB MSC). . 3GP To play a USB device: 1. Connect the USB. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 163 2. Touch Audio from the USB Sound Menu Artists: Home Page. See “Infotainment System Sound 1. Touch to view the list of artists 3. Touch More and then touch the Menu” under AM-FM Radio 0 157. stored on the USB. USB device. USB Browse Menu 2. Touch an artist name to view a Use the following when playing an list of all albums by the artist. active USB source: When a list of songs, albums, artists, or other types of media 3. To select a song, touch All p : Touch to play the current media displays, the up and down arrows Songs or touch an and source. and A-Z appear on the left side. then touch a song from the list. j Select A-Z to view a display that will Songs: : Touch to pause playback of the show all letters of the alphabet and current media source. select the letter to go to. 1. Touch to display a list of All Songs on the USB. 7: Touch the up and down arrows to . Touch to seek to the beginning move the list up and down. 2. To begin playback, touch a song from the list. of the current or previous track. Touch Browse and the following . Touch and hold to reverse may display: Albums: quickly through playback. Playlists: 1. Touch to view the albums on Release to return to playing the USB. speed. Elapsed time displays. 1. Touch to view the playlists stored on the USB. 2. Touch the album to view a list 6: of All Songs on the album. 2. Touch a playlist to view the list . Touch to seek to the next track. of all Songs in that playlist. 3. Touch a song from the list to begin playback. . Touch and hold to advance 3. Touch a song from the list to quickly through playback. begin playback. Genres: Release to return to playing Supported Playlist extensions are 1. Touch to view the genres on speed. Elapsed time displays. m3u, pls. the USB. Shuffle : Touch the shuffle icon to play music in random order. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

164 Infotainment System 2. Touch a genre to view a list of Podcasts : Touch to view the Supported Apple Devices artists. podcasts on the USB and get a list To view supported devices, see 3. Touch an artist to view albums of podcast episodes. my.buick.com/learn. by that artist. Audiobooks: Storing and Recalling Media 4. Touch an album to view songs 1. Touch to view the audiobooks Favorites on the album. stored on the USB. To store media favorites, touch 5. Touch a song to start playback. 2. Touch an audiobook to get a Browse to display a list of media Composers: list of chapters. types. 1. Touch to view the composers 3. Touch the chapter from the list Select from one of the following on the USB. to begin playback. Browse options to save a favorite: 2. Touch a Composer to view a File System and Naming Playlists : Touch H next to any list of albums by that File systems supported by the playlist to store the playlist as a composer. USB are: favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite playlist. The first 3. Touch an album or All Songs to . FAT32 view a list of songs. song in the playlist begins to play. . NTFS 4. Touch a song from the list to Artists : Touch H next to any artist begin playback. . HFS+ to store the artist as a favorite. The songs, artists, albums, and Touch a saved favorite to recall a Folders: genres are taken from the file’s favorite artist. The first song in the 1. Touch to view the directories song information and are only artist list begins to play. on the USB. displayed if present. The radio Songs : Touch H next to any song 2. Touch a folder to view a list of displays the file name as the track to store the song as a favorite. all files. name if the song information is not Touch a saved favorite to recall a available. favorite song. 3. Touch a file from the list to begin playback. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 165 Albums : Touch H next to any If the source is changed while in Shuffle and Browse are not album to store the album as a mute, playback resumes and audio available in the AUX source menu. favorite. Touch a saved favorite to will unmute. recall a favorite album. The first Bluetooth Audio song in the album list begins to play. Auxiliary Jack Music may be played from a paired Genres : Touch H next to any This vehicle has an auxiliary input Bluetooth device. See Bluetooth genre to store the genre as a jack in the center stack. Possible (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 190 favorite. Touch a saved favorite to auxiliary audio sources include: or 0 recall a favorite genre. The first . Laptop computer Bluetooth (Overview) 189 for help song of the genre begins to play. pairing a device. . Audio music player Podcasts : Touch H next to any Volume and song selection may be This jack is not an audio output. Do podcast to store the podcast as a controlled by using the infotainment not plug headphones into the favorite. Touch a saved favorite to controls or the mobile device. auxiliary input jack. Set up an recall a favorite podcast. The If Bluetooth is selected and no auxiliary device while the vehicle is podcast begins to play. sound is present, check the volume in P (Park). setting on both your mobile device Audiobooks : Touch H next to any Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable and the infotainment system. audiobook to store the audiobook as from the auxiliary device to the Launch music by touching Bluetooth a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to auxiliary input jack. When a device from the recent sources list on the recall a favorite audiobook. The first is connected, the system can play left of the display or by touching chapter in the audiobook begins audio from the device over the More and then touching the to play. vehicle speakers. Bluetooth device. Media Playback and Mute If an auxiliary device has already To play music via Bluetooth: USB playback will be paused if the been connected, but a different source is currently active, touch 1. Power on the device, and pair system is muted. If the steering to connect the device. wheel mute control is pressed More and then touch AUX to make again, playback will resume. the source active. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

166 Infotainment System 2. Once paired, touch Audio from All devices launch audio differently. OnStar System the Home Page, then touch When selecting Bluetooth as a Bluetooth from the recent source, the system may show as 4G LTE sources list on the left of the paused on the display. Press play If equipped with 4G LTE, up to display. on the device or touch on the p seven devices, such as Bluetooth Sound Menu display to begin playback. smartphones, tablets, and laptops, Browse functionality will be provided can be connected to high-speed See “Infotainment System Sound where supported by the Bluetooth Internet through the vehicle s built-in Menu” under AM-FM Radio 0 157. ’ device. This media content will not Wi-Fi hotspot. Manage Bluetooth Devices be part of the MyMedia Call 1-888-4ONSTAR From the Home Page: source mode. (1-888-466-7827) to connect to an 1. Touch the Audio icon. Some smartphones support sending OnStar Advisor for assistance. See Bluetooth music information to www.onstar.com for vehicle 2. Touch More. display on the system. When the availability, details, and system 3. Touch Bluetooth. system receives this information, it limitations. Service and connectivity will check to see if any is available may vary by make, model, year, 4. Touch Devices to add or delete and display it. For more information carrier, availability, and conditions. devices. about supported Bluetooth features, 4G LTE service is available in select When touching Bluetooth, the see my.buick.com/learn. markets. 4G LTE performance is system may not be able to launch based on industry averages and the audio player on the connected vehicle systems design. Some device to start playing. When the services require a data plan. vehicle is not moving, use the The OnStar App mobile device to begin playback. If equipped, the infotainment system has OnStar controls in the embedded OnStar app on the Home Page. Most OnStar functions that can be performed with the buttons Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 167 can be done using the app. To open Advisor Call map. Services vary by model. Map the app, touch the OnStar icon on Selecting Advisor Call is the same coverage is available in the United the Home Page. App updates Q States, Puerto Rico, and Canada. require a corresponding service as pressing or calling plan. Features vary by region and 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827). Wi-Fi Hotspot model. Features are subject to The X option in the upper right Touch to display the Settings page, change. For more information, see corner of the screen does not end which shows the configurations for the call, but returns to the previous my.buick.com/learn or press Q. the vehicle hotspot and allows them display. to be changed. Services Turn-by-Turn Directions For more information, see The Services tab displays the With a connected plan, an OnStar www.onstar.com/learn. default view for the app. Use this Advisor can download a destination page to launch the available OnStar to the vehicle or its embedded services. Touch a service to open its navigation system, if equipped. display. Touch Wi-Fi to launch the Select Turn-by-Turn Directions from connections manager. Turn-by-Turn the Services tab of the OnStar app and Advisor Call are the other tiled to call an Advisor or select a recent options. or favorite destination. Touch the Account navigation icons to select home, address or place. A destination The Account tab displays a transfer from OnStar will show the snapshot of the account linked with detail view of the destination when it the vehicle. If there is no such is transferred from OnStar to the account, this tab will show all values Navigation application. Touch OK to as ——. The call advisor call icon go back to the previous menu. An will be active even if there is no ABS and Guidance or Navigation active account. Add-On Plan is required. See www.onstar.com for a coverage Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

168 Infotainment System Navigation . Personalized routes based on location. When the vehicle is preferred streets. stopped, the search bar will appear Using the Navigation . Search results that provide best along the top of the navigation map matches at the top of the list. view. Manually close the search bar System by touching z. When the vehicle is . Predictive traffic. Launch the Nav application by moving, the } (Search) icon will touching the Nav icon on the Home . Local map content updating. replace the search bar to maximize Page or on the shortcut tray near Predictive Navigation can also be the full map view. the bottom of the infotainment enabled or disabled at a later time Set Up My Places display. by touching A (Options). While in From the Nav application, set up When the Nav application is Options, touch Settings, then Map Home and Work addresses to launched for the first time, a product and Navigation Settings, and then enable one-touch navigation. To set walkthrough is available. Use of the Predictive Navigation. See Settings up Home and Work addresses, feature requires the Terms and 0 195. Conditions and the Privacy touch A and select Settings, then statement to be confirmed. Navigation Map View Map and Navigation Settings, and If available and signed into a profile, then Set Up My Places. Show My it is also suggested to enable and Places on Map should be on by confirm Predictive Navigation. default. Select and enter Home and/ or Work address and save. Predictive Navigation (If Equipped) Touch B (current vehicle position). If Predictive Navigation is available This symbol can also be used to set and confirmed, this feature learns up Home and Work addresses by preferences by remembering where touching the bubbles above it. the vehicle has been. It uses the Touch the pop-up message that locations and navigation history to appears. The message will personalize routes and results. After opening the Nav application for the first time, the application will automatically close after 15 seconds Predictive Navigation may learn always open in full map view of inactivity. elements such as: displaying the vehicle’s current Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 169 . 3D Heading Up, 2D Heading Up, . Predictive Navigation: See 2D North “Predictive Navigation (If . Show on Map Equipped)” previously in this section. . Traffic Events (available with OnStar Connected Navigation) . Map Updates About . Range Projection (available for . Electric Vehicles) To exit a list, touch z in the top right corner to return to the main To turn off the My Places bubbles, . Settings map view. switch Show My Places on Map . Edit Destination (if a route has to Off. been set) Make sure to set up preferences before setting a destination and If the vehicle s system is not signed ’ . Avoid on Route (if a route has starting active guidance. into a customized profile, the current been set) location icon uses a generic symbol. Map Preferences Once signed into a customized Touch Settings to view Map and Touch to choose between basic profile, the current location symbol Navigation Settings. The following map feature configurations: will show a customized icon. See may display: Navigation Symbols 0 172. . Set Up My Places. See “Set Up Map Colors My Places previously in this Touch the drive To Home or drive To ” . Auto Touch to automatically section. – Work pop-up to start either route. change modes based on lighting Only one will show if the vehicle is . Map Preferences conditions. already at Home or Work. . Route Preferences . Day (Light) Map and Navigation Settings . Navigation Voice Control . Night (Dark) Touch A while in the map view to . Traffic Preferences display options. The following may display: . Alert Preferences . Manage History Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

170 Infotainment System 3D Landmark (Default is On) : Route Preferences Range Projection (Electric Touch On or Off. When turned on, Touch to access the Route Vehicles) the system will display all 3D Preferences. The choices are: Range Projection allows the Landmarks on the map depending vehicle’s electric driving range to be on the zoom level. . Preferred Route – Choose from two different route options: checked at that moment. 3D Building (Default is Off) : Fastest or Eco-Friendly. Touch the Range Projection icon to Touch On or Off. When turned on, display the map screen with a range ‐ Fastest would be the route the system will display all of the indicator. possible 3D building shapes on the with the shortest drive time. map depending on the zoom level. ‐ Eco-Friendly would be the Navigation Voice Control Show Terrain in 3D (Default is most fuel-efficient route. Touch to access the voice control Off) : If equipped, touch On or Off. . Avoid on Current Route – setting display. When turned on, the system will Choose any of the road features . Navigation Volume – To adjust display terrain information on the to avoid while on route: the volume level, touch the up map in 3D view. ‐ Highways and down arrows. If the voice Auto-Zoom (Default is On) : Touch guidance prompt is being heard, On or Off. When turned on, the ‐ Unpaved Roads volume can also be adjusted system will automatically adjust the ‐ Ferries using the knob on the center zoom level when the vehicle is stack or the volume switch on approaching a turn. After the turn is ‐ Carpool Lanes the steering wheel. completed, the system automatically ‐ Toll Roads . Navigation Voice Prompt Level brings the zoom back to the ‐ Tunnels during a Call. Options originally set level. If the vehicle is available are: approaching a turn with the next ‐ Country Borders turn occurring shortly after, the ‐ Full Prompt (Selected by Auto-Zoom will remain on until both default) turns are completed. ‐ Tone Only ‐ None Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 171 Traffic Events (If Equipped) . Never Search for Better Route – About This feature provides a list of events The system will not check for a Touch to display software that are on the route or nearby. better route until one of the information, such as: above options is selected. Touch A and then select Traffic . Telenav Terms and Conditions Events. An OnStar connected Alert Preferences . Telenav Privacy Statement Navigation service plan is required. Set alerts on or off during both . Navigation Version Traffic Preferences (If Equipped) inactive and active guidance views. The following alerts may be While in Map View, touch A, then available: Maps Settings and then Map and Navigation Settings to access Traffic . Congestion Alerts – This alert The Nav application requires a map Preferences. When Show Traffic on displays upcoming congestion. database to run. It is stored on an Map is turned on, the feature (Available for China only) SD card that is connected to the infotainment system. If the map provides an overview of the traffic . Road Safety Alerts Touch to – database is not available, a missing flow using different coded colors. display upcoming School Zones. The following options are available SD card error message will be . Traffic Camera Alerts for rerouting: displayed. Manage History . Auto Reroute to Better Route – SD Card Error Messages The system will automatically Touch Manage History to access the The SD card only works for one reroute if the system detects History options: unique vehicle. The SD card must there is a traffic issue ahead. . Clear Recent Destinations – pass authentication verification to be used for that specific vehicle. . Ask Before Rerouting (Default) – Touch to clear the recent \ Potential error scenarios and If the system detects there is a destinations. traffic issue ahead, it will display messages include: a pop-up with details about the . Clear Search History – Touch \ . The SD card has initialized for issue. Choose to reroute or to clear the search history. the first time: “Once initialized, cancel the alert. this SD card can only be used for navigation in this vehicle.” Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

172 Infotainment System . The SD card is not working properly: “SD card is not functioning properly. (Error Code).” . The SD card is not paired with the existing system: “This SD card is not valid in this vehicle This indicates the vehicle’s current The destination pin marks the for navigation. See Owner’s location and direction on the map. location of the final destination. Manual for more detail or visit Touch the pin to view the destination your dealer. (Error Code).” address or to add it or remove it from the Favorites list. Hide the . The SD card has been removed information by touching the pin one from the slot: SD card has been “ more time. It will automatically time removed. (Error Code). ” out if no action is taken. Touch Continue to resume after the initialization error message. For the This is the vehicle s current location other messages, touch OK to return ’ icon during inactive guidance mode. to the Home Page. Once a user profile is created, the current location icon can be Navigation Symbols customized. Following are the most common This icon indicates the vehicle’s symbols that may appear in the Nav current location and direction on If equipped, smart Points of Interest application. the map. (POIs) are places of interest for parking and gas stations. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 173 Destination 1. From active guidance, touch }. Receiving Destination Directions 2. Search for the destination from Different Sources using One-Box, Voice search, or the Quick Category icons. Destinations can be received or transferred from different sources to 3. Choose search results Along The progress bar provides an the Nav application for route Route, Nearby, or Near overview of the route progress and guidance. If equipped, some of Destination. may show traffic and incidents along these sources may include: 4. Choose the desired waypoint the way. As the route proceeds, the . Navigation from search results. and touch Add to Trip or vehicle icon moves up the bar. replace the current destination . OnStar Advisor destination by touching New Destination. Touch the icon to zoom out on the download. map and view the entire route. Route options are not available for Touch it again to return to the . An address from the waypoints. previous view. Contacts list. Arriving at a Waypoint View the drive time by touching the . An application on the estimated time of arrival (ETA). smartphone that can send When approaching a waypoint, the destinations to the vehicle. system will display a Destination Current Location Arrival view. To continue on to the An application downloaded to . next destination touch the Drive to When the vehicle is parked and not the vehicle such as OnStar message on the infotainment in a Navigation session, the user Services that can send display. icon is centered on the map view, destinations to the navigation highlighting the current location. system. If the vehicle passes the waypoint or gets out of the current route, the Waypoints system will automatically reroute Add up to five waypoints, which are back to this waypoint. At the same additional destinations, along the time, it will show a Drive to icon route. To add an additional stop or along with the next waypoint waypoint: address so the current waypoint can Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

174 Infotainment System be skipped and guidance can If there is only one address navigation system provides full resume to the next waypoint or in the destinations list, the route guidance in the detailed map destination. system will disable the areas. move and delete functions. Editing a Waypoint The system will not allow Zoom Control When waypoints are added during the final destination to be The zoom control display is shown active guidance, the system allows deleted. on the map view. A few ways to a stop to be deleted or the order to zoom in or out are: be changed. To edit a waypoint: Map Information . Touch + or – to zoom in or out Road network attributes are 1. Touch A. on the map. contained in the map database for 2. Touch Edit Destinations. map information. Attributes include . Double tap with one finger to zoom in or single tap with two . Modify destination order by information such as street names, fingers to zoom out on the map. touching and holding the street addresses, and turn arrow until it is highlighted. restrictions. A detailed area includes . Use the index finger and thumb Drag to move the waypoint all major highways, service roads, to zoom out by pinching and up or down the list. and residential roads. The detailed then zoom in by spreading those areas include Places of Interest two fingers on the map. . Delete a waypoint by (POIs) such as restaurants, airports, touching Y. A pop-up will banks, hospitals, police stations, Map Gestures and Map Scale appear to confirm waypoint gas stations, tourist attractions, and Use the following gestures on the removal. Once the request historical monuments. infotainment display to adjust the is confirmed, the system If the vehicle does not have an map scale and display options. will remove the address applicable service plan, the map . Pinch to zoom in or out. from the destinations list. database may not include data for Touch z on the top right newly constructed areas or map . Pan the map. corner so the system can database corrections that are . Use two fingers to tilt down and recalculate the route. completed after production. The change from 2D to 3D. Tilt up to change back to 2D. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 175 . Rotate the map. . 2D Heading Up: 2D map with Lane Guidance See Using the System 0 155. the vehicle pointing up. In this The map will display the lane mode, the current location icon information for the upcoming Mute will always head up and the map maneuver if it is available. will rotate around it. When in active guidance, the audio Junction View prompts while using navigation can . 2D North Up: 2D map with North be muted. Touch the speaker icon pointing up. In this mode, the When a vehicle is on the highway on the right side of the upper bar. current location icon will shift as and approaching the exit, an image A slash will appear on the speaker the vehicle turns left and right. displays the lane that the vehicle to indicate voice guidance is muted. Touch the icon to change the map must stay in to complete the next maneuver. Active Guidance View type. The icon and label will also update accordingly. Quick-Turn View When a destination is chosen and a navigation session is active, the Depending on the zoom level of the navigation system enters into an 2D Heading Up and 3D Heading Up Active Guidance View (AGV). maps, the system may automatically switch to the 2D North Up map. Map Orientation When in AGV, the entire route can Touch A on the map to access map be viewed in 2D North Up by orientation settings. Map orientation touching the traffic bar. The map will is 3D Heading Up by default. zoom out and readjust to display the full route. When in 2D North Up Available settings are: Route View, the Recenter icon will When the vehicle is approaching a . 3D Heading Up (Default): 3D appear in the middle of the display. turn with the next turn following in map with the vehicle pointing up. Touch either the Recenter icon or quick succession, a quick-turn list In this mode, the current location the traffic bar again to return to the appears below the primary turn icon will always head up and the previous view, either 2D or 3D. indicator. An audio prompt will map will rotate around it. announce the quick turn. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

176 Infotainment System Auto-Zoom Y next to the segment. A pop-up While traveling on roads with When approaching a maneuver, the appears to confirm segment designated exits, an Exit list may be map will automatically zoom in to removal. available. The Exit list displays the exit number, distance to the exit show both the vehicle icon and the When the route segment has been upcoming maneuver to give a better from the current vehicle position, removed, all segments are replaced and convenience stops that may be view of the maneuver. Once the by an activity indicator while the maneuver is complete, the system available, such as gas, coffee, food, new route is recalculated. When the and lodging. will zoom back to the previous zoom recalculation is complete, the level. Touch A on the map to activity indicator is replaced with the Next Maneuver Menu access Settings, then touch Map new route segments. When in Active Guidance, the Next Preferences to access Auto-Zoom. Highway Exits List Maneuver Turn Arrow, Street Name, This feature can be enabled or and Maneuver Distance are shown disabled. in the Next Maneuver at the top of Directions the display overlaying the map. ETA, Distance to Destination, and Touch the menu option next to the Traffic Indicator are displayed in a next turn street name to display panel pinned on the right of the Directions. display. Directions displays the turns and Navigation Next Turn Maneuver directions from the current location Alert to the final destination. If the Navigation application is not Editing Directions Touch C to open the Exit list. This icon displays next to the current open when a near maneuver prompt Directions can be edited by street name near the bottom of the is given, it is shown as an alert. choosing y, which expands the list display. The icon only appears when Touch the alert to go to the main to fill the display and enters the Edit on a highway with defined exits. navigation view or touch z to Mode. While in Edit Mode, an dismiss the alert. unwanted route segment can be removed from the route by touching Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 177 Repeat Voice Guidance End Route Accessing Favorites Touch Cancel at the top right corner In the Nav application, view the to end active guidance and return to Favorites list by touching H in the inactive guidance. If active guidance search bar along the top of the Nav is canceled before the destination map view. If the search bar is has been reached, a pop-up option closed, touch } and select H. to Resume Trip will appear. Saving Favorites This symbol indicates the next Resume Trip Favorites can be added from a guidance maneuver. Touch it to The trip can be resumed if it was number of the system’s applications. repeat the last spoken guidance canceled by touching the Resume instruction. Touch the favorites icon to save Trip pop-up option. content as a favorite. Incident Alert (If Equipped) If the system has determined that Renaming Navigation Favorites During active guidance, if the the destination has been reached, system determines that there is an either because the arrival view 1. Touch the Settings icon on the incident ahead but there is not a displayed or the destination has Home Page and touch the better route, the system will play a been passed, the Resume Trip System tab. tone and show a Quick Notice. This option will not appear. 2. Touch Favorites to access the will only show once per incident. Favorites Manage Favorites option. Incident Reports (If Equipped) The navigation favorites can have 3. Touch a saved Navigation Incident report icons, along with contacts, addresses, or POIs that favorite to access the edit icon. traffic flow data, display on the map have been saved through the Touch the edit icon to rename during both active and inactive favorite icon on the details view. the favorite. guidance. 4. Touch Save to store the renamed favorite. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

178 Infotainment System Recents Show POI Icons Smart Fuel Station Icons Touch H to access a list of recent To see the POI categories, touch Fuel station prices are shown if destinations. Options, then touch Show on Map. available for nearby stations when Up to eight categories of icons can the vehicle is low on fuel. Recenter Position Icon be selected. Smart Parking Icons Touch the Recenter Position arrow Smart POI Icons on Map (If When reaching a densely populated in the middle of the map view to Equipped) reset the map to the current destination and the system location. determines that parking may be limited, the system will attempt to Last Parked Location display nearby parking destinations The Last Parked Location is the last with pricing information, if available. location the vehicle engine was Report an Issue Using POI Details turned off. That location is displayed (If Equipped) in the first row of the Recents list. Touching the last Parked Location In the POI details page, a POI issue shows the Address Details view to can be reported if the data is not accurate or the address is incorrect. either save the address or drive to The smart POI icons such as fuel it. The Last Parked Location can be Touch Report an Issue near the stations and parking may appear bottom of the display to access the deleted by entering the Edit display. based on time, location, driver Once the Last Parked Location is issue selection page. Touch one of search behavior, driving conditions, the predefined issues on the deleted, it no longer appears in the and vehicle conditions. Recents list, unless the vehicle is selection page, then touch Send. started at that location again. Touch a smart POI icon to open the The system will send the corresponding details: information for analysis. . Left side: Name and address of the POI. . Right side: E + ETE (Estimated Time Enroute.) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 179 Search Search While in Motion with Front Touch Search on the infotainment Seat Passenger Present display to open the search display. If the system detects that the front It has a search field entry box, quick seat passenger is present with both category icon shortcuts, recents driver and passenger seat belts icon, favorites icon, and keyboard. buckled, touching the search icon will display an alert message that Auto Complete allows the passenger to search for a Enter a partial location in the field destination as if the vehicle were entry box on the search display. stopped. Touch OnStar Services on the Auto complete will attempt to Home Page to access the OnStar complete the destination based on Connected Navigation menu. Touch Turn-by-Turn what is being entered. Touch the Connected Navigation is a Directions icon while on the suggested item to search. subscription service that enables Services tab of the OnStar menu. certain capabilities within the Search While in Motion with No Turn-by-Turn Navigation navigation system, such as Traffic, Front Seat Passenger Present Smart Search/Routing, and The search display will not allow Predictive Navigation capabilities. changes or text input with the The system will show an alert when keyboard when the vehicle is in the subscription is expiring and will motion. As a result, a display ask to renew the plan. showing three rows of the most commonly used categories appears. OnStar System Touching the search box will activate speech recognition. With a connected plan, an OnStar Advisor can download a destination to the vehicle or into the built-in After touching the Turn-by-Turn navigation system. Directions icon, select destinations from Recents or Favorites. Recents or Favorites will be empty if this is Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

180 Infotainment System the first use. To find new locations, Global Positioning For more information if the GPS is touch OnStar Advisor, Home not functioning properly, see Directions, Place Voice Search, System (GPS) Problems with Route Guidance or Address Voice Search. If equipped, the position of the 0 181 and vehicle is determined by using If the System Needs Service 0 181. Lane Guidance satellite signals, various vehicle signals, and map data. Vehicle Positioning At times, other interference such as At times, the position of the vehicle the satellite condition, road on the map could be inaccurate due configuration, condition of the to one or more of the following vehicle, and/or other circumstances reasons: can affect the navigation system's ability to determine the accurate . The road system has changed. position of the vehicle. . The vehicle is driving on slippery The GPS shows the current position road surfaces such as sand, When available, the system will of the vehicle using signals sent by gravel, or snow. show the best lane(s) to be in for GPS satellites. When the vehicle is . The vehicle is traveling on the next maneuver. not receiving signals from the winding roads or long, straight Cancel a Route satellites, a symbol appears in the roads. status bar. If a route is in progress using either . The vehicle is approaching a tall the vehicle navigation system or the This system might not be available building or a large vehicle. or interference can occur if any of Turn-by-Turn route, and a new route . The surface streets run parallel the following are true: is requested, the current route in to a freeway. progress will be canceled. . Signals are obstructed by tall . The vehicle has been transferred buildings, trees, large trucks, by a vehicle carrier or a ferry. or a tunnel. . The current position calibration Satellites are being repaired or . is set incorrectly. improved. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 181 . The vehicle is traveling at high Problems with Route . The route prohibits the entry of a speed. Guidance vehicle due to a regulation by . The vehicle changes directions time or season or any other more than once, or the vehicle is Inappropriate route guidance can regulation which may be given. turning on a turn table in a occur under one or more of the . Some routes might not be parking lot. following conditions: searched. . The vehicle is entering and/or . The turn was not made on the . The route to the destination exiting a parking lot, garage, or a road indicated. might not be shown if there are lot with a roof. . Route guidance might not be new roads, if roads have . The GPS signal is not received. available when using automatic recently changed, or if certain rerouting for the next right or roads are not listed in the map . A roof carrier is installed on the left turn. data. See Maps 0 171. vehicle. . The route might not be changed To recalibrate the vehicle's position . Tire chains are installed on the when using automatic rerouting. on the map, park with the vehicle vehicle. running for two to five minutes, until . There is no route guidance when the vehicle position updates. Make . The tires are replaced or worn. turning at an intersection. sure the vehicle is parked in a . The tire pressure for the tires is . Plural names of places might be location that is safe and has a clear incorrect. announced occasionally. view of the sky and away from large . This is the first navigation use . It could take a long time to obstructions. after the map data is updated. operate automatic rerouting . The 12-volt battery has been during high-speed driving. If the System Needs disconnected for several days. . Automatic rerouting might Service . The vehicle is driving in heavy display a route returning to the If the navigation system needs traffic where driving is at low set waypoint if heading for a service, see your dealer. speeds, and the vehicle is destination without passing stopped and started repeatedly. through a set waypoint. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

182 Infotainment System Map Data Updates update is accepted, it will download Voice Recognition and run in the background without The map data in the vehicle is the interruption any infotainment If equipped, voice recognition allows most up-to-date information functions. The download will carry for hands-free operation within the available when the vehicle was over ignition cycles, stopping and navigation, audio, phone, and produced. The map data is updated starting where it left off. The weather applications. This feature periodically, provided that the map updates can be set to download can be started by pressing g on the information has changed and the automatically. vehicle has a relevant service plan. steering wheel or touching g on the See www.gmnavdisc.com for details infotainment display. Over-the-Air-Vehicle Map on ordering, purchasing, and However, not all features within Updates installing a new or replacement SD these areas are supported by voice card. Features are subject to If equipped, the infotainment system commands. Generally, only complex change. For more information on can receive map updates over the tasks that require multiple manual this feature, see my.buick.com/ air. Map updates occur within a interactions to complete are learn. 161 km (100 mi) radius around the supported by voice commands. home address on file. This Database Coverage For example, tasks that take more boundary will adjust over time than one or two touches, such as a based on driving patterns. The Explanations song or artist to play from a media vehicle uses a Cloud-connected Coverage areas vary with respect to device, would be supported by voice service to receive the date and the level of map detail available for commands. Other tasks, like downloads it to the system s ’ any given area. Some areas feature adjusting the volume or seeking up onboard SD card, if equipped. greater levels of detail than others. or down, are audio features that are A data plan or compatible mobile If this happens, it does not mean easily performed by touching one or device hotspot is required. The SD there is a problem with the system. two options, and are not supported card is required for navigation As the map data is updated, more by voice commands. system function. detail can become available for In general there are flexible ways to When a map update is available, a areas that previously had limited speak commands for completing the prompt will appear on the detail. See Map Data Updates tasks. infotainment display. Once the 0 182. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 183 If your language supports it, try 1. Press g on the steering wheel . Short prompts: This type of stating a one-shot command, such controls to activate voice prompt will provide simple as “Directions to address .” Do not stated. include the ZIP code while stating 2. The audio system mutes and the system plays a prompt. . Auto informative prompts: This the address during the command. type of prompt plays during the Another example of a one-shot 3. Clearly speak one of the first few speech sessions, then Destination Entry command is, commands described in this automatically switches to the “Directions to Place of Interest at section. short prompt after some . If these commands do not ” A voice recognition system experience has been gained work, try saying, Take me to Place “ prompt can be interrupted while through using the system. of Interest” or “Find address” and the system will walk you through by it is playing by pressing g If a command is not spoken, the asking additional questions. again. voice recognition system says a help prompt. Hybrid Speech Recognition Once voice recognition is started, both the infotainment display and Prompts and Infotainment If equipped, this feature helps instrument cluster show the Displays distinguish words by using selections and visual dialog content. Internet-based information along These displays can be turned on or While a voice recognition session is with the system’s voice recognition off in the Tutorial Mode under active, there may be corresponding database. This allows you to speak Settings 0 195. options showing on the displays. A selection can be made by more naturally when using voice There are three voice prompt modes recognition. manually touching the option, or by supported: speaking the number for the option Using Voice Recognition . Informative verbal prompts: This to select. Manual interaction in the Voice recognition becomes available type of prompt will provide more voice recognition session is once the system has been information regarding the permitted. Interaction during a voice initialized. This begins when the supported actions. session may be completed entirely ignition is turned on. Initialization using voice commands while some may take a few moments. manual commands may expedite a Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

184 Infotainment System task. If a selection is made using a Natural Language Commands . Navigation destinations can be manual control, the voice Most languages do not support made in a single command recognition dialog will progress in natural language commands in using keywords. A few examples the same way as if the selection sentence form. For those are: “I want directions to an were made using a voice command. languages, use direct commands address,”“I need to find a place Once the system completes the like the examples shown on the of interest or (POI),” or “Find task, or the session is terminated, display. contact.” the voice recognition dialog stops. The system responds by An example of this type of manual Helpful Hints for Speaking requesting more details. For intervention is touching an entry of a Commands other POIs, say the name of a displayed number list instead of Voice recognition can understand category like “Restaurants,” speaking the number associated commands that are naturally stated “Shopping Malls,” or “Hospitals.” with the entry desired. in sentence form or direct . Navigating to a destination Canceling Voice Recognition commands that state the application outside of the current country and the task. takes more than one command. . Touch or say Cancel or Exit “ ” “ ” For best results: The first command is to tell the to terminate the voice system where the navigation will recognition session and show . Listen for the prompt before take place, such as an Address, the display where voice saying a command or reply. Intersection, POI, or Contact. recognition was initiated. . Speak the command naturally, If Address or Intersection is . Press i on the steering wheel not too fast, not too slow. selected, the second command is to say, Change Country. controls to terminate the voice . Use direct commands without a “ ” Once the system responds, say recognition session and show lot of extra words. For example, the country before saying the the display where voice Call at work, Play “ ”“ ” rest of the address and/or recognition was initiated. followed by the artist or song intersection. name, or “Tune” followed by the radio station number. If POI is asked for, say “Change Location,” then “Change Country.” Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 185 Direct commands might be more Scrolling or flinging can be used to Help clearly understood by the system. help display other entries from Say “Help” on any voice recognition An example of a direct command the list. display and the help prompt for the would be “Call .” Manually scrolling or paging the list display is played. Examples of these direct commands on a display during a voice are displayed on most of the recognition session suspends the Voice Recognition for the screens while a voice session is current voice recognition event and Radio active. If Phone or Phone “ ” “ plays the prompt “Please select Commands,” is spoken, the system If browsing the audio sources when manually or touch the Back icon on voice is touched, the voice understands that a phone call is the infotainment display to try requested and will respond with recognition commands for AM, FM, again.” questions until enough details are and SiriusXM (if equipped) are gathered to make a call. If manual selection takes more than available. 15 seconds, the session terminates “Switch to AM” : Switch bands to If a cell phone number has been and prompts that it has timed out. saved with a name and a place, the AM and tune to the last AM radio The display returns to the display station. direct command should include where voice recognition was both, for example “Call initiated. “Switch to FM” : Switch bands to at work.” FM and tune to the last FM radio The Back Command station. Using Voice Recognition for List Options Say “Back” or touch the Back icon “Switch to SXM” : Switch bands to on the infotainment display to go to SiriusXM and tune to the last When a list is displayed, a voice the previous menu. SiriusXM channel. prompt will ask to confirm or select an option from that list. If in voice recognition, and “Back” is “Tune to AM” : spoken all the way back to the Tune to the radio station whose When a display contains a list, there starting display, and then “Back” is frequency is identified in the may be options that are available spoken one more time, the voice command (like “nine fifty”). but not displayed. The list on a recognition session will cancel. voice recognition screen functions the same as a list on other displays. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

186 Infotainment System “Tune to FM” : Voice Recognition for Audio “Play Playlist ” : Tune to the radio station whose MyMedia Begin playback of a specific playlist. frequency is identified in the The available voice recognition “Play ” : Play command (like “one oh one music from a specific device point one”). commands for [browsing] MyMedia are: identified by name. The device “Tune to AM name is the name displayed on the Play Artist : Begin a dialog to HD” : Tune to the HD Radio station “ ” display when the device is first (if equipped) whose frequency is enter a specific artist name. selected as an audio source. identified in the command. Play Artist : “ ” “Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to Begin playback of a specific artist. “Tune to FM enter a specific name. HD : Tune to the HD Radio station Play Album : Begin a dialog to ” “ ” “Play Chapter ” : (if equipped) whose frequency is enter a specific album name. Begin playback of a specific identified in the command. “Play Album ” : chapter. “Tune to FM HD Begin playback of a specific album. Play Audiobook : Begin a dialog : Tune to “ ” ” Play Song : Begin a dialog to to enter a specific audiobook. the HD Radio station (if equipped) “ ” enter a specific song name. whose frequency and HD channel “Play Audiobook ” : Begin name>” : Begin playback of a playback of a specific song, specific audiobook. Tune to SXM ” : Tune to the SiriusXM “Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to radio station whose channel number “Play Genre” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific name. enter a specific genre. is identified in the command. “Play Episode ” : name>” : Begin playback of a name>” : Tune to the SiriusXM Begin playback of a specific genre. specific episode. radio station whose channel name “Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to “Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to is identified in the command. enter a specific playlist name. enter a specific podcast. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 187 “Play Podcast ” : Begin playback of a number of files and albums is fewer using commands for playlists, specific podcast. than 12,000. When the number of artists, and genres. files connected to the system is “My Media” : Begin a dialog to The access commands for playlists, enter the desired media content. between 12,000 and 24,000, the artists, and genres are prohibited content cannot be accessed directly after the number of this type of Handling Large Amounts of Media with one command like “Play media exceeds 12,000. Content .” The system will provide feedback It is expected that large amounts of The restriction is that the command the first time voice recognition is media content will be brought into “Play Song” must be spoken first; initiated if it has become apparent the vehicle. It may be necessary to the system will then ask for the song that any of these limits are reached handle large amounts of media name. The reply command would be during a device initializing process. content in a different way than to say the name of the song to play. Voice recognition performance will smaller amounts of media. The Similar limits exist for album system may limit the options of degrade to some extent based on content. If there are more than many factors when adding large voice recognition by not allowing 12,000 albums, but fewer than selection of files by voice at the amounts of data to recognize. If this 24,000, the content cannot be is the case, perhaps accessing highest level if the number of files accessed directly with one exceeds the maximum limit. songs through playlists or artist command like, “Play .” The command “Play media content limits are: Album” must first be spoken; the Voice Recognition for . Files including other individual system will then ask for the album Navigation (if equipped) files of all media types such as name. The reply would be to say the name of the album to play. “Navigation” : Begin a dialog to songs, audiobook chapters, enter specific destination podcast episodes, and videos. Once the number of files has information. . Album type folders including exceeded approximately 24,000, there is no support for accessing the “Navigation Commands” : Begin a types such as albums and dialog to enter specific destination audiobooks. songs directly through voice commands. There will still be information. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

188 Infotainment System “Address” : Begin a dialog to enter Voice Recognition for the “Voice Keypad” : Begin a dialog to a specific destination address, Phone enter special numbers like which includes the entire address international numbers. The numbers consisting of the house number, “Call ” : Initiate a can be entered in groups of digits street name, city, state/province, call to a stored contact. The with each group of digits being and country. Do not include the command may include location if repeated back by the system. If the ZIP code. the contact has location numbers group of digits is not correct, the stored. command “Delete” will remove the “Place of Interest” : Begin a dialog to enter a destination Place of “Call At Home,”“At last group of digits and allow them Interest category or major Work,”“On Mobile,” or “On to be re-entered. Once the entire brand name. Other” : Initiate a call to a stored number has been entered, the contact and location at home, at command “Call” will start dialing the The name must be precisely work, on mobile device, or on number. spoken. Nicknames or short names another phone. for the businesses will not likely be Phone Assistant Voice found. Lesser known businesses “Call ” : Recognition might have to be located by Initiate a call to a cell phone number Press and hold on the steering category, such as fast food, hotels, of seven digits, 10 digits, or three g or banks. digit emergency numbers. wheel controls to pass through and launch Google phone assistant Pair Phone : Begin the Bluetooth “Navigate to Contact” : Begin a “ ” or Siri. dialog to enter a specific destination pairing process. Follow the contact name. instructions on the infotainment For the low radio, whether display. connected by Bluetooth or phone “Cancel Route” : End route projection, the only available voice Redial : Initiate a call to the last guidance. “ ” recognition is either Siri (iPhone) or dialed number. “Take Me Home” : Create a route the Google Assistant (Android). to a stored home location. “Switch Phone” : Select a different connected cell phone for outgoing calls. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 189 Phone . Pair mobile device(s) to the Steering Wheel Controls vehicle. The system may not work with all mobile devices. g : Press to answer incoming calls and start voice recognition on your Bluetooth (Overview) See “Pairing” later in this connected Bluetooth mobile device. The Bluetooth-capable system can section. interact with many mobile devices, Vehicles with a Bluetooth system i : Press to end a call, decline a allowing: can use a Bluetooth-capable mobile call, or cancel an operation. Press . Placement and receipt of calls in device with a Hands-Free Profile to to mute or unmute the infotainment a hands-free mode. make and receive phone calls. The system when not on a call. infotainment system and voice Infotainment System Controls . Sharing of the device’s address recognition are used to control the book or contact list with the system. The system can be used For information about how to vehicle. while the ignition is on or in ACC/ navigate the menu system using the To minimize driver distraction, ACCESSORY. The range of the infotainment controls, see Using the 0 before driving, and with the vehicle Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m System 155. parked: (30 ft). Not all mobile devices Audio System support all functions and not all . Become familiar with the mobile devices work with the When using the Bluetooth mobile features of the mobile device. Bluetooth system. See device system, sound comes Organize the phone book and my.buick.com for more information through the vehicle's front audio contact lists clearly and delete about compatible mobile devices. system speakers and overrides the duplicate or rarely used entries. audio system. The volume level If possible, program speed dial Controls while on a mobile device call can be or other shortcuts. Use the controls on the center stack adjusted by pressing the steering . Review the controls and and the steering wheel to operate wheel controls or the volume control operation of the infotainment the Bluetooth system. on the center stack. The adjusted system. volume level remains in memory for later calls. The volume cannot be lowered beyond a certain level. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

190 Infotainment System Bluetooth (Pairing and . The pairing process is disabled 3. Touch Phones at the top of the Using a Phone) when the vehicle is moving. infotainment display. There is . Pairing only needs to be also a Connect Phones option Pairing completed once, unless the in the middle of the Phone pairing information on the cell display which will shortcut to A Bluetooth-enabled mobile device the Phone List menu. must be paired to the Bluetooth phone changes or the cell phone system and then connected to the is deleted from the system. 4. Touch Add Phone. vehicle before it can be used. See . If multiple paired cell phones are 5. Select the vehicle name shown the mobile device manufacturer's within range of the system, the on the infotainment display user guide for Bluetooth functions system connects to the paired from your cell phone’s before pairing the device. cell phone that is set to First to Bluetooth Settings list. Connect. If there is no cell Pairing Information 6. Follow the instructions on the phone set to First to Connect, it cell phone to confirm the . If no mobile device has been will link to the cell phone which six-digit code showing on the connected, the Phone main was used last. To link to a infotainment display and touch page on the infotainment display different paired cell phone, see Pair. The code on the cell will show the Connect Phone “Linking to a Different Phone” phone and infotainment display option. Touch this option to later in this section. will need to be acknowledged connect. Another way to connect for a successful pair. is to touch the Phones tab at the Pairing a Phone top right of the display and then 1. Make sure Bluetooth has been 7. Start the pairing process on the touch Add Phone. enabled on the cell phone cell phone to be paired to the vehicle. See the cell phone . A Bluetooth smartphone with before the pairing process is manufacturer's user guide for music capability can be paired to started. information on this process. the vehicle as a smartphone and 2. Touch the Phone icon on the Once the cell phone is paired, a music player at the same time. Home Page or the phone icon it will show under Connected. . Up to 10 devices can be paired on the shortcut tray near the to the Bluetooth system. bottom of the display. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 191 8. If the vehicle name does not Connect. To enable a paired cell paired cell phone name to open the appear on your cell phone, phone as the First to Connect phone settings menu. If a cell phone there are a few ways to start phone: is enabled as a Secondary Phone, it the pairing process over: 1. Make sure the cell phone is can connect simultaneously alongside another Bluetooth mobile . Turn the cell phone off and turned on. then back on. device. In doing so, the Secondary 2. Touch Settings, then touch Phone will be labeled as Incoming . Go back to the beginning of System. Calls. This means the mobile device the Phone menus on the 3. Touch Phones to access all can only receive calls. The Address infotainment display and paired and all connected cell Book of a Secondary Phone will not restart the pairing process. phones and mobile devices. be available and hands-free . Reset the cell phone, but outgoing calls cannot be placed 4. Touch the information icon to using this cell phone. this step should be done as the right of the cell phone to a last effort. open the cell phone’s If needed, touch the Secondary 9. If the cell phone prompts to settings menu. Phone while in the Phones list to swap it into the Outgoing and accept connection or allow 5. Touch the First to Connect phone book download, touch Incoming role. This role makes it option, to enable the setting for possible to place outgoing calls from Always Accept and Allow. The that device. phone book may not be the Contacts and Recents list. available if not accepted. Cell phones and mobile devices can Listing All Paired and Connected be added, removed, connected, and Phones 10. Repeat Steps 1−8 to pair disconnected. A sub-menu will additional cell phones. display whenever a request is made 1. Touch the Phone icon on the First to Connect Paired Phones to add or manage cell phones and Home Page or the phone icon mobile devices. on the shortcut tray near the If multiple paired cell phones are bottom of the display. within range of the system, the Secondary Phone 2. Touch Phones. system connects to the paired cell A cell phone can be enabled as a phone that is set as First to Secondary Phone by touching the information icon to the right of the Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

192 Infotainment System Disconnecting a Connected Phone Linking to a Different Phone The mute icon will not be 1. Touch the Phone icon on the To link to a different cell phone, the available or functional while Home Page. new cell phone must be in the Handset mode is active. 2. Touch Phones. vehicle and paired to the Bluetooth . While the active call is on the system. handset, touch the Handset 3. Touch the information icon next 1. Touch the Phone icon on the option to switch to the to the connected cell phone or hands-free mode. mobile device to show the cell Home Page or the phone icon on the shortcut tray near the phone’s or mobile device’s Making a Call Using Contacts information display. bottom of the display. and Recent Calls 4. Touch Disconnect. 2. Touch Phones. Calls can be made through the 3. Touch the new cell phone to Bluetooth system using personal Deleting a Paired Phone link to from the not connected cell phone contact information for all 1. Touch the Phone icon on the phone list. See “First to cell phones that support the Phone Home Page or the phone icon Connect Paired Phones” and Book feature. Become familiar with on the shortcut tray near the “Secondary Phone” previously the cell phone settings and bottom of the display. in this section. operation. Verify the cell phone supports this feature. 2. Touch Phones. Switching to Handset or The Contacts menu accesses the 3. Touch the information icon next Handsfree Mode phone book stored in the cell phone. to the connected cell phone to To switch between handset or display the cell phone’s or handsfree mode: The Recents menu accesses the mobile device’s information recents call list from your cell display. . While the active call is phone. hands-free, touch the Handset 4. Touch Forget Device. option to switch to the To make a call using the handset mode. Contacts menu: 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 193 2. Touch Contacts. 3. Touch # on the infotainment . Touch Answer on the 3. The Contacts list can be display to start dialing the infotainment display. searched by using the first number. Declining a Call character. Touch A-Z on the Searching Contacts Using the infotainment display to scroll There are two ways to decline through the list of names. Keypad a call: Touch the name to call. To search for contacts using the . Press i on the steering wheel keypad: controls. 4. Touch the desired contact number to call. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the . Touch Ignore on the infotainment Home Page. display. To make a call using the Recents menu: 2. Touch Keypad and enter partial Call Waiting phone numbers or contact 1. Touch Phone on the names using the digits on the Call waiting must be supported on Home Page. keypad to search. the Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the wireless service 2. Touch Recents. Results will show on the right carrier to work. 3. Touch the name or number side of the display. Touch one to call. to place a call. Accepting a Call Making a Call Using the Accepting or Declining a Call Press g to answer, then touch Keypad When an incoming call is received, Switch on the infotainment display. To make a call by dialing the the infotainment system mutes and Declining a Call a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. numbers: Press i to decline, then touch 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Accepting a Call Ignore on the infotainment display Home Page. There are two ways to accept a call: 2. Touch Keypad and enter a . Press g on the steering wheel phone number. controls. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

194 Infotainment System Switching Between Calls (Call Ending a Call To use Android Auto and/or Apple Waiting Calls Only) CarPlay: . Press i on the steering wheel To switch between calls, touch controls. 1. Download the Android Auto Phone on the Home Page to display app to your smartphone from Call View. While in Call View, touch . Touch # on the infotainment the Google Play store. There is the call information of the call on display, next to a call, to end no app required for Apple hold to change calls. only that call. CarPlay. Three-Way Calling Dual Tone Multi-Frequency 2. Connect your Android phone or (DTMF) Tones Apple iPhone by using the Three-way calling must be factory-provided phone USB supported on the Bluetooth cell The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can cable and plugging into a USB phone and enabled by the wireless send numbers during a call. This is data port. For best service carrier to work. used when calling a menu-driven performance, it is highly To start a three-way call while in a phone system. Use the Keypad to recommended to use the current call: enter the number. device’s factory-provided USB cable. Aftermarket or 1. In the Call View, touch Add Call Apple CarPlay and third-party cables may to add another call. Android Auto not work. 2. Initiate the second call by If equipped, Android Auto and/or 3. When the phone is first selecting from Recents, connected to activate Apple Contacts, or Keypad. Apple CarPlay capability may be available through a compatible CarPlay or Android Auto, the 3. When the second call is active, smartphone. If available, the message “Device Projection touch the merge icon to Android Auto and Apple CarPlay Privacy Consent” will appear. conference the three-way call icons will change from gray to color . Touch Continue to launch together. on the Home Page of the Apple CarPlay or infotainment display. Android Auto. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 195 . Touch Disable to remove https://support.google.com/ Settings Apple CarPlay and Android androidauto. For Apple CarPlay Auto capability from the support see www.apple.com/ios/ The settings menu may be vehicle Settings menu. carplay/. Apple or Google may organized into three categories. Other functions may change or suspend availability at Select the desired category by still work. any time. Android Auto, Android, touching System, Apps, or Vehicle. Google, Google Play, and other The Android Auto and Apple To access the menus: CarPlay icons on the Home Page marks are trademarks of Google will illuminate depending on the Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a trademark 1. Touch the Settings icon on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or of Apple Inc. Home Page on the Apple CarPlay may automatically Press { on the center stack to exit infotainment display. launch upon USB connection. If not, Android Auto or Apple CarPlay. To 2. Touch the desired category to touch the Android Auto or Apple enter back into Android Auto or display a list of available CarPlay icon on the Home Page to Apple CarPlay, press and hold { on options. launch. the center stack. 3. Touch to select the desired Press { on the center stack to Apple CarPlay and Android Auto feature setting. return to the Home Page. can be disabled from the 4. Touch the options on the Features are subject to change. For infotainment system. To do this, infotainment display to disable further information on how to set up touch Home, Settings, and then or enable a feature. touch the Apps tab along the top of Android Auto and Apple CarPlay in z the vehicle, see my.buick.com. the display. Use the On/Off toggled 5. Touch to go to the top level to turn off Apple CarPlay or of the Settings menu. Android Auto is provided by Android Auto. Google and is subject to Google’s terms and privacy policy. Apple CarPlay is provided by Apple and is subject to Apple’s terms and privacy policy. Data plan rates apply. For Android Auto support see Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

196 Infotainment System System . Use 24-hour Format: Touch to Wi-Fi Hotspot specify the clock format shown. The menu may contain the Touch and the following may following: Touch Off or On. display: Time / Date Language . Wi-Fi Services: This allows devices to use the vehicle Use the following features to set the This will set the display language hotspot. clock: used on the infotainment display. Touch the controls on the . Automatic Time and Date: Touch Touch Language and select the infotainment display to disable or On to have the time and date appropriate language. enable. automatically set. When this Phones feature is off, the time and date . Wi-Fi Name: Touch to change can be manually set. Touch to connect to a different cell the vehicle Wi-Fi name. phone or mobile device source, Set Time: Touch to manually set . Wi-Fi Password: Touch to . disconnect a cell phone or media the time using the controls on change the vehicle Wi-Fi device, or delete a cell phone or the infotainment display. password. media device. . Set Date: Touch to manually set . Connected Devices: Touch to the date using the controls on Wi-Fi Networks show connected devices. the infotainment display. This will show connected and . Share Hotspot Data: Touch . Automatic Time Zone: Touch Off available Wi-Fi networks. Enable to allow devices to use or On to disable or enable If a 4G LTE data package is not the vehicle hotspot and its data, automatic update of the time active on the vehicle, the or touch Disable to allow devices zone based on vehicle location. infotainment system can be to only use the vehicle hotspot. When this feature is on, the time connected to an external protected zone cannot be manually set. Wi-Fi network, such as a mobile device or home hotspot, to utilize . Select Time Zone: Touch to connected services. manually set the time zone. Touch a time zone from the list. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 197 Privacy number of applications that have . Turn Display Off: Touch to turn If equipped, touch and the following requested this permission, and the display off. Touch anywhere may display: the number of applications that on the infotainment display or are allowed to use this press any infotainment control . Location Services: This setting permission. on the center stack again to turn determines if data sharing can the display on. be used by features including . Used By Applications: This Wi-Fi, Hotspot, and applications. setting lists all applications that Sounds are requested or are using Touch Off to disable data Android-defined as dangerous Touch and the following may services. Emergency services permissions. Only requested and display: and phone calls, such as calls active permissions are shown. . Maximum Startup Volume: This with OnStar Advisors or others, feature adjusts the maximum will not be affected when Off is Display volume of the infotainment selected. Touch and the following may system when you start your . Voice Recognition Sharing: This display: vehicle. To set the maximum setting determines if voice . Mode: This adjusts the startup volume, touch the commands can be shared with a appearance of the navigation controls on the infotainment cloud-based voice recognition map view and any downloaded display to increase or decrease. system. Touch Off to prevent the apps optimized for day or night . Audible Touch Feedback: This sharing and possible recording time conditions. Set to Auto for setting determines if a sound of your voice commands with the display to automatically plays when touching the this system. This may limit the adjust based on bright/dark infotainment display or radio system’s ability to understand conditions. controls. This feature can be your voice commands and may turned off or on. disable some features. Touch Auto, Day, or Night to adjust the display. . Types: This setting lists all Android-defined as dangerous . Calibrate Touchscreen: Touch to permissions currently used by calibrate the infotainment display the infotainment system, the and follow the prompts. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

198 Infotainment System Voice Speaking while the prompt is still To move, touch and hold on the Touch and the following may playing will immediately stop favorite, and then drag up or display: playing the current prompt and down to rearrange the position. recognize your command. . Set Number of Audio Favorites: . Confirm More/Less: This setting Background noise may cause specifies how often the voice Touch to select how many accidental interruptions. Touch favorites pages can be viewed recognition system confirms Off or On. commands. Touch Confirm More from the audio application. The to have the system check with . Friendly Prompts: This setting Auto setting will automatically you more often before acting on adjusts the formality of voice adjust this number based on the your commands. prompts. Touch Off for shorter number of favorites you have prompts. Touch On to hear saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, . Prompt Length: This setting prompts with more personality. 20, 25, 30, 35, or 40. specifies the amount of detail Touch Auto to have the prompt the voice recognition system match your command style. Updates provides when giving you . Tutorial Mode: Touch Off or On If equipped, the infotainment system feedback. Touch Auto to have can download and install select the system automatically adjust to provide tutorial feedback on the display. software updates over a wireless to your speech habits. Touch connection. The system will prompt Informative, Short, or Auto. Favorites for certain updates to be . Audio Feedback Speed: Touch Touch and the following may downloaded and installed. There is Slow, Medium, or Fast to adjust display: also an option to check for updates how quickly the voice manually. recognition system speaks. . Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list of Audio, Mobile To manually check for updates, . Allow Prompt Interruptions: This Devices. touch Settings on the Home Page, setting controls whether voice followed by Software Information, commands can be spoken Favorites can be moved, and then System Update. Follow the before voice prompts finish. Turn renamed, or deleted. on-screen prompts. The steps to this on to speak commands check for, download and install without hearing the full prompt. updates may vary by vehicle. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 199 Downloading Over-the-Air vehicle country. For more information on . Erase Settings and Personal software updates requires internet this feature, see my.buick.com/ Data: Erases app data settings, connectivity, which can be accessed learn. user profiles, and personal data through the vehicle’s built-in 4G LTE including mobile device data. Preferences connection, if equipped and active. Touch Erase or Cancel. If required, data plans are provided Touch the controls on the by a third party. Optionally, a secure infotainment display to disable or . Clear Default Applications: Wi-Fi hotspot such as a compatible enable the download of new Resets preferred applications mobile device hotspot, home updates in the background. that have been set to open when hotspot or public hotspot can be selecting a function. No used. Applicable data rates may About application data will be lost. apply. Touch to view the infotainment Touch Clear or Cancel. system software information. To connect the infotainment system Apps to a secured mobile device hotspot, Running Applications home hotspot, or a public hotspot, The menu may contain the touch Settings on the Home Page, If equipped, touch to see a complete following: select the System tab, followed by list of applications that are currently Wi-Fi Networks. Select the running on the infotainment system. Android Auto appropriate Wi-Fi network, and Return to Factory Settings This feature allows you to interact follow the on-screen prompts. directly with your mobile device on Touch and the following may the infotainment display. See Apple Download speeds may vary. On display: 0 most compatible mobile devices, CarPlay and Android Auto 194. activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in . Reset Vehicle Settings: Resets Touch Off or On. the Settings menu under Mobile all vehicle settings for the Network Sharing, Personal Hotspot, current user. Apple CarPlay Mobile Hotspot or similar. Touch Reset or Cancel. This feature allows you to interact Availability of Over-the-Air software directly with your mobile device on updates varies by vehicle and the infotainment display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 194. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

200 Infotainment System Touch Off or On. Touch Off, Low, Medium-Low, . RDS: This allows the Radio Data Medium, Medium-High, or High. System (RDS) to be turned on Apps . Bose AudioPilot Noise or off. Touch and the following may Compensation Technology (If Touch the controls on the display: Equipped): This feature adjusts infotainment display to disable or . Update Apps Automatically: This the volume based on the noise enable. allows downloaded applications in the vehicle and the speed. . HD Radio: This allows HD Radio to be updated automatically. Touch Off or On. reception to be turned on or off. Touch the controls on the . Manage Favorites: Touch to Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or display a list of Audio, Mobile infotainment display to disable or enable. Devices, and Navigation enable. . About Apps: Touch to view the favorites. . Explicit Content Filter: This versions of the apps software. Favorites can be moved, setting allows access to explicit Audio renamed, or deleted. content SiriusXM channels. Depending on the current audio To move, touch and hold the Touch Off or On. source, different options will be favorite, and then drag up or . Manage Phones: Select to available. down to rearrange the position. connect to a different phone Touch and the following may . Set Number of Audio Favorites: source, disconnect a phone, display: Touch to select how many or delete a phone. favorites pages can be viewed . Reset Music Index: This allows . Tone Settings: Touch to adjust from the audio application. The Equalizer, Fade/Balance, the music index to be reset if Auto setting will automatically you are having difficulty or Sound Mode. See adjust this number based on the “Infotainment System Sound accessing all of the media 0 number of favorites you have content on your device. Menu” in AM-FM Radio 157. saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, . Auto Volume: This feature 20, 25, 30, 35, or 40. Touch Yes or No. adjusts the volume based on the vehicle speed. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 201 Climate Touch Off or On. Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or If equipped, touch and the following Navigation may display: enable. Touch and the following may . Privacy : Only show call alerts in . Auto Fan Speed: This setting display: specifies the amount of airflow cluster. when the climate control fan . Set Up My Places . Sort Contacts: Touch to sort by setting is Auto Fan. . Map Preferences first or last name. Touch Low, Medium, or High. . Route Preferences . Re-sync phone Contacts: . Auto Defog: This setting . Navigation Voice Control This allows the device contacts to re-sync if you are having automatically turns the front . Traffic Preferences defogger on when the vehicle difficulty accessing all of the engine is started. . Alert Preferences contacts on your cell phone. Touch the controls on the . Manage History OnStar Phone TTY Mode: This infotainment display to disable or . About enables OnStar cell phone enable. TTY mode. See Using the Navigation System . Auto Rear Defog: This setting 0 168. Touch Disable or Enable. automatically turns the rear window defogger on when the Phone Vehicle vehicle engine is started. Touch and the following may This menu allows adjustment of Touch the controls on the display: different vehicle features. See Vehicle Personalization 0 135. infotainment display to disable or . My Number: Displays the cell enable. phone number of the Bluetooth Teen Driver . Ionizer : This setting specifies connected device. the air quality improvement . Active Call View: Shows active If equipped, this allows multiple when the ionizer control setting call display when answering keys to be registered for beginner is on. a call. drivers to encourage safe driving habits. When the vehicle is started Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

202 Infotainment System with a Teen Driver key, it will Register keys to activate Teen 6. From the Teen Driver menu, automatically activate certain safety Driver and assign restrictions to touch Setup Keys. systems, allow setting of some the key: . If the transmitter key has features, and limit the use of others. Any vehicle key can be registered, not previously been The Report Card will record vehicle up to a maximum of eight keys. registered, the option to data about driving behavior that can Label the key to tell it apart from the add the key displays. Touch be viewed later. When the vehicle is other keys. Setup and a confirmation started with a registered key, the message displays. Teen Driver Information Center (DIC) For a pushbutton start system: Driver restrictions will be displays a message that Teen Driver 1. Start the engine. applied whenever this key is active. 2. For automatic transmissions, is used to operate the To access: the vehicle must be in P (Park). vehicle. 1. Touch Settings on the Home For manual transmissions, the . If the transmitter key has Page, then touch Vehicle, and vehicle must be stopped with already been registered, the then Teen Driver. the parking brake set. option to remove the key displays. If Remove is 2. Create a Personal Identification 3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle and then Teen Driver. touched, the transmitter key Number (PIN) by choosing a is no longer registered. four-digit PIN. Re-enter the PIN 4. Enter the PIN. A confirmation message to confirm. To change the PIN, displays, and Teen Driver touch Change PIN. 5. Place the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter key restrictions will not be The PIN is required to: you wish to register in the applied if this transmitter key is used to operate the . Register or unregister keys. transmitter pocket. The key does not need to be the one vehicle. . Change Teen Driver settings. that started the vehicle. See In vehicles with a pushbutton start . Change or clear the Teen Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) system, if a Teen Driver and a Driver PIN. System Operation 0 8 for non-Teen Driver key are both transmitter pocket location. present at start up, the vehicle will . Access or delete Report Card data. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 203 recognize the non-Teen Driver key Set Audio Volume Limit : Allows a SiriusXM Explicit Content Filter (if to start the vehicle. The Teen Driver maximum radio volume to be set. equipped) : Allows the SiriusXM settings will not be active. Use the arrows to choose the Explicit Content Filter to be turned maximum allowable level for the ON or OFF. When ON, the teen For a keyed ignition system: audio volume. driver will not be able to listen to 1. Start the engine. Teen Driver Speed Limiter : Limits SiriusXM stations that contain 2. For automatic transmissions, the maximum speed of the vehicle. explicit content, and the Explicit the vehicle must be in P (Park). When the speed limiter is turned on Content Filter selection in the Audio For manual transmissions, the and the vehicle is started with a Settings will be unavailable for vehicle must be stopped with Teen Driver key, the DIC displays a change. the parking brake set. message that the top speed is When Teen Driver is Active: limited. 3. From the Settings menu, touch . If equipped with Buckle to Drive, Vehicle and then Teen Driver. On certain vehicles, when the shifting out of P (Park) will be 4. Enter the PIN. Speed Limiter is turned ON, the prevented if the driver seat belt, vehicle’s maximum acceleration will and in some vehicles the front 5. Touch Setup Keys. The system be limited. The DIC will display a passenger seat belt, is not displays instructions for message that the acceleration is buckled. registering or unregistering a limited. key. A confirmation message . The radio will mute when the displays. Teen Driver Speed Warning : driver seat belt, and in some Allows the speed warning to be vehicles the front passenger Manage Settings turned on or off. Touch Set Teen seat belt, is not buckled. The Audio Volume Limit : Allows the Driver Speed Warning to set the audio from any device paired to audio volume limit to be turned on warning speed. the vehicle will also be muted. or off. Touch Set Audio Volume Limit Set Teen Driver Speed Warning : . An object placed on the front to choose the maximum allowable Displays a warning in the DIC when passenger seat, such as a audio volume level. exceeding a selectable speed. briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, Choose the desired speed warning laptop, or other electronic level. The speed warning does not device, could cause the limit the speed of the vehicle. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

204 Infotainment System passenger sensing system to message indicating that Teen . Maximum Speed – the maximum falsely sense an unbuckled front Driver is active and the action is vehicle speed detected. passenger and mute the radio. not available. . Overspeed Warnings – the If this happens, remove the . Super Cruise, if equipped, is not number of times the speed object from the seat. See available. warning setting was exceeded. Passenger Sensing System 0 66. . Enhanced Low Fuel Warning (if . Wide Open – the equipped) – When the vehicle is number of times the accelerator . Some safety systems, such as low on fuel, the low fuel light on pedal was pressed nearly all the Lane Departure Warning, the instrument cluster flashes way down. if equipped, cannot be turned and the DIC low fuel warning . Forward Collision Alerts – the off. They may include: Park cannot be dismissed. Assist, Side Blind Zone Alert, number of times the driver was Lane Change Alert, Rear Cross Report Card notified when approaching a vehicle ahead too quickly and at Traffic Alert, Forward Collision The vehicle owner must secure the Alert, Automatic Emergency potential risk for a crash. driver’s consent to record certain Braking, Pedestrian Braking, vehicle data when the vehicle is . Automatic Emergency Braking (if Lane Departure Warning, Lane driven with a registered Teen Driver equipped) – the number of times Keep Assist, Daytime Running key. There is one Report Card per the vehicle detected that a Lamps/Automatic Light Control, vehicle. Data is only recorded when forward collision was imminent Traction Control, Stability a registered Teen Driver key is used and applied the brakes. Control, and Antilock Brakes. to operate the vehicle. . Traction Control – the number of . The gap setting for the Forward The Report Card data is collected times the Traction Control Collision Alert and Adaptive from the time Teen Driver is System activated to reduce Cruise Control, if equipped, activated or the last time the Report wheel spin or loss of traction. cannot be changed. Card was reset. The following items . Stability Control – the number of . When trying to change a safety may be recorded: events which required the use of feature that is not configurable in . Distance Driven – the total electronic stability control. Teen Driver, the DIC displays a distance driven. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 205 . Antilock Braking System Active To delete Report Card data, do one Trademarks and – The number of Antilock Brake of the following: System activations. . From the Report Card display, License Agreements . Tailgating Alerts – the number of touch Reset. FCC Information times the driver was alerted for . Touch Clear All Teen Keys and following a vehicle ahead too See Radio Frequency Statement PIN from the Teen Driver menu. 0 416. closely. This will also unregister any Report Card Data Teen Driver keys and delete the PIN. Cumulative Data is saved for all trips until the Report Card is reset or Forgotten PIN until the maximum count is See your dealer to reset the PIN. exceeded. If the maximum count is exceeded for a Report Card line item, that item will no longer be "Made for iPod," and "Made for updated in the Report Card until it is iPhone," mean that an electronic reset. Each item will report a accessory has been designed to maximum of 1,000 counts. The connect specifically to iPod or distance driven will report a iPhone, respectively, and has been maximum of 64,374 km (40,000 mi). certified by the developer to meet Apple performance standards. Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance with safety and regulatory standards. Please note that the use of this accessory with iPod or iPhone may affect wireless performance. iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle, and Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

206 Infotainment System iPod touch are trademarks of Apple www.siriusxm.com. SiriusXM Satellite Radio System or that Inc., registered in the U.S. and other service is only available in the support the SiriusXM website, the countries. 48 contiguous United States and Online Service or any of its content. Canada. Furthermore, the AMBER voice In Canada: Some deterioration of compression software included in service may occur in extreme this product is protected by northern latitudes. This is beyond intellectual property rights including the control of SiriusXM Satellite patent rights, copyrights, and trade Radio. secrets of Digital Voice Systems, Inc. Explicit Language Notice: Channels If you decide to continue service with frequent explicit language are General Requirements: after your trial, your selected indicated with an “XL” preceding the 1. A License Agreement from subscription plan will automatically channel name. Channel blocking is SiriusXM is required for any renew thereafter. You will be available for SiriusXM Satellite product that incorporates charged at then-current rates. Fees Radio receivers by notifying SiriusXM Technology and/or for and taxes apply. Please see the SiriusXM: use of any of the SiriusXM SiriusXM Customer Agreement at marks to be manufactured, siriusxm.com for complete terms . USA Customers — See www.siriusxm.com or call distributed, or marketed in the and how to cancel, which includes SiriusXM Service Area. calling SiriusXM at 1-866-635-2349. 1-888-601–6296. 2. For products to be distributed, All fees and programming are . Canada Customers — See subject to change. www.siriusxm.ca or call marketed, and/or sold in 1-877-438-9677. Canada, a separate agreement Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, is required with Canadian taxes, one time activation fee, and It is prohibited to copy, decompile, Satellite Radio Inc. (operating other fees may apply. Subscription disassemble, reverse engineer, as SiriusXM Canada). fee is consumer only. All fees and hack, manipulate, or otherwise programming subject to change. make available any technology or Subscriptions subject to Customer software incorporated in receivers Agreement available at compatible with the SiriusXM Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 207 HD Radio Technology Schedule I: Gracenote EULA

TouchSense Technology and TouchSense System 1000 Series Licensed from Immersion HD Radio Technology manufactured Music recognition technology and Corporation. TouchSense System under license from iBiquity Digital related data are provided by 1000 protected under one or more Corporation. U.S. and Foreign Gracenote. Gracenote is the of the U.S. Patents at the following patents. HD Radio and the HD, HD industry standard in music address www.immersion.com/ Radio, and “Arc” logos are recognition technology and related patent-marking.html and other proprietary trademarks of iBiquity content delivery. For more patents pending. Digital Corp. information see Bose Bluetooth www.gracenote.com. Bose AudioPilot and Bose The Bluetooth word mark and logos Music-related data from Gracenote, Centerpoint surround are registered are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc., copyright © 2000 to present trademarks of Bose Corporation in Inc. and any use of such marks by Gracenote. Gracenote Software, the U.S. and other countries. General Motors is under license. copyright © 2000 to present Other trademarks and trade names Gracenote. One or more patents are those of their respective owners. owned by Gracenote may apply to this product and service. See the Java Gracenote website for a Java is a registered trademark of non-exhaustive list of applicable Oracle and/or its affiliates. Gracenote patents. Gracenote, CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the Gracenote logo and logotype, and the "Powered by Gracenote" logo Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

208 Infotainment System are either registered trademarks or all of the benefits and protections Servers, including all ownership trademarks of Gracenote in the set forth herein that are available to rights. Under no circumstances will United States and/or other Gracenote. Gracenote become liable for any countries. You agree that you will use payment to you for any information that you provide. You agree that Gracenote Terms of Use Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers Gracenote may enforce its rights This application or device contains for your own personal under this Agreement against you software from Gracenote, Inc. of non-commercial use only. You agree directly in its own name. Emeryville, California ("Gracenote"). not to assign, copy, transfer or The Gracenote service uses a The software from Gracenote (the transmit the Gracenote Software or unique identifier to track queries for "Gracenote Software") enables this any Gracenote Data to any third statistical purposes. The purpose of application to do disc or file party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE a randomly assigned numeric identification and obtain OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, identifier is to allow the Gracenote music-related information, including THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, service to count queries without name, artist, track, and title OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, knowing anything about who you information ("Gracenote Data") from EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY are. For more information, see the online servers or embedded PERMITTED HEREIN. web page for the Gracenote Privacy databases (collectively, "Gracenote Policy for the Gracenote service. Servers") and to perform other You agree that your non-exclusive functions. You may use Gracenote license to use the Gracenote Data, The Gracenote Software and each Data only by means of the intended the Gracenote Software, and item of Gracenote Data are licensed End-User functions of this Gracenote Servers will terminate if to you "AS IS." Gracenote makes no application or device. you violate these restrictions. If your representations or warranties, license terminates, you agree to express or implied, regarding the This application or device may cease any and all use of the accuracy of any Gracenote Data. contain content belonging to Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Gracenote reserves the right to Gracenote’s providers. If so, all of Software, and Gracenote Servers. delete data from the Gracenote the restrictions set forth herein with Gracenote reserves all rights in Servers or to change data respect to Gracenote Data shall Gracenote Data, the Gracenote categories for any cause that also apply to such content and such Software, and the Gracenote Gracenote deems sufficient. No content providers shall be entitled to Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 209 warranty is made that the Gracenote INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR VC-1 Software or Gracenote Servers are ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED error-free or that functioning of REVENUES. UNDER THE VC-1 PATENT Gracenote Software or Gracenote © 2014. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE Servers will be uninterrupted. Reserved. PERSONAL AND Gracenote is not obligated to NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A provide you with new enhanced or MPEG4–AVC (H.264) CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE additional data types or categories THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH that Gracenote may provide in the UNDER THE AVC PATENT THE VC-1 STANDARD (“VC-1 future and is free to discontinue its PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE services at any time. PERSONAL AND VC-1 VIDEO THAT WAS GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A ENCODED BY A CONSUMER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY LIMITED TO, IMPLIED THE AVC STANDARD (“AVC AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A WARRANTIES OF VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED TO MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A LICENSE IS GRANTED OR TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. PERSONAL AND SHALL BE IMPLIED FOR ANY GRACENOTE DOES NOT NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED TO FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE USE OF THE GRACENOTE PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM. SOFTWARE OR ANY LICENSE IS GRANTED OR GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO SHALL BE IMPLIED FOR ANY MPEG4–Visual CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL USE OF THIS PRODUCT IN ANY LIABLE FOR ANY INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED MANNER THAT COMPLIES WITH CONSEQUENTIAL OR FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE THE MPEG-4 VISUAL STANDARD HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM. IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT FOR Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

210 Infotainment System USE BY A CONSUMER conditions which are agreed to by TERMS AND CONDITIONS ENGAGING IN PERSONAL AND you, on the one hand, and HERE Personal Use Only: You agree to NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES. North America, LLC (“HERE”) and use this Data for the solely its licensors (including their MP3 personal, noncommercial purposes licensors and suppliers) on the for which you were licensed, and MPEG Layer-3 audio coding other hand. not for service bureau, timesharing technology licensed from The Data for areas of Canada or other similar purposes. Except as Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson. includes information taken with otherwise set forth herein, you WMV/WMA permission from Canadian agree not to otherwise reproduce, authorities, including: © Her Majesty copy, modify, decompile, This product includes technology the Queen in Right of Canada, disassemble or reverse engineer owned by Microsoft Corporation and © Queen's Printer for Ontario, any portion of this Data, and may under a license from Microsoft © Canada Post Corporation, not transfer or distribute it in any Licensing, GP. Use or distribution of GeoBase®. form, for any purpose, except to the such technology outside of this HERE holds a nonexclusive license extent permitted by mandatory laws. product is prohibited without a You may transfer the Data and all license from Microsoft Corporation from the United States Postal ® ® accompanying materials on a and/or Microsoft Licensing, GP as Service to publish and sell ZIP+4 information. permanent basis if you retain no applicable. copies and the recipient agrees to Map End User License © United States Postal Service the terms of this End User License Agreement 2013. Prices are not established, Agreement. Multi-disc sets may only controlled, or approved by the be transferred or sold as a complete END USER TERMS United States Postal Service. The set as provided to you and not as a following trademarks and The Map Data SD card ( Data ) is subset thereof. “ ” registrations are owned by the provided for your personal, internal USPS: United States Postal Restrictions use only and not for resale. It is Service, USPS, and ZIP+4. protected by copyright, and is Except where you have been subject to the following terms (this specifically licensed to do so by HERE and without limiting the “End User License Agreement”) and preceding paragraph, you may not Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 211 (a) use this Data with any products, or warranties of any kind, express or EMPLOYEES, OR THIRD PARTY systems, or applications installed or implied, arising by law or otherwise, PROVIDERS) SHALL CREATE A otherwise connected to or in including but not limited to, content, WARRANTY, AND YOU ARE NOT communication with vehicles quality, accuracy, completeness, ENTITLED TO RELY ON ANY capable of vehicle navigation, effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a SUCH ADVICE OR INFORMATION. positioning, dispatch, real time route particular purpose, usefulness, use THIS DISCLAIMER OF guidance, fleet management or or results to be obtained from this WARRANTIES IS AN ESSENTIAL similar applications; or (b) with, or in Data, or that the Data or server will CONDITION OF THIS communication with, including be uninterrupted or error free. AGREEMENT. without limitation, cellular phones, palmtop and handheld computers, Disclaimer of Warranty Disclaimer of Liability pagers, and personal digital THE DATABASE IS PROVIDED ON HERE AND ITS LICENSORS assistants or PDAs. AN “AS IS” AND “WITH ALL (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS FAULTS BASIS” AND HARMAN AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE Warning (AND THEIR LICENSORS AND LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF This Data may contain inaccurate or SUPPLIERS) EXPRESSLY ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR incomplete information due to the DISCLAIM ALL OTHER ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE passage of time, changing WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE circumstances, sources used, and IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION the nature of collecting LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY comprehensive geographic data, WARRANTIES OF OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR any of which may lead to incorrect NON-INFRINGEMENT, INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT results. MERCHANTABILITY, FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION SATISFACTORY QUALITY, OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY No Warranty ACCURACY, TITLE AND FITNESS LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, This Data is provided to you “as is,” FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR and you agree to use it at your own NO ORAL OR WRITTEN ADVICE ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, risk. HERE and its licensors (and OR INFORMATION PROVIDED BY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR their licensors and suppliers) make HARMAN (OR ANY OF THEIR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES no guarantees, representations, LICENSORS, AGENTS, ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

212 Infotainment System OR INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA, subject matter hereof, and 2.101, is licensed in accordance ANY DEFECT IN THIS DATA, OR supersedes in their entirety any and with this End User License THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS all written or oral agreements Agreement, and each copy of Data OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN previously existing between us with delivered or otherwise furnished AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR respect to such subject matter. shall be marked and embedded as TORT OR BASED ON A appropriate with the following Governing Law WARRANTY, EVEN IF HERE OR “Notice of Use,” and be treated in ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN The above terms and conditions accordance with such Notice: ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY shall be governed by the laws of the OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some State of Illinois, without giving effect States, Territories, and Countries do to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, not allow certain liability exclusions or (ii) the United Nations Convention or damages limitations, so to that for Contracts for the International extent the above may not apply Sale of Goods, which is explicitly to you. excluded. You agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois Export Control for any and all disputes, claims, and You agree not to export from actions arising from or in connection anywhere any part of the Data with the Data provided to you NOTICE OF USE provided to you or any direct hereunder. product thereof except in CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ compliance with, and with all Government End Users SUPPLIER) licenses and approvals required If the Data is being acquired by or NAME: under, applicable export laws, rules on behalf of the United States and regulations. Entire Agreement: government or any other entity HERE North America, LLC These terms and conditions seeking or applying rights similar to CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ constitute the entire agreement those customarily claimed by the SUPPLIER) between HERE (and its licensors, United States government, this Data ADDRESS: including their licensors and is a “commercial item” as that term suppliers) and you pertaining to the is defined at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 213 425 West Randolph Street, Open Source SW non-transferable license to use the Chicago, IL 60606. Further information concerning the Software in the Product for the This Data is a commercial item as OSS licenses is shown in the purpose intended by the defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject infotainment display. Manufacturer. If permitted by the to the End User License Agreement Manufacturer, or by applicable law, under which this Data was provided. QNX you may make one backup copy of Portions of this software are the Software as part of the Product © 2014 HERE North America, LLC. software. QSSC and its licensors All rights reserved. copyright © 2008-2011, QNX Software Systems. All rights reserve all license+C31 rights not If the Contracting Officer, federal reserved. expressly granted herein, and retain government agency, or any federal all right, title and interest in and to official refuses to use the legend Part C – EULA all copies of the Software, including provided herein, the Contracting Copyright © 2011, Software all intellectual property rights Officer, federal government agency, Systems GmbH & Co. KG. All therein. Unless required by or any federal official must notify Rights Reserved. applicable law you may not HERE prior to seeking additional or reproduce, distribute or transfer, alternative rights in the Data. The product you have purchased or de-compile, disassemble or ("Product") contains Software otherwise attempt to unbundle, Unicode (Runtime Configuration No. 505962; reverse engineer, modify or create Copyright © 1991-2010 Unicode, "Software") which is distributed by derivative works of, the Software. Inc. All rights reserved. Distributed or on behalf of the Product You agree: (1) not to remove, cover under the Terms of Use in http:// manufacturer "Manufacturer") under or alter any proprietary notices, www.unicode.org/copyright.html. license from Software Systems Co. labels or marks in or on the ("QSSC"). You may only use the Software, and to ensure that all Free Type Project Software in the Product and in copies bear any notice contained on Portions of this software are compliance with the license terms the original; and (2) not to export the copyright © 2010 The FreeType below. Product or the Software in Project (http://www.freetype.org). All Subject to the terms and conditions contravention of applicable export rights reserved. of this License, QSSC hereby control laws. grants you a limited, non-exclusive, Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

214 Infotainment System EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT WMA OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY This product is protected by certain APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND ITS APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN intellectual property rights of LICENSORS PROVIDE THE THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR Microsoft. Use or distribution of SOFTWARE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, GROSSLY NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN such technology outside of this WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, ITS product is prohibited without a CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, AFFILIATES OR THEIR license from Microsoft. EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED LICENSORS BE LIABLE TO YOU INCLUDING, WITHOUT UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, For more information on the LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING Software, including any open source OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT OR software license terms (and NON-INFRINGEMENT, OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES, available source code) as well as MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, copyright attributions applicable to FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, the Runtime Configuration indicated ANY WARRANTIES OR OTHER OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES above, please contact the PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS Manufacturer or contact QSSC at MANUFACTURER OR ITS A RESULT OF THIS LICENSE OR 175 Terence Matthews Crescent, DISTRIBUTOR(S) THAT DIFFER OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8 FROM THIS LICENSE ARE TO USE THE PRODUCT ([email protected]). OFFERED BY THE (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED Linotype MANUFACTURER OR ITS TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, Helvetica is a trademark of Linotype NOT BY QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES PRODUCT FAILURE OR Corp. registered in the U.S. Patent OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL and Trademark Office and may be ASSUME ANY RISKS OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES registered in certain other ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR USE OR LOSSES), EVEN IF QSSC, ITS jurisdictions in the name of Linotype OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS AFFILIATES OR THEIR Corp. or its licensee LICENSE. LICENSORS HAVE BEEN Linotype GmbH. ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Infotainment System 215 Usage in text form of each of the Licensed Trademarks is: The trademark attribution requirements for the Licensed Trademarks may be viewed at http://www.linotype.com/ 2061-19414/trademarks.html. END USER NOTICE The marks of companies displayed by this product to indicate business locations are the marks of their respective owners. The use of such marks in this product does not imply any sponsorship, approval, or endorsement by such companies of this product. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

216 Climate Controls Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

Climate Control Systems Climate Control Systems . . . . . 216 Dual Automatic Climate Control System ...... 218 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 221 Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter ...... 222 Service ...... 222 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Climate Controls 217 The heating, cooling, and ventilation combination of the three buttons or the outside temperature falls for the vehicle can be controlled can be selected. The indicator light below freezing, the air conditioner with this system. in the button will turn on. will not run. 1. Temperature Control To change the current mode, select @ : Press to turn on recirculation. 2. Air Delivery Mode Controls one or more of the following: An indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated to quickly cool the 3. MAX Defrost z : Clears the windows of fog or moisture. Air is directed to the inside of the vehicle or to reduce the 4. Rear Window Defogger windshield. entry of outside air and odors. 5. Fan Control Y : Air is directed to the instrument Rear Window Defogger 6. Driver and Passenger Heated panel outlets. K : Press to turn the rear window Seats (If Equipped) 6 : Air is directed to the floor defogger on or off. An indicator light 7. Recirculation outlets. on the button comes on to show that the rear window defogger is on. 8. . A/C (Air Conditioning) MAX : Air is directed to the 0 The defogger can be turned off by windshield and the fan runs at a ] : Turn the knob clockwise or turning the ignition off or to ACC/ higher speed. Fog or frost is cleared counterclockwise to increase or ACCESSORY. decrease the fan speed or turn the from the windshield more quickly. fan off. When the button is pressed again, If the vehicle is equipped with the system returns to the previous heated outside mirrors, they turn on Temperature Control : Turn the mode setting. when the rear window defogger knob clockwise or counterclockwise button is on and help to clear fog or For best results, clear all snow and to increase or decrease the frost from the surface of the mirror. temperature. ice from the windshield before defrosting. See Heated Mirrors 0 31. Air Delivery Mode Controls : Press z, Y, or 6 to change the A/C : Press to turn the air direction of the airflow. The indicator conditioning system on or off. If the light in the button will turn on. Any climate control system is turned off Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

218 Climate Controls

Caution Dual Automatic Climate Control System

Do not try to clear frost or other material from the inside of the front windshield and rear window with a razor blade or anything else that is sharp. This may damage the rear window defogger grid and affect the radio's ability to pick up stations clearly. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

M or L : If equipped, press M or L to heat the driver or passenger seat. See Heated Front Seats 0 48.

The heating, cooling, and ventilation 1. Driver and Passenger for the vehicle can be controlled Temperature Controls with this system. 2. AUTO (Automatic Operation) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Climate Controls 219 3. Fan Controls For automatic operation: 9 : Press to increase or decrease 4. MAX Defrost 1. Press AUTO. the fan speed. The fan speed setting appears on the main display. 5. Rear Window Defogger 2. Set the temperature. Allow the Pressing either button cancels 6. SYNC (Synchronized system time to stabilize. Then automatic fan control and the fan is Temperature) adjust the temperature as controlled manually. Press AUTO to needed for best comfort. return to automatic operation. 7. Recirculation Driver and Passenger Air Delivery Mode Controls : 8. Driver and Passenger Heated Temperature Control : The Press any combination of z, Y, Seats (If Equipped) temperature can be adjusted or 6 to change the direction of the 9. Air Delivery Mode Controls separately for the driver and the passenger. Turn the knob clockwise airflow. The indicator light in the 10. ON/OFF (Power) or counterclockwise to increase or button will turn on. The current mode appears in the display screen. 11. A/C (Air Conditioning) decrease the temperature. Pressing any of the three buttons Automatic Operation SYNC : Press to link all climate zone settings to the driver setting. cancels automatic air delivery The system automatically controls The SYNC indicator light will turn control and the direction of the the fan speed, air delivery, air on. When the passenger settings airflow is controlled manually. Press conditioning, and recirculation in are adjusted, the SYNC indicator AUTO to return to automatic order to heat or cool the vehicle to light turns off. operation. the desired temperature. To change the current mode, select Manual Operation When AUTO is lit, all four functions one or more of the following: operate automatically. Each function ON/OFF : Press to turn the fan off z : Clears the windows of fog or can also be manually set and the or on. When off, no air will flow into moisture. Air is directed to the selected setting is displayed. the vehicle. Turning the fan on, pressing any other button, or turning windshield. Functions not manually set will a knob will turn the system back on Y : Air is directed to the instrument continue to be automatically using the current setting. controlled, even if the AUTO panel outlets. indicator is not lit. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

220 Climate Controls 6 : Air is directed to the floor cool the air inside the vehicle or to contaminants such as pollen, odors, outlets. dry the air needed to defog the and dust. If the climate control windshield faster. system is on and the ionizer is 0 MAX : Air is directed to the @ enabled, Ionizer On will be windshield and the fan runs at a : Press to turn on recirculation. displayed. To turn the ionizer on or An indicator light comes on. Air is higher speed. Fog or frost is cleared off, see “Climate and Air Quality” from the windshield more quickly. recirculated to quickly cool the under Vehicle Personalization When the button is pressed again, inside of the vehicle or to reduce the 0 135. the system returns to the previous entry of outside air and odors. mode setting. Auto Defog : The climate control Rear Window Defogger For best results, clear all snow and system may have a sensor to K : Press to turn the rear window ice from the windshield before automatically detect high humidity defogger on or off. An indicator light defrosting. inside the vehicle. When high on the button comes on to show that humidity is detected, the climate the rear window defogger is on. The A/C : Press to turn the air control system may adjust to conditioning system on or off. If the defogger only works when the outside air supply and turn on the ignition is on. climate control system is turned off air conditioner. The fan speed may or the outside temperature falls slightly increase to help prevent The defogger can be turned off by below freezing, the air conditioner fogging. If the climate control turning the ignition to off or ACC/ will not run. system does not detect possible ACCESSORY. Pressing this button cancels window fogging, it returns to normal The rear window defogger can be automatic air conditioning and turns operation. set to automatic operation. See off the air conditioner. Press AUTO To turn Auto Defog off or on, see “Climate and Air Quality” under to return to automatic operation and 0 “Climate and Air Quality” under Vehicle Personalization 135. the air conditioner runs Vehicle Personalization 0 135. When auto rear defog is selected, automatically as needed. When the the rear window defogger turns on indicator light is on, the air Ionizer automatically when the interior conditioner runs automatically to If equipped with an ionizer, this temperature is cold and the outside feature helps to clean the air inside the vehicle and remove Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Climate Controls 221 temperature is about 5 °C (41 °F) Remote Start Climate Control Air Vents and below. The Auto Rear Defogger Operation (If Equipped) : If the turns off automatically. vehicle is equipped with the remote Use the louvers located on the air vents to change the direction of the If the vehicle is equipped with start feature, the climate control airflow. heated outside mirrors, they turn on system may run when the vehicle is when the rear window defogger started remotely. The system uses To open or close off the airflow: button is on and help to clear fog or the driver’s previous settings to heat or cool the inside of the vehicle. The . Move slider knobs away from frost from the surface of the mirror. the occupant for shut off closing. See Heated Mirrors 0 31 rear defog may come on during remote start based on cold ambient Operation Tips conditions. If the vehicle has heated Caution seats, they may come on during a . Clear away any ice, snow, remote start. See Remote Vehicle or leaves from air inlets at the Do not try to clear frost or other Start 0 15 and base of the windshield that could material from the inside of the Heated Front Seats 0 48. block the flow of air into the front windshield and rear window vehicle. with a razor blade or anything Sensors else that is sharp. This may . Clear snow off the hood to The solar sensor on top of the improve visibility and help damage the rear window instrument panel near the decrease moisture drawn into defogger grid and affect the windshield monitors the solar heat. the vehicle, which may improve radio's ability to pick up stations The climate control system uses the long term system performance. clearly. The repairs would not be sensor information to adjust the covered by the vehicle warranty. temperature, fan speed, . Keep the path under the front recirculation, and air delivery mode seats clear of objects to help for best comfort. circulate the air inside of the M or L : If equipped, press M or L vehicle more effectively. Do not cover the sensor; otherwise to heat the driver or passenger seat. . Use of non-GM approved hood See Heated Front Seats 0 48. the automatic climate control system may not work properly. deflectors can adversely affect the performance of the system. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

222 Climate Controls Check with your dealer before Maintenance During service, all refrigerants adding equipment to the outside should be with proper of the vehicle. Passenger Compartment equipment. Venting refrigerants . Do not attach any devices to the directly to the atmosphere is harmful air vent slats. This restricts Air Filter to the environment and may also create unsafe conditions based on airflow and may cause damage The filter reduces dust, pollen, and inhalation, combustion, frostbite, to the air vents. other airborne irritants from outside or other health-based concerns. air that is pulled into the vehicle. Caution The filter should be replaced as part The air conditioning system requires of routine scheduled maintenance. periodic maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 390. Use of air fresheners may cause See Maintenance Schedule 0 390. permanent damage to plastics and painted surfaces. If an air See your dealer regarding Caution freshener comes in contact with replacement of the filter. any plastic or painted surface in Use only correct Refrigerant and the vehicle, blot immediately and Service A/C Compressor Oil shown in clean with a soft cloth dampened All vehicles have a label underhood Label. with a mild soap solution. that identifies the refrigerant used in Damage caused by air fresheners the vehicle. The refrigerant system would not be covered by the should only be serviced by trained vehicle warranty. and certified technicians. The air conditioning evaporator should never be repaired or replaced by one from a salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced by a new evaporator to ensure proper and safe operation. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 223 Winter Cover ...... 240 Cruise Control Driving and Engine Heater ...... 243 Cruise Control ...... 256 Operating Retained Accessory Adaptive Cruise Control ...... 258 Power (RAP) ...... 244 Shifting Into Park ...... 244 Driver Assistance Systems Driving Information Shifting out of Park ...... 245 Driver Assistance Systems . . . 270 Parking over Things Assistance Systems for Driver Behavior ...... 224 Parking or Backing ...... 271 Driving Environment ...... 224 That Burn ...... 246 Extended Parking ...... 246 Assistance Systems for Vehicle Design ...... 224 Driving ...... 278 Driving for Better Fuel Engine Exhaust Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Economy ...... 225 Engine Exhaust ...... 246 System ...... 278 Distracted Driving ...... 225 Running the Vehicle While Automatic Emergency Defensive Driving ...... 226 Parked ...... 247 Braking (AEB) ...... 281 Drunk Driving ...... 226 Front Pedestrian Braking Control of a Vehicle ...... 226 (FPB) System ...... 282 Braking ...... 226 Automatic Transmission ...... 247 Side Blind Zone Steering ...... 227 Manual Mode ...... 249 Alert (SBZA) ...... 285 Off-Road Recovery ...... 228 Drive Systems Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 285 Loss of Control ...... 228 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) ...... 287 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 229 All-Wheel Drive ...... 250 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 230 Brakes Fuel Winter Driving ...... 230 Antilock Brake Top Tier Fuel ...... 289 If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 232 System (ABS) ...... 251 Recommended Fuel ...... 289 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 232 Electric Parking Brake ...... 252 Prohibited Fuels ...... 290 Starting and Operating Brake Assist ...... 253 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 290 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 253 Fuel Additives ...... 290 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 236 Filling the Tank ...... 290 Ignition Positions ...... 236 Ride Control Systems Filling a Portable Fuel Starting the Engine ...... 238 Traction Control/Electronic Container ...... 292 Stop/Start System ...... 239 Stability Control ...... 254 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

224 Driving and Operating Trailer Towing Driving Information Driving Environment General Towing Information ...... 293 Be prepared for driving in inclement Driving Characteristics and Driver Behavior weather, at night, or during other Towing Tips ...... 293 Driving is an important times where visibility or traction may Trailer Towing ...... 296 responsibility. Driver behavior, the be limited, such as on curves, Towing Equipment ...... 300 driving environment, and the slippery roads, or hilly terrain. vehicle's design all affect how well a Unfamiliar surroundings can also Conversions and Add-Ons vehicle performs. have hidden hazards. Add-On Electrical Equipment ...... 302 Being aware of these factors can Vehicle Design help in understanding how the vehicle handles and what can be Utility vehicles have a significantly done to avoid many types of higher rollover rate than other types crashes, including a rollover crash. of vehicles. This is because they have a higher ground clearance and Most serious injuries and fatalities to a narrower track or shorter unbelted occupants can be reduced than passenger , or prevented by the use of seat which makes them more capable for belts. In a rollover crash, an off-road driving. While these design unbelted person is significantly characteristics provide the driver more likely to die than a person with a better view of the road, these wearing a seat belt. In addition, vehicles do have a higher center of avoiding excessive speed, sudden gravity than other types of vehicles. or abrupt turns, and drunken or A utility vehicle does not handle the aggressive driving can help make same as a vehicle with a lower trips safer and avoid the possibility center of gravity, like a car, in similar of a crash. situations. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 225 Safe driver behavior and . Always follow posted speed To avoid distracted driving, keep understanding of the environment limits or drive more slowly when your eyes on the road, keep your can help avoid a rollover crash in conditions require. hands on the steering wheel, and any type of vehicle, including utility . Keep vehicle tires properly focus your attention on driving. vehicles. inflated. . Do not use a phone in demanding driving situations. Driving for Better Fuel . Combine several trips into a single trip. Use a hands-free method to Economy place or receive necessary . Replace the vehicle's tires with phone calls. Driving habits can affect fuel the same TPC Spec number mileage. Here are some driving tips molded into the tire's sidewall . Watch the road. Do not read, to get the best fuel economy near the size. take notes, or look up possible. information on phones or other . Follow recommended scheduled electronic devices. . Set the climate controls to the maintenance. desired temperature after the . Designate a front seat engine is started, or turn them Distracted Driving passenger to handle potential off when not required. distractions. Distraction comes in many forms . On AWD vehicles, see All-Wheel . Become familiar with vehicle and can take your focus from the Drive 0 250. features before driving, such as task of driving. Exercise good programming favorite radio . Avoid fast starts and accelerate judgment and do not let other stations and adjusting climate smoothly. activities divert your attention away control and seat settings. . Brake gradually and avoid from the road. Many local Program all trip information into abrupt stops. governments have enacted laws any navigation device prior to regarding driver distraction. Become driving. . Avoid idling the engine for long familiar with the local laws in periods of time. your area. . Wait until the vehicle is parked . When road and weather to retrieve items that have fallen conditions are appropriate, use to the floor. cruise control. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

226 Driving and Operating . Stop or park the vehicle to tend . Assume that other road users to children. (pedestrians, bicyclists, and Warning (Continued) other drivers) are going to be . Keep pets in an appropriate Do not drink and drive or ride with carrier or restraint. careless and make mistakes. Anticipate what they may do and a driver who has been drinking. . Avoid stressful conversations be ready. Ride home in a cab; or if you are while driving, whether with a with a group, designate a driver passenger or on a cell phone. . Allow enough following distance who will not drink. between you and the driver in front of you. { Warning . Focus on the task of driving. Control of a Vehicle Taking your eyes off the road too Braking, steering, and accelerating long or too often could cause a Drunk Driving are important factors in helping to crash resulting in injury or death. Death and injury associated with control a vehicle while driving. Focus your attention on driving. drinking and driving is a global tragedy. Braking Refer to the infotainment section for Braking action involves perception more information on using that { Warning time and reaction time. Deciding to system and the navigation system, push the brake pedal is perception if equipped, including pairing and Drinking and then driving is very time. Actually doing it is using a cell phone. dangerous. Your reflexes, reaction time. perceptions, attentiveness, and Average driver reaction time is Defensive Driving judgment can be affected by even about three-quarters of a second. In a small amount of alcohol. You Defensive driving means “always that time, a vehicle moving at can have a serious or even expect the unexpected.” The first — 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m step in driving defensively is to wear fatal — collision if you drive after (66 ft), which could be a lot of the seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 52. drinking. distance in an emergency. (Continued) Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include: Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 227 . Keep enough distance between If power steering assist is lost due you and the vehicle in front Caution (Continued) to a system malfunction, the vehicle of you. can be steered, but may require (1 mph). Use care when driving increased effort. . Avoid needless heavy braking. over other objects such as lane . Keep pace with traffic. dividers and speed bumps. If the steering assist is used for an Damage caused by misuse of the extended period of time while the If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is not covered by the vehicle is not moving, power assist vehicle is being driven, brake may be reduced. normally but do not pump the vehicle warranty. brakes. Doing so could make the If the steering wheel is turned until it pedal harder to push down. If the reaches the end of its travel and is engine stops, there will be some held against that position for an power brake assist but it will be extended period of time, power used when the brake is applied. steering assist may be reduced. Once the power assist is used up, it Normal use of the power steering can take longer to stop and the assist should return when the brake pedal will be harder to push. system cools down. See your dealer if there is a Steering problem. Electric Power Steering Curve Tips . Take curves at a reasonable Caution speed. The vehicle has electric power . Reduce speed before entering a To avoid damage to the steering steering. It does not have power curve. system, do not drive over curbs, steering fluid. Regular maintenance parking barriers, or similar objects is not required. . Maintain a reasonable steady at speeds greater than 3 km/h speed through the curve. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

228 Driving and Operating . Wait until the vehicle is out of Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go the curve before accelerating straight down the roadway. gently into the straightaway. Steering in Emergencies Loss of Control . There are some situations when Skidding steering around a problem may There are three types of skids that be more effective than braking. correspond to the vehicle's three . Holding both sides of the control systems: steering wheel allows you to turn . Braking Skid — wheels are not 180 degrees without removing rolling. a hand. . Steering or Cornering Skid — . The Antilock Brake System too much speed or steering in a (ABS) allows steering while curve causes tires to and braking. The vehicle's right wheels can drop lose . off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while driving. Follow . Acceleration Skid — too much these tips: throttle causes the driving wheels to spin. 1. Ease off the accelerator and then, if there is nothing in the Defensive drivers avoid most skids way, steer the vehicle so that it by taking reasonable care suited to straddles the edge of the existing conditions, and by not pavement. overdriving those conditions. But skids are always possible. 2. Turn the steering wheel about one-eighth of a turn, until the If the vehicle starts to slide, follow right front tire contacts the these suggestions: pavement edge. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 229 . Ease your foot off the Driving on Wet Roads accelerator pedal and steer the Warning (Continued) way you want the vehicle to go. Rain and wet roads can reduce The vehicle may straighten out. vehicle traction and affect your occupants could drown. Do not Be ready for a second skid if it ability to stop and accelerate. ignore police warnings and be occurs. Always drive slower in these types very cautious about trying to drive of driving conditions and avoid through flowing water. . Slow down and adjust your driving through large puddles and driving according to weather deep-standing or flowing water. conditions. Stopping distance Hydroplaning can be longer and vehicle { Warning Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water control can be affected when can build up under the vehicle's traction is reduced by water, Wet brakes can cause crashes. tires so they actually ride on the snow, ice, gravel, or other They might not work as well in a water. This can happen if the road is material on the road. Learn to quick stop and could cause wet enough and you are going fast recognize warning clues — such enough. When the vehicle is as enough water, ice, or packed pulling to one side. You could lose control of the vehicle. hydroplaning, it has little or no snow on the road to make a contact with the road. mirrored surface — and slow After driving through a large down when you have any doubt. puddle of water or a car/vehicle There is no hard and fast rule about wash, lightly apply the brake hydroplaning. The best advice is to . Try to avoid sudden steering, slow down when the road is wet. acceleration, or braking, pedal until the brakes work including reducing vehicle speed normally. Other Rainy Weather Tips by shifting to a lower gear. Any Flowing or rushing water creates sudden changes could cause Besides slowing down, other wet the tires to slide. strong forces. Driving through weather driving tips include: flowing water could cause the . Allow extra following distance. Remember: Antilock brakes help vehicle to be carried away. If this avoid only the braking skid. happens, you and other vehicle . Pass with caution. (Continued) . Keep windshield wiping equipment in good shape. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

230 Driving and Operating . Keep the windshield washer fluid . Be alert on top of hills; reservoir filled. { Warning something could be in your lane (e.g., stalled car, crash). . Have good tires with proper Using the brakes to slow the tread depth. See Tires 0 344. vehicle on a long downhill slope . Pay attention to special road . Turn off cruise control. can cause brake overheating, can signs (e.g., falling rocks area, reduce brake performance, and winding roads, long grades, . Activate All-Wheel Drive (AWD) could result in a loss of braking. passing or no-passing zones) mode. See All-Wheel Drive and take appropriate action. 0 250. Shift the transmission to a lower gear to let the engine assist the . Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD) brakes on a steep downhill slope. Mode. See All-Wheel Drive Hill and Mountain Roads 0 250. Driving on steep hills or through mountains is different than driving Winter Driving on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include: { Warning Driving on Snow or Ice . Keep the vehicle serviced and in Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) good shape. Snow or ice between the tires and or with the ignition off is the road creates less traction or . Check all fluid levels and brakes, dangerous. This can cause grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can tires, cooling system, and overheating of the brakes and occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when transmission. loss of steering assist. Always freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid . Shift to a lower gear when going have the engine running and the driving on wet ice or in freezing rain down steep or long hills. vehicle in gear. until roads can be treated. For Slippery Road Driving: . Drive at speeds that keep the vehicle in its own lane. Do not . Accelerate gently. Accelerating swing wide or cross the too quickly causes the wheels to center line. spin and makes the surface under the tires slick. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 231 . Turn on Traction Control. See Blizzard Conditions Traction Control/Electronic Warning (Continued) Stop the vehicle in a safe place and Stability Control 0 254. signal for help. Stay with the vehicle If the vehicle is stuck in snow: . The Antilock Brake System unless there is help nearby. (ABS) improves vehicle stability If possible, use Roadside . Clear snow from the base of during hard stops, but the Assistance. See Roadside the vehicle, especially any brakes should be applied sooner Assistance Program 0 410. To get blocking the exhaust pipe. than when on dry pavement. help and keep everyone in the . Open a window about 5 cm See Antilock Brake System vehicle safe: (2 in) on the vehicle side (ABS) 0 251. . Turn on the hazard warning that is away from the wind, . Allow greater following distance flashers. to bring in fresh air. and watch for slippery spots. Icy Tie a red cloth to an outside . Fully open the air outlets on patches can occur on otherwise . mirror. or under the instrument clear roads in shaded areas. panel. The surface of a curve or an overpass can remain icy when { Warning . Adjust the climate control the surrounding roads are clear. system to circulate the air Avoid sudden steering Snow can trap engine exhaust inside the vehicle and set maneuvers and braking while under the vehicle. This may the fan speed to the highest on ice. cause exhaust gases to get setting. See “Climate inside. Engine exhaust contains Control Systems. . Turn off cruise control. ” carbon monoxide (CO), which For more information about CO, . Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD) cannot be seen or smelled. It can see Engine Exhaust 0 246. Mode. See All-Wheel Drive cause unconsciousness and even 0 250. death. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

232 Driving and Operating To save fuel, run the engine for when the transmission is in gear. short periods to warm the vehicle { Warning Slowly spinning the wheels in the and then shut the engine off and forward and reverse directions partially close the window. Moving If the vehicle's tires spin at high causes a rocking motion that could about to keep warm also helps. speed, they can explode, and you free the vehicle. If that does not get or others could be injured. The If it takes time for help to arrive, the vehicle out after a few tries, it vehicle can overheat, causing an might need to be towed out. If the when running the engine, push the engine compartment fire or other accelerator pedal slightly so the vehicle does need to be towed out, damage. Spin the wheels as little 0 engine runs faster than the idle see Towing the Vehicle 374. speed. This keeps the battery as possible and avoid going charged to restart the vehicle and to above 56 km/h (35 mph). Vehicle Load Limits signal for help with the headlamps. It is very important to know how Do this as little as possible, to Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD) much weight the vehicle can carry. save fuel. Mode. See All-Wheel Drive 0 250. This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the If the Vehicle Is Stuck Rocking the Vehicle to Get weight of all occupants, cargo, and it Out Slowly and cautiously spin the all nonfactory-installed options. wheels to free the vehicle when Turn the steering wheel left and Two labels on the vehicle may show stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. right to clear the area around the how much weight it may properly front wheels. Turn off any traction carry, the Tire and Loading If stuck too severely for the traction system. Shift back and forth system to free the vehicle, turn the Information label and the between R (Reverse) and a low Certification/Tire label. traction system off and use the forward gear, spinning the wheels rocking method. See Traction as little as possible. To prevent Control/Electronic Stability Control transmission wear, wait until the 0 254. wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 233 Tire and Loading Information on tires and inflation see Tires { Warning Label 0 344 and Tire Pressure 0 351. Do not load the vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle There is also important loading Weight Rating (GVWR), or either information on the vehicle the maximum front or rear Gross Certification/Tire label. It may show Weight Rating (GAWR). This the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the Gross Axle Weight can cause systems to break and Rating (GAWR) for the front and change the way the vehicle rear axle. See “Certification/Tire handles. This could cause loss of Label” later in this section. control and a crash. Overloading can also reduce stopping “Steps for Determining Correct distance, damage the tires, and Load Limit– shorten the life of the vehicle. Example Label 1. Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants A vehicle-specific Tire and Loading and cargo should never exceed Information label is attached to the XXX kg or XXX lbs." on your center pillar (B-pillar). The tire and vehicle’s placard. loading information label shows the number of occupant seating 2. Determine the combined positions (1), and the maximum weight of the driver and vehicle capacity weight (2) in passengers that will be riding in kilograms and pounds. your vehicle. The Tire and Loading Information 3. Subtract the combined weight label also shows the size of the of the driver and passengers original equipment tires (3) and the from XXX kg or XXX lbs. recommended cold tire inflation 4. The resulting figure equals the pressures (4). For more information available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

234 Driving and Operating example, if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) 5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity Example 1 Example 2 calculated in Step 4. 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 6. If your vehicle will be towing a Example 1 = 453 kg Example 2 = 453 kg trailer, load from your trailer will (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs). be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to 2. Subtract Occupant Weight 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = determine how this reduces the 136 kg (300 lbs). 340 kg (750 lbs). available cargo and luggage 3. Available Occupant and 3. Available Cargo Weight = load capacity of your vehicle.” Cargo Weight = 317 kg 113 kg (250 lbs). See Trailer Towing 0 296 for (700 lbs). important information on towing a trailer, towing safety rules and trailering tips. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 235 the driver, passengers, and cargo Rating (GVWR). The GVWR should never exceed the vehicle's includes the weight of the vehicle, capacity weight. all occupants, fuel, and cargo. Certification/Tire Label The Certification/Tire label may also show the maximum weights for the front and rear , called the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual loads on the front and rear axles, weigh the vehicle at a weigh station. Your dealer can help with this. Be sure to spread the load equally on both Example 3 sides of the centerline.

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Caution Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs). Overloading the vehicle may 2. Subtract Occupant Weight Label Example cause damage. Repairs would not @ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = A vehicle-specific Certification/Tire be covered by the vehicle 453 kg (1,000 lbs). label is attached to the center pillar warranty. Do not overload the 3. Available Cargo Weight = (B-pillar). vehicle. 0 kg (0 lbs). The label may show the size of the Refer to the vehicle's tire and vehicle's original tires and the loading information label for specific inflation pressures needed to obtain information about the vehicle's the gross weight capacity of the capacity weight and seating vehicle. The label shows the gross positions. The combined weight of weight capacity of the vehicle. This is called the Gross Vehicle Weight Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

236 Driving and Operating Starting and { Warning Caution (Continued) Operating Things inside the vehicle can breaking-in guideline every strike and injure people in a New Vehicle Break-In time you get new brake sudden stop or turn, or in a crash. linings. Following break-in, engine speed . Put things in the cargo area Caution of the vehicle. In the cargo and load can be gradually area, put them as far The vehicle does not need an increased. forward as possible. Try to elaborate break-in. But it will spread the weight evenly. perform better in the long run if Ignition Positions . Never stack heavier things, you follow these guidelines: like suitcases, inside the . Do not drive at any one vehicle so that some of constant speed, fast or slow, them are above the tops of for the first 800 km (500 mi). the seats. Do not make full-throttle . Do not leave an unsecured starts. Avoid downshifting to child restraint in the vehicle. brake or slow the vehicle. . Secure loose items in the . Avoid making hard stops for vehicle. the first 300 km (200 mi) or . Do not leave a seat folded so. During this time the new down unless needed. brake linings are not yet broken in. Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier The vehicle has an electronic replacement. Follow this keyless ignition with pushbutton (Continued) start. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 237 The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) When the vehicle is shifted into 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). transmitter must be in the vehicle for P (Park), the ignition system will This can be done while the the system to operate. If the turn off. vehicle is moving. After shifting pushbutton start is not working, the The vehicle may have an electric to N (Neutral), firmly apply the vehicle may be near a strong radio steering column lock. The lock is brakes and steer the vehicle to antenna signal causing interference activated when the vehicle is turned a safe location. to the Keyless Access system. See off and either front door is opened. 3. Come to a complete stop. Shift Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) 0 A sound may be heard as the lock to P (Park) and turn the System Operation 8. actuates or releases. The steering ignition off. Stopping the Engine/Off (No column lock may not release with 4. Set the electric parking brake. Indicator Lights) the wheels turned off center. If this See Electric Parking Brake happens, the vehicle may not start. 0 252 When the vehicle is stopped, press Move the steering wheel from left to ENGINE START/STOP once to turn right while attempting to start the the engine off. vehicle. If this does not work, the { Warning vehicle needs service. To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle Turning off the vehicle while must be on and the brake pedal Do not turn the engine off when the moving may cause loss of power must be applied. vehicle is moving. This will cause a assist in the brake and steering If the vehicle is in P (Park), the loss of power assist in the brake systems and disable the airbags. ignition will turn off, and Retained and steering systems and disable While driving, only shut the Accessory Power (RAP) will remain the airbags. vehicle off in an emergency. active. See Retained Accessory If the vehicle must be turned off in Power (RAP) 0 244 an emergency: If the vehicle cannot be pulled over If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the 1. Brake using a firm and steady and must be turned off while driving, ignition will return to ACC/ pressure. Do not pump the press and hold ENGINE START/ ACCESSORY and display the brakes repeatedly. This may STOP for longer than two seconds, message SHIFT TO PARK in the deplete power assist, requiring or press twice in five seconds. Driver Information Center (DIC). increased brake pedal force. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

238 Driving and Operating ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber Service Mode Caution Indicator Light) This power mode is available for This mode allows you to use some service and diagnostics, and to Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the electrical accessories when the verify the proper operation of the vehicle is moving. If you do, you engine is off. malfunction indicator lamp as may could damage the transmission. be required for emission inspection With the ignition off, pressing the Shift to P (Park) only when the purposes. With the vehicle off and vehicle is stopped. button one time without the brake the brake pedal not applied, pedal applied will place the ignition pressing and holding the button for system in ACC/ACCESSORY. more than five seconds will place The ignition will switch from ACC/ the vehicle in Service Mode. The Caution ACCESSORY to OFF after instruments and audio systems will five minutes to prevent battery operate when the vehicle is on, but If you add electrical parts or rundown. the vehicle will not be able to be accessories, you could change driven. The engine will not start in ON/RUN/START (Green the way the engine operates. Any Service Mode. Press the button resulting damage would not be Indicator Light) again to turn the vehicle off. covered by the vehicle warranty. This mode is for driving and starting. See Add-On Electrical Equipment With the ignition off and the brake Starting the Engine 0 302. pedal applied, pressing the button Move the shift lever to P (Park) or once will place the ignition system N (Neutral). The engine will not start in ON/RUN/START. Once engine Gasoline Engine Starting in any other position. To restart the cranking begins, release the button. Procedure engine when the vehicle is already Engine cranking will continue until moving, use N (Neutral) only. 1. With the Keyless Access the engine starts. See Starting the system, the Remote Keyless 0 Engine 238. The ignition will then Entry (RKE) transmitter must remain on. be in the vehicle. Press ENGINE START/STOP with the Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 239 brake pedal applied. When the 2. If the engine does not start engine begins cranking, let go after five to 10 seconds, { Warning of the button. especially in very cold weather (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could The automatic engine Stop/Start The idle speed will go down as feature causes the engine to shut the engine gets warm. Do not be flooded with too much gasoline. Try pushing the off while the vehicle is still on. Do race the engine immediately not exit the vehicle before shifting after starting it. accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as to P (Park). The vehicle may If the RKE transmitter is not in you press ENGINE START/ restart and move unexpectedly. the vehicle, if there is STOP. Wait at least Always shift to P (Park), and then interference, or if the RKE 15 seconds between each try, turn the ignition off before exiting battery is low, a Driver to allow the cranking motor to the vehicle. Information Center (DIC) will cool down. When the engine display a message. See starts, release the accelerator. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) If the vehicle starts briefly but Auto Engine Stop/Start 0 System Operation 8 then stops again, do the same When the brakes are applied and thing. This clears the extra the vehicle is at a complete stop, Caution gasoline from the engine. Do the engine may turn off. When not race the engine stopped, the tachometer Cranking the engine for long immediately after starting it. displays AUTO STOP. See periods of time, by returning the Operate the engine and Tachometer 0 111. When the brake ignition to the START position transmission gently until the oil pedal is released or the accelerator immediately after cranking has warms up and lubricates all pedal is pressed, the engine will ended, can overheat and damage moving parts. restart. the cranking motor, and drain the To maintain vehicle performance, battery. Wait at least 15 seconds Stop/Start System other conditions may cause the between each try, to let the The Stop/Start system will shut off engine to automatically restart cranking motor cool down. the engine to help conserve fuel. before the brake pedal is released. It has components designed for the increased number of starts. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

240 Driving and Operating Auto Stops may not occur and/or . The driver door has been When h is illuminated, the system auto restarts may occur because: opened or driver seat belt has is disabled. . The climate control settings been unbuckled. require the engine to be running . The hood has been opened. Winter Cover to cool or heat the vehicle . The Auto Stop has reached the If equipped, the winter cover can be interior. maximum allowed time. used to enhance heater . The vehicle battery charge performance in extremely cold is low. Auto Stop Disable Switch conditions below −0 °C (32 °F). The . The vehicle battery has recently winter cover installs over the been disconnected. and restricts airflow to the engine compartment. . Minimum vehicle speed has not been reached since the last Usage Guidelines Auto Stop. The winter cover should only be . The accelerator pedal is used while operating the vehicle in pressed. extremely cold temperatures or in heavy snow for extended periods. In . The engine or transmission is these temperatures, the vehicle not at the required operating does not need a large amount of air temperature. to properly cool the engine. When . The outside temperature is not more airflow is required to cool the in the required operating range. If equipped, the automatic engine vehicle, the winter cover should not be used. The following usage . The vehicle is in any gear other stop/start feature can be disabled guidelines will allow adequate than D (Drive). and enabled by pressing the switch airflow for proper radiator and air with the h symbol. Auto Stop is . Tow/Haul Mode or other driver cooler performance: modes have been selected. enabled each time you start the vehicle. . The vehicle is on a steep hill or grade. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 241 . Do not use the winter cover if ensure a tight fit. The initial towing a trailer. The vehicle may installation of the cover is best overheat if the radiator is performed when the winter cover covered while towing. is warm. . Do not modify the cover. The winter cover does not cover some sections of the front of the vehicle to provide enough airflow. . Keep the underside of the winter cover as clean as possible. Remove monthly or as necessary and clean away dust Base Model with License Plate and debris. . Do not use the winter cover above −0 °C (32 °F). Base Model Use only a mild soap to clean. Do not use harsh soap, strong detergents, or vinyl protectant/ sealant type products as they may damage the special finish. Allow the winter cover to dry completely before reinstalling. Installation Instructions When first trying to fit the cover, it ST Model may appear to be undersized but will stretch during installation to Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

242 Driving and Operating

ST Model with License Plate Base Model ST Model 1. Center grille cover and make sure that it is positioned correctly.

Base Model with License Plate ST Model with License Plate 2. Push plastic hooks back to engage grille slats. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 243 3. Repeat for all hooks to fully 4. Plug the cord into the engage cover to grille. Warning (Continued) receptacle in the front fascia. 4. Make sure all clips remain Property damage or personal 5. Plug the other end of the cord engaged during installation. injury may result. Always park the into a normal, grounded Cover should be stretched to a vehicle in a clear open area away 110-volt AC outlet. tight fit when properly installed. from buildings or structures. { Engine Heater Warning The engine heater, if available, can Improper use of the heater cord help in cold weather conditions at or or an extension cord can damage below −18 °C (0 °F) for easier the cord and may result in starting and better fuel economy overheating and fire. during engine warm-up. Plug in the engine heater at least four hours . Plug the cord into a before starting the vehicle. An three-prong electrical utility internal thermostat in the plug end receptacle that is protected of the cord will prevent engine by a ground fault detection coolant heater operation at function. An ungrounded temperatures above −18 °C (0 °F). outlet could cause an electric shock. To Use the Engine Heater . Use a weatherproof, 1. Turn off the engine. heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated extension cord if needed. { Warning 2. Remove the heater cord from the rear compartment. Failure to use the Do not plug in the engine block recommended extension 3. Check the heater cord for cord in good operating heater while the vehicle is parked damage. If it is damaged, do in a garage or under a carport. condition, or using a not use it. See your dealer for damaged heater or (Continued) a replacement. Inspect the cord for damage yearly. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

244 Driving and Operating The length of time the heater should Shifting Into Park Warning (Continued) remain plugged in depends on several factors. Ask a dealer in the extension cord, could make area where you will be parking the { Warning it overheat and cause a fire, vehicle for the best advice on this. property damage, electric It can be dangerous to get out of shock, and injury. the vehicle if the shift lever is not Retained Accessory fully in P (Park) with the parking . Do not operate the vehicle Power (RAP) with the heater cord brake firmly set. The vehicle can permanently attached to the When the ignition is turned from on roll. If you have left the engine vehicle. Possible heater to off, the following features (if running, the vehicle can move cord and thermostat equipped) will continue to function suddenly. You or others could be damage could occur. for up to 10 minutes, or until the injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when you are on . While in use, do not let the driver door is opened. These heater cord touch vehicle features will also work when the fairly level ground, use the steps parts or sharp edges. Never ignition is in RUN or ACC/ that follow. If you are pulling a close the hood on the ACCESSORY: trailer, see Driving Characteristics 0 heater cord. . Infotainment System and Towing Tips 293 . Before starting the vehicle, . Power Windows (during RAP unplug the cord, reattach this functionality will be lost To shift into P (Park): the cover to the plug, and when any door is opened) 1. Hold the brake pedal down and securely fasten the cord. . Sunroof (during RAP this set the parking brake. See Keep the cord away from functionality will be lost when Electric Parking Brake 0 252 any moving parts. any door is opened) 2. Hold the button on the shift . Auxiliary Power Outlet lever and push the lever toward the front of the vehicle into . Audio System P (Park). . OnStar System 3. Turn the ignition off. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 245 Leaving the Vehicle with the If you have to leave the vehicle with Shifting out of Park Engine Running the engine running, the vehicle must be in P (Park) and the parking To shift out of P (Park): brake set. 1. Apply the brake pedal. { Warning Release the button and check that 2. Turn the ignition on. It can be dangerous to leave the the shift lever cannot be moved out vehicle with the engine running. of P (Park). 3. Press the shift lever button. It could overheat and catch fire. 4. Move the shift lever. Torque Lock It is dangerous to get out of the If you still are unable to shift out of Torque lock is when the weight of vehicle if the vehicle is not in P (Park): the vehicle puts too much force on P (Park) with the parking brake the in the 1. Fully release the shift lever set. The vehicle can roll. transmission. This happens when button. Do not leave the vehicle when the parking on a hill and shifting the 2. Hold the brake pedal down and engine is running. If you have left transmission into P (Park) is not press the shift lever button the engine running, the vehicle done properly and then it is difficult again. to shift out of P (Park). To prevent can move suddenly. You or others 3. Move the shift lever. could be injured. To be sure the torque lock, set the parking brake vehicle will not move, even when and then shift into P (Park). To find If you still cannot move the shift out how, see Shifting Into Park you are on fairly level ground, lever from P (Park), see your dealer 0 244 listed previously. always set the parking brake and for service. shift to P (Park). See Shifting Into If torque lock does occur, the Park 0 244. If you are towing a vehicle may need to be pushed trailer, see Driving Characteristics uphill by another vehicle to relieve and Towing Tips 0 293. the parking pawl pressure, so you can shift out of P (Park). Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

246 Driving and Operating Parking over Things If the vehicle is left parked and Engine Exhaust running with the RKE transmitter That Burn outside the vehicle, it will continue to run for up to half an hour. { Warning { Warning If the vehicle is left parked and Engine exhaust contains carbon Things that can burn could touch running with the RKE transmitter monoxide (CO), which cannot be hot exhaust parts under the inside the vehicle, it will continue to seen or smelled. Exposure to CO run for up to an hour. vehicle and ignite. Do not park can cause unconsciousness and over papers, leaves, dry grass, The vehicle could turn off sooner if it even death. is parked on a hill, due to lack of or other things that can burn. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: available fuel. The timer will reset if the vehicle is . The vehicle idles in areas Extended Parking taken out of P (Park) while it is with poor ventilation (parking garages, tunnels, It is best not to park with the vehicle running. deep snow that may block running. If the vehicle is left running, underbody airflow or tail be sure it will not move and there is pipes). adequate ventilation. The exhaust smells or See Shifting Into Park 0 244 and . sounds strange or different. Engine Exhaust 0 246. . The exhaust system leaks due to corrosion or damage. . The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged, or improperly repaired. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 247 Running the Vehicle Warning (Continued) Automatic While Parked Transmission . There are holes or openings It is better not to park with the in the vehicle body from engine running. damage or aftermarket modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to be sure the vehicle will not move. If unusual fumes are detected or See Shifting Into Park 0 244 and if it is suspected that exhaust is Engine Exhaust 0 246. coming into the vehicle: If parking on a hill and pulling a . Drive it only with the trailer, see Driving Characteristics windows completely down. and Towing Tips 0 293. . Have the vehicle repaired immediately. Never park the vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed P: This position locks the front area such as a garage or a wheels. Use P (Park) when starting building that has no fresh air the engine because the vehicle ventilation. cannot move easily.

{ Warning It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the transmission is not in P (Park) with the parking brake set. The vehicle can roll. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

248 Driving and Operating press the shift lever button and Warning (Continued) move the shift lever into another { Warning gear. See Shifting out of Park 0 245 Do not leave the vehicle when the Shifting into a drive gear while the engine is running. If the engine R: Use this gear to back up. engine is running at high speed is has been left running, the vehicle dangerous. Unless your foot is can move suddenly. You or others Caution firmly on the brake pedal, the could be injured. To be sure the vehicle could move very rapidly. vehicle will not move, even when Shifting to R (Reverse) while the You could lose control and hit on fairly level ground, always set vehicle is moving forward could people or objects. Do not shift the parking brake and place the damage the transmission. The into a drive gear while the engine transmission into P (Park). See repairs would not be covered by is running at high speed. Shifting Into Park 0 244 and the vehicle warranty. Shift to Driving Characteristics and R (Reverse) only after the vehicle Towing Tips 0 293. is stopped. Caution

The vehicle has an automatic To rock the vehicle back and forth to Shifting out of P (Park) or transmission shift lock control get out of snow, ice, or sand without N (Neutral) with the engine system. You must fully apply the damaging the transmission, see If running at high speed may the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 232 regular brake first and then press damage the transmission. The the shift lever button before shifting N: In this position, the engine does repairs would not be covered by from P (Park) when the ignition is not connect with the wheels. To the vehicle warranty. Be sure the on. If you cannot shift out of restart the engine when the vehicle engine is not running at high P (Park), ease pressure on the shift is already moving, use speed when shifting the vehicle. lever, then push the shift lever all N (Neutral) only. the way into P (Park) as you maintain brake application. Then Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 249 . When driving in hot Caution Caution temperatures or at high altitude. A transmission hot message may Spinning the tires or holding the Manual Mode display if the automatic vehicle in one place on a hill transmission fluid is too hot. using only the accelerator pedal Electronic Range Select Driving under this condition can may damage the transmission. (ERS) Mode damage the vehicle. Stop and idle The repair will not be covered by ERS or manual mode allows for the the engine to cool the automatic the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle selection of the range of gear transmission fluid. This message is stuck, do not spin the tires. positions. Use this mode when clears when the transmission fluid When stopping on a hill, use the driving downhill or towing a trailer to has cooled sufficiently. brakes to hold the vehicle in limit the top gear and vehicle speed. place. The shift position indicator within the Driver Information Center (DIC) will D: This position is for normal display a number next to the L driving. If more power is needed for L: Allows the driver to select the indicating the highest available gear passing, press the accelerator range of gear positions. See Manual under manual mode and the driving 0 pedal down. Mode 249. conditions when manual mode was Operating Modes selected. Caution The transmission may operate in a To use this feature: If the vehicle does not shift gears, lower gear than normal to improve 1. Move the shift lever to L the transmission could be vehicle performance. The engine (Manual Mode). damaged. Have the vehicle speed may be higher and there may serviced right away. be an increase in noise during the following conditions: . When climbing a grade. . When driving downhill. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

250 Driving and Operating information. All gears below that Drive Systems number are available to use. For example, when 4 (Fourth) is shown next to the L, 1 (First) through All-Wheel Drive 4 (Fourth) gears are shifted Vehicles with this feature can automatically. To shift to 5 (Fifth) operate in All-Wheel Drive gear, press the + (Plus) button or (AWD) Mode. shift into D (Drive). The AWD system delivers power to L (Manual Mode) will prevent all four wheels and the system shifting to a lower gear range if the adjusts as needed to improve engine speed is too high. If vehicle traction. speed is not reduced within the time 2. Press the plus/minus button on allowed, the lower gear range shift the shift lever, to increase or will not be completed. Slow the decrease the gear range vehicle, then press the − (Minus) available. button to the desired lower gear range. When shifting to L (Manual Mode), the transmission will shift to a preset While using the ERS, cruise control lower gear range. For this preset can be used. range, the highest gear available is displayed next to the L in the DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 123 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 127 for more Press the AWD button on the center console to activate the system. The AWD light will flash briefly while the system is engaging and stay lit to indicate AWD is active. Press the Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 251 button again to disable the system. Brakes ABS does not change the time The light will flash briefly while the needed to get a foot on the brake system disables and then stay off. Antilock Brake pedal and does not always The AWD Mode will stay selected decrease stopping distance. If you until the mode is changed. System (ABS) get too close to the vehicle ahead, there will not be enough time to The Antilock Brake System (ABS) When operated in two-wheel drive, apply the brakes if that vehicle helps prevent a braking skid and the vehicle will deliver power to the suddenly slows or stops. Always maintain steering while front wheels only and may provide leave enough room ahead to stop, braking hard. better fuel economy. even with ABS. When using a compact on Using ABS an AWD vehicle, the system automatically detects the compact Do not pump the brakes. Just hold spare and reduces AWD the brake pedal down firmly. performance to protect the system. Hearing and feeling ABS operate is To restore full AWD operation and normal. prevent excessive wear on the Braking in Emergencies system, replace the compact spare If there is a problem with ABS, this with a full-size tire as soon as warning light stays on. See Antilock ABS allows steering and braking at possible. See Compact Spare Tire Brake System (ABS) Warning Light the same time. In many 0 0 371. 118. emergencies, steering can help even more than braking. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

252 Driving and Operating Electric Parking Brake message. See Electric Parking light does not come on, or keeps Brake Light 0 118 and flashing, have the vehicle serviced. Service Electric Parking Brake Light Do not drive the vehicle if the Y or 0 118. PARK light is flashing. See your There are also parking brake-related dealer. See Electric Parking Brake Driver Information Center (DIC) Light 0 118. messages. In case of insufficient If the 8 Service Parking Brake light electrical power, the EPB cannot be Y applied or released. or message is on or the or PARK light flashes when the ignition Before leaving the vehicle, check for is turned on, pull the EPB switch. the Y or PARK light to ensure that Continue to hold the switch until the the parking brake is applied. Y or PARK light remains on. If the EPB Apply 8 Service Parking Brake light or message remains on, see your The vehicle is equipped with an To apply the EPB: dealer. Electronic Parking Brake (EPB), which acts on the front axle. The 1. Be sure the vehicle is at a If the EPB switch is pulled while the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) can complete stop. vehicle is moving, the vehicle will always be activated, even if the 2. Pull the EPB switch decelerate as long as the switch is ignition is off. To prevent draining momentarily. pulled. If the switch is pulled until the battery, avoid repeated cycles of Y the vehicle comes to a stop, the the EPB when the engine is not The or PARK light will flash and EPB will remain applied. running. then stay on once the EPB is fully applied. If the Y or PARK light EPB Release Y The system has a or PARK flashes continuously, then the EPB To release the EPB: Electric Parking Brake light, and a 8 is only partially applied or there is a Service Parking Brake light or problem with the EPB. A DIC 1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ message will display. Release the ACCESSORY. EPB and try to apply it again. If the Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 253 2. Apply and hold the brake Automatic EPB Release pedal as the driving situation pedal. dictates. Brake Assist disengages Avoid rapid acceleration when the when the brake pedal is released. 3. Press the EPB switch EPB is applied, to preserve parking momentarily. life. Hill Start Assist (HSA) The EPB is released when the Y The EPB will automatically release or PARK light is off. when the engine is running, the transmission is placed into gear, { Warning If the 8 Service Parking Brake light and an attempt is made to drive Do not rely on the HSA feature. or message is on, release the EPB away by pressing the accelerator HSA does not replace the need to by pressing and holding the EPB pedal. switch. Continue to hold the switch pay attention and drive safely. If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle until the Y or PARK light is off. You may not hear or feel alerts or is pulling a trailer, see Driving If either light stays on after release warnings provided by this system. Characteristics and Towing Tips Failure to use proper care when is attempted, see your dealer. 0 293. driving may result in injury, death, Caution or vehicle damage. See Brake Assist Defensive Driving 0 226. Driving with the parking brake on Brake Assist detects rapid brake can overheat the brake system pedal applications due to When the vehicle is stopped on a and cause premature wear or emergency braking situations and grade, Hill Start Assist (HSA) damage to brake system parts. provides additional braking to prevents the vehicle from rolling in Make sure that the parking brake activate the Antilock Brake System an unintended direction during the is fully released and the brake (ABS) if the brake pedal is not transition from brake pedal release warning light is off before driving. pushed hard enough to activate to accelerator pedal apply. The ABS normally. Minor noise, brake brakes release when the accelerator pedal pulsation, and/or pedal pedal is applied. HSA brake hold movement during this time may duration may be selectable. occur. Continue to apply the brake Standard Hold automatically releases the brakes after a few Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

254 Driving and Operating seconds. Extended Hold applies the Ride Control Systems vehicle wheel brakes to assist the Electric Parking Brake if the driver in keeping the vehicle on the accelerator pedal is not applied Traction Control/ intended path. within a few minutes. If hold If cruise control is being used and duration is selectable, see Electronic Stability TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC begins to "Extended Hill Start Assist" in 0 Control limit wheel spin, cruise control will Vehicle Personalization 135. The disengage. Cruise control may be brakes may also release under System Operation turned back on when road other conditions. Do not rely on The vehicle has a Traction Control conditions allow. HSA to hold the vehicle. System (TCS) and StabiliTrak/ Both systems come on HSA is available when the vehicle is Electronic Stability Control (ESC), automatically when the vehicle is facing uphill in a forward gear, an electronic stability control started and begins to move. The or when facing downhill in system. These systems help limit systems may be heard or felt while R (Reverse). The vehicle must wheel slip and assist the driver in they are operating or while come to a complete stop on a grade maintaining control, especially on performing diagnostic checks. This for HSA to activate. slippery road conditions. is normal and does not mean there TCS activates if it senses that any is a problem with the vehicle. of the drive wheels are spinning or It is recommended to leave both beginning to lose traction. When this systems on for normal driving happens, TCS applies the brakes to conditions, but it may be necessary the spinning wheels and reduces to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets engine power to limit wheel spin. stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 232 vehicle senses a difference between and “Turning the Systems Off and the intended path and the direction On” later in this section. the vehicle is actually traveling. StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies braking pressure to any one of the Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 255 2. Turn the engine off and wait 15 seconds. 3. Start the engine. Drive the vehicle. If d comes on and stays on, the vehicle may need The indicator light for both systems more time to diagnose the problem. is in the instrument cluster. This If the condition persists, see your light will: dealer. . Flash when TCS is limiting Turning the Systems Off wheel spin. and On Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is . To turn off only TCS, press and activated. Caution release g. The traction off light i . Turn on and stay on when either Do not repeatedly brake or illuminates in the instrument cluster. system is not working. accelerate heavily when TCS is To turn TCS on again, press and If either system fails to turn on or to off. The vehicle driveline could be release g. The traction off light i in activate, a message displays in the damaged. the instrument cluster will turn off. Driver Information Center (DIC), and d comes on and stays on to indicate that the system is inactive and is not assisting the driver in maintaining control. The vehicle is safe to drive, but driving should be adjusted accordingly. If d comes on and stays on: 1. Stop the vehicle. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

256 Driving and Operating If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g Cruise Control With the Traction Control System is pressed, the system will not turn (TCS) or StabiliTrak/Electronic off until the wheels stop spinning. The cruise control lets the vehicle Stability Control (ESC), the system maintain a speed of about 40 km/h may begin to limit wheel spin while To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ (25 mph) or more without keeping you are using cruise control. If this ESC, press and hold g g until the your foot on the accelerator. Cruise happens, the cruise control will traction off light i and StabiliTrak/ control does not work at speeds automatically disengage. See ESC OFF light g illuminate and stay below 40 km/h (25 mph). Traction Control/Electronic Stability on in the instrument cluster. Control 0 254. If a collision alert { Warning occurs when cruise control is To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on activated, cruise control is again, press and release g. The Cruise control can be dangerous disengaged. See Forward Collision traction off light i and StabiliTrak/ where you cannot drive safely at Alert (FCA) System 0 278. When ESC OFF light g in the instrument a steady speed. Do not use road conditions allow you to safely cluster turn off. cruise control on winding roads or use it again, cruise control can be turned back on. Adding accessories can affect the in heavy traffic. vehicle performance. See Cruise control can be dangerous Cruise control will disengage if Accessories and Modifications on slippery roads. On such roads, either TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off. 0 305 fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip, and If the brakes are applied, cruise you could lose control. Do not use control disengages. cruise control on slippery roads. If equipped with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), the cruise control system may automatically brake to slow the vehicle down to maintain set following gap between you and the vehicle in front of you or while navigating a sharp turn. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 257 −SET : Press down briefly to set the Resuming a Set Speed speed and activate cruise control. If the cruise control is set at a If cruise control is already active, desired speed and then the brakes use to decrease vehicle speed. are applied or * is pressed, the Setting Cruise Control cruise control is disengaged without erasing the set speed from memory. If 5 is on when not in use, −SET or +RES could get bumped and go into Once the vehicle speed reaches cruise when not desired. Keep 5 off about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, when cruise is not being used. press +RES up briefly. The vehicle returns to the previous set speed. To set a speed: Increasing Speed While Using 1. Press 5 to turn the cruise Cruise Control 5 : Press to turn the cruise control system on. If the cruise control system is system on and off. A white indicator 2. Get to the speed desired. already activated: comes on in the instrument cluster when cruise is turned on. 3. Press down and release . Press and hold +RES up until −SET . The desired set speed * the vehicle accelerates to the : Press to disengage cruise briefly appears in the desired speed, then release it. control without erasing the set instrument cluster. speed from memory. . To increase the speed in small 4. Remove your foot from the increments, press +RES up +RES : If there is a set speed in accelerator pedal. briefly. For each press, the memory, press up briefly to resume The cruise control indicator on the vehicle goes about 1 km/h that speed or press and hold to (1 mph) faster. accelerate. If cruise control is instrument cluster turns green after already active, use to increase cruise control has been set to the The speedometer reading can be vehicle speed. desired speed. See Instrument displayed in either English or metric Cluster 0 107. units. See Instrument Cluster 0 107. The increment value used depends on the units displayed. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

258 Driving and Operating Reducing Speed While Using −SET down briefly will result in Erasing Speed Memory Cruise Control cruise control set to the current The cruise control set speed is vehicle speed. If the cruise control system is erased from memory if 5 is pressed already activated: Using Cruise Control on Hills or if the ignition is turned off. . Press and hold −SET down until How well the cruise control works the desired lower speed is on hills depends upon the vehicle Adaptive Cruise Control reached, then release it. speed, load, and the steepness of If equipped, Adaptive Cruise Control . To slow down in small the hills. When going up steep hills, (ACC) allows the cruise control set increments, press −SET down you might have to step on the speed and following gap to be briefly. For each press, the accelerator pedal to maintain the selected. Read this entire section vehicle goes about 1 km/h vehicle speed. When going before using this system. The (1 mph) slower. downhill, you might have to brake or following gap is the following time shift to a lower gear to keep your The speedometer reading can be between your vehicle and a vehicle speed down. If the brake pedal is detected directly ahead in your path, displayed in either English or metric applied, cruise control will 0 moving in the same direction. If no units. See Instrument Cluster 107. disengage. The increment value used depends vehicle is detected in your path, on the units displayed. Ending Cruise Control ACC works like regular cruise control. ACC uses a windshield Passing Another Vehicle While There are four ways to end cruise mounted front camera sensor. control: Using Cruise Control If a vehicle is detected in your path, Use the accelerator pedal to . Step lightly on the brake pedal. ACC can apply acceleration or increase the vehicle speed. When . Press *. limited, moderate braking to you take your foot off the pedal, the maintain the selected following gap. vehicle will slow down to the . Shift the transmission to To disengage ACC, apply the brake. previous set cruise speed. While N (Neutral). If ACC is controlling the vehicle pressing the accelerator pedal or . To turn off cruise control, speed when the Traction Control shortly following the release to press 5. System (TCS) or StabiliTrak/ override cruise control, pressing Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system activates, ACC may Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 259 automatically disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Control 0 254. When road conditions allow ACC to be safely you are following. This can occur . When visibility is poor due used, ACC can be turned back on. when vehicles suddenly slow or to rain, snow, fog, dirt, Disabling the TCS or StabiliTrak/ stop ahead, or enter your lane. insect residue, or dust; ESC system will disengage and Also see “Alerting the Driver” later when other foreign objects prevent engagement of ACC. in this section. Complete attention obscure the camera’s view; is always required while driving or when the vehicle in front ACC may operate differently in a and you should be ready to take or oncoming traffic causes sharp curve. It may reduce the additional environmental action and apply the brakes. See vehicle speed if the curve is too obstructions, such as road Defensive Driving 0 226 sharp. spray. ACC performance is ACC can reduce the need for you to limited under these frequently brake and accelerate, conditions. especially when used on { Warning . On slippery roads where expressways, freeways, and fast changes in tire traction interstate highways. When used on ACC will not detect or brake for can cause excessive other roads, you may need to take children, pedestrians, animals, wheel slip. over the control of braking or or other objects. acceleration more often. . With extremely heavy cargo Do not use ACC when: loaded in the cargo area or . On winding and hilly roads rear seat. { Warning or when the camera sensor . When towing a trailer. ACC has limited braking ability is blocked by snow, ice, and may not have time to slow or dirt. The system may not the vehicle down enough to avoid detect a vehicle ahead. a collision with another vehicle Keep the windshield and headlamps clean. (Continued) (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

260 Driving and Operating ACC is already activated. To decrease speed by about 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET– down briefly. To decrease speed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the speedometer, hold SET–. * : Press to disengage ACC ACC Indicator Regular Cruise without erasing the selected set Control Indicator speed. When ACC is engaged, a green o [ : Press to select a following gap indicator will be lit on the instrument setting for ACC of Far, Medium, cluster and the following gap will be or Near. displayed. When the regular cruise 5 : Press to turn the system on or The speedometer reading can be control is engaged, a green J off. The indicator turns white on the displayed in either English or metric indicator will be lit on the instrument instrument cluster when ACC is units. See Instrument Cluster 0 107. cluster; the following gap will not turned on. The increment value used depends display. RES+ : Press the control up briefly on the units displayed. When the vehicle is turned on, the to resume the previous set speed or Switching Between ACC and cruise control mode will be set to to increase vehicle speed if ACC is Regular Cruise Control the last mode used before the already activated. To increase vehicle was turned off. speed by about 1 km/h (1 mph), To switch between ACC and regular * press RES+ up briefly. To increase cruise control, press and hold *. { Warning speed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) A Driver Information Display (DIC) mark on the speedometer, hold message displays. See Vehicle Always check the cruise control RES+. Messages 0 134. indicator on the instrument cluster SET− : Press the control down to determine which mode cruise briefly to set the speed and activate (Continued) ACC or to decrease vehicle speed if Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 261 While the vehicle is moving, ACC The ACC indicator displays on the Warning (Continued) will not set at a speed less than instrument cluster. When ACC is 25 km/h (15 mph), although it can be turned on, the indicator will be lit control is in before using the resumed when driving at lower white. When ACC is engaged, the feature. If ACC is not active, the speeds. The minimum allowable set indicator will turn green. vehicle will not automatically speed is 25 km/h (15 mph). brake for other vehicles, which Be mindful of speed limits, could cause a crash if the brakes To set ACC while moving: surrounding traffic speeds, and weather conditions when selecting are not applied manually. You and 5 1. Press . the set speed. others could be seriously injured 2. Get up to the desired speed. or killed. Resuming a Set Speed 3. Press SET– down and release. If the ACC is set at a desired speed Setting Adaptive Cruise 4. Remove your foot from the and then the brakes are applied, Control accelerator. ACC is disengaged without erasing the set speed from memory. 5 After ACC is set, it may immediately If is on when not in use, it could apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead get pressed and go into ACC when To begin using ACC again, press is detected closer than the selected RES+ up briefly. not desired. Keep 5 off when cruise following gap. is not being used. . If the vehicle is moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), it returns to Select the set speed desired for the previous set speed. ACC. This is the vehicle speed when no vehicle is detected in . If the vehicle is stopped with its path. the brake pedal applied, press RES+ up and release the brake While the vehicle is moving, ACC pedal. ACC will hold the vehicle will not set at a speed less than ACC can also be set while the until RES+ or the accelerator 5 km/h (3 mph), although it can be pedal is pressed. resumed. vehicle is stopped and the brake pedal is applied. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

262 Driving and Operating A green ACC indicator and the set ACC will not brake because it is The set speed can also be speed display on the instrument overridden. While overridden, increased while the vehicle is cluster. The vehicle ahead indicator the ACC indicator will turn blue stopped. may be flashing if a vehicle ahead on the instrument cluster and . If stopped with the brake pedal was present and moved. See Head-Up Display (HUD), applied, press RES+ up until the “Approaching and Following a if equipped. desired set speed is displayed. Vehicle” later in this section. When the accelerator pedal is . If ACC is holding the vehicle at a Once ACC has resumed, the pressed, ACC will not brake stop and there is another vehicle vehicle speed will increase to the because it is overridden. The directly ahead, pressing RES+ set speed under the following ACC indicator will turn blue on up will increase the set speed. conditions: the instrument cluster. . Pressing RES+ up when there is . There is no vehicle ahead. . Press and hold RES+ up until no longer a vehicle ahead or the . The vehicle ahead is beyond the the desired set speed is vehicle ahead is pulling away selected following gap. displayed, then release it. and the brake is not applied will . The vehicle speed is not being . To increase vehicle speed in cause the ACC to resume limited because of a sharp turn. smaller increments, press RES+ When it is determined that there is up briefly. For each press, the no vehicle ahead or the vehicle Increasing Speed While ACC Is vehicle goes about 1 km/h ahead is beyond the selected at a Set Speed (1 mph) faster. following gap, then the vehicle If ACC is already activated, do one . To increase vehicle speed in speed will increase to the set speed. of the following: larger increments, hold RES+ up. While holding RES+, the Reducing Speed While ACC Is . Use the accelerator to get to the vehicle speed increases to the at a Set Speed higher speed. Briefly press down next 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then If ACC is already activated, do one and release SET– and release continues to increase by 5 km/h of the following: the accelerator pedal. The (5 mph) at a time. vehicle will now cruise at the higher speed. When the accelerator pedal is pressed, Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 263 . Use the brake to get to the Selecting the Follow range of selectable gaps may not be desired lower speed. Release Distance Gap appropriate for all drivers and the brake and press SET– down. driving conditions. When a slower moving vehicle is The vehicle will now cruise at Changing the gap setting the lower speed. detected ahead within the selected following gap, ACC will adjust the automatically changes the alert . Press and hold SET– down until vehicle's speed and attempt to timing sensitivity (Far, Medium, the desired lower speed is maintain the follow distance gap or Near) for the Forward Collision reached, then release it. selected. Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 278. . To decrease the vehicle speed in Press [ on the steering wheel to smaller increments, press SET– adjust the following gap. Each press The gap setting used by ACC is down briefly. For each press, the cycles the gap button through three independent to the alert timing vehicle goes about 1 km/h settings: Far, Medium, or Near. sensitivity (Far, Medium, or Near) (1 mph) slower. used by the Forward Collision Alert When pressed, the current gap . To decrease the vehicle speed in (FCA) feature. Pressing [ while setting displays briefly on the ACC is active will only modify the larger increments, hold SET– instrument cluster and HUD, down. While holding SET–, the gap setting used by ACC without if equipped. The gap setting will be changing the alert timing sensitivity vehicle speed decreases to the maintained until it is changed. next 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then used by FCA. Pressing [ while continues to decrease by 5 km/h Since each gap setting corresponds ACC is not active will only modify (5 mph) at a time. to a following time (Far, Medium, the alert timing sensitivity used by or Near), the following distance will FCA without modifying the gap The set speed can also be vary based on vehicle speed. The setting used by ACC. See Forward decreased while the vehicle is faster the vehicle speed, the further Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 278. stopped. back your vehicle will follow a . If stopped with the brake vehicle detected ahead. Consider applied, press or hold SET– traffic and weather conditions when down until the desired set speed selecting the following gap. The is displayed. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

264 Driving and Operating Alerting the Driver The vehicle ahead indicator is in the instrument cluster and HUD, if equipped. It only displays when a vehicle is detected in your vehicle’s path moving in the same direction. If this symbol is not displaying, ACC Without Head-Up Display will not respond to or brake for vehicles ahead. With Head-Up Display Screen If ACC is engaged, driver action ACC automatically slows the vehicle may be required when ACC cannot Closed down and adjusts vehicle speed to apply sufficient braking because of follow a detected vehicle ahead at approaching a vehicle too rapidly. the selected following gap. The When this condition occurs, the red vehicle speed increases or collision alert symbol will flash on decreases to follow a detected the windshield or on the HUD, vehicle in front of your vehicle. if equipped. Eight beeps will sound When that vehicle is traveling from the front. slower than your vehicle set speed, With Head-Up Display See Defensive Driving 0 226. it may apply limited braking, Screen Open if necessary. When braking is Approaching and Following a active, the brake lamps will come Vehicle on. The automatic braking may feel or sound different than if the brakes were applied manually. This is normal. Passing a Vehicle While Using ACC If the set speed is high enough, and the left turn signal is used to pass a vehicle ahead in the selected Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 265 following gap, ACC may assist by . Non-standard shaped vehicles, gradually accelerating the vehicle Warning (Continued) such as vehicle transport, prior to the lane change. vehicles with a side car fitted, vehicle it has never detected or horse carriages moving. This can occur in { Warning stop-and-go traffic or when a . Vehicles that are low to the road surface When using ACC to pass a vehicle suddenly appears due to vehicle or perform a lane change, a vehicle ahead changing lanes. . Objects that are close to the the following distance to the Your vehicle may not stop and front of your vehicle vehicle being passed may be could cause a crash. Use caution . Vehicles on which extremely reduced. ACC may not apply when using ACC. Your complete heavy cargo is loaded in the sufficient acceleration or braking attention is always required while cargo area or rear seat when passing a vehicle or driving and you should be ready performing a lane change. Always to take action and apply the be ready to manually accelerate brakes. or brake to complete the pass or lane change. Irregular Objects Affecting ACC Stationary or Very ACC may have difficulty detecting ACC Automatically Slow-Moving Objects the following objects: Disengages . Vehicles in front of your vehicle { Warning that have a rear aspect that is ACC may automatically disengage low, small, or irregular and the driver will need to manually ACC may not detect and react to apply the brakes to slow the stopped or slow-moving vehicles . An empty truck or trailer that has vehicle if: no cargo in the cargo bed ahead of you. For example, the . The front camera is blocked or system may not brake for a . Vehicles with cargo extending visibility is reduced. (Continued) from the back end Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

266 Driving and Operating . The Traction Control System indicator will flash as a reminder to (TCS) or StabiliTrak/ESC system check traffic ahead before Warning (Continued) has activated or been disabled. proceeding. no longer be held at a stop. The . There is a fault in the system. When the vehicle ahead drives vehicle can move. When ACC is . A DIC message displays to away, ACC resumes automatically if holding the vehicle at a stop, indicate that ACC is temporarily the stop was brief. If necessary, always be prepared to manually unavailable. press RES+ up or the accelerator apply the brakes. pedal to resume ACC. If stopped for The ACC indicator will turn white more than two minutes or if the when ACC is no longer active. driver door is opened and the driver In some cases, when ACC is seat belt is unbuckled, the ACC { Warning temporarily unavailable, regular automatically applies the Electric cruise control may be used. See Parking Brake (EPB) to hold the Leaving the vehicle without “Switching Between ACC and vehicle. The EPB status light will placing it in P (Park) can be Regular Cruise Control in this turn on. See Electric Parking Brake dangerous. Do not leave the ” 0 section. Always consider driving 252. To release the EPB, press vehicle while it is being held at a conditions before using either cruise the accelerator pedal. stop by ACC. Always place the control system. A DIC warning message may vehicle in P (Park) and turn off Notification to Resume ACC display indicating to shift to P (Park) the ignition before leaving the before exiting the vehicle. See vehicle. ACC will maintain a follow gap Vehicle Messages 0 134. behind a detected vehicle and slow your vehicle to a stop behind that ACC Override { Warning vehicle. If using the accelerator pedal while If the stopped vehicle ahead has If ACC has stopped the vehicle, ACC is active, the ACC indicator driven away and ACC has not and if ACC is disengaged, turned turns blue on the instrument cluster resumed, the vehicle ahead off, or canceled, the vehicle will indicating ACC braking will not (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 267 occur. ACC will resume operation When following a vehicle and when the accelerator pedal is not { Warning entering a curve, ACC may not being pressed. detect the vehicle ahead and On curves, ACC may respond to accelerate to the set speed. When a vehicle in another lane, or may this happens, the vehicle ahead { Warning not have time to react to a vehicle indicator will not appear. The ACC will not automatically in your lane. You could crash into apply the brakes if your foot is a vehicle ahead of you, or lose resting on the accelerator pedal. control of your vehicle. Give extra You could crash into a vehicle attention in curves and be ready ahead of you. to use the brakes if necessary. Select an appropriate speed while driving in curves. Curves in the Road ACC may operate differently in a { Warning sharp curve. It may reduce the vehicle speed if the curve is too ACC may detect a vehicle that is On curves, ACC may not detect a sharp. not in your lane and apply the vehicle ahead in your lane. You brakes. could be startled if the vehicle ACC may occasionally provide an accelerates up to the set speed, alert and/or braking that is especially when following a considered unnecessary. It could vehicle exiting or entering exit respond to vehicles in different ramps. You could lose control of lanes or stationary objects when the vehicle or crash. Do not use entering or exiting a curve. This is ACC while driving on an entrance normal operation. The vehicle does or exit ramp. Always be ready to not need service. use the brakes if necessary. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

268 Driving and Operating Other Vehicle Lane Changes Driving in Narrow Lanes . Press 5. Vehicles in adjacent traffic lanes or Erasing Speed Memory roadside objects may be incorrectly detected when located along the The ACC set speed is erased from roadway. memory if 5 is pressed or if the ignition is turned off. Do Not Use ACC on Hills and When Towing a Trailer Weather Conditions Affecting ACC If the interior temperature is extremely high, the instrument ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead cluster may indicate that ACC is until it is completely in the lane. The temporarily unavailable. This can be brakes may need to be manually caused by extreme hot weather applied. conditions with direct sunlight on the Objects Not Directly in Front of front camera. ACC will return to Your Vehicle normal operation once the cabin temperature is lower. The detection of objects in front of Do not use ACC when driving on Conditions that are associated with the vehicle may not be possible if: steep hills or when towing a trailer. low visibility, such as fog, rain, ACC will not detect a vehicle in the . The vehicle or object ahead is snow, or road spray, may limit ACC lane while driving on steep hills. not within your lane. performance. Water droplets from . The vehicle ahead is shifted, not Disengaging ACC rain or snow that remain on the centered, or is shifted to one windshield may also limit ACC’s There are three ways to ability to detect objects. side of the lane. disengage ACC: . Step lightly on the brake pedal. . Press *. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 269 . Low sun angles cause the Do not install objects on top of the { Warning camera to not detect objects, vehicle that and obstruct or it is more difficult to detect the front camera, such as a canoe, Camera visibility may be limited objects in the same traffic lane. kayak, or other items that can be and the ACC system may not . Lighting is poor in the evening or transported on a roof rack system. work properly if the windshield is See Roof Rack System 0 96. not clear. Do not use ACC if early morning moisture is present on the inside . There are multiple changes in Do not modify the hood, headlamps, or fog lamps, as this may limit the of the windshield or the brightness or shadows along the camera’s ability to detect an object. windshield washer is used in cold vehicle roadway. weather. Turn on the front . In a tunnel without the Cleaning the Sensing System defroster and make sure the headlamps on, or in a tunnel The camera sensor on the windshield is clear before using when there is a vehicle in front windshield behind the rearview ACC. Before driving, check that that does not have its mirror can become blocked by the windshield wipers are in good taillamps on. snow, ice, dirt, mud, or debris. This condition and replace them . Subjected to strong light from area needs to be cleaned for ACC if worn. opposing lane traffic in the front to operate properly. of the vehicle, such as The vehicle headlamps may need to Lighting Conditions high-beam headlamps from be cleaned due to dirt, snow, or ice. Affecting ACC oncoming traffic. Objects that are not illuminated correctly may be difficult to detect. The ACC front camera can be Accessory Installations and affected by poor lighting conditions, Vehicle Modifications and ACC may have limited Do not install or place any object performance when: around the front camera windshield . There are changes in brightness, area that would obstruct the front such as entering and exiting camera view. tunnels, bridges, and overpasses. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

270 Driving and Operating If ACC will not operate, regular Driver Assistance cruise control may be available. See Warning (Continued) “Switching Between ACC and Systems Regular Cruise Control in this . Detect children, ” This vehicle may have features that section. Always consider driving pedestrians, bicyclists, work together to help avoid crashes conditions before using either cruise or animals. or reduce crash damage while control system. . Detect vehicles or objects driving, backing, and parking. Read outside the area monitored For cleaning instructions, see this entire section before using by the system. “Washing the Vehicle” under these systems. Exterior Care 0 379. . Work at all driving speeds. { Warning . Warn you or provide you with enough time to avoid a Do not rely on the Driver crash. Assistance Systems. These Work under poor visibility or systems do not replace the need . bad weather conditions. for paying attention and driving safely. You may not hear or feel . Work if the detection sensor alerts or warnings provided by is not cleaned or is covered these systems. Failure to use by ice, snow, mud, or dirt. proper care when driving may . Work if the detection sensor result in injury, death, or vehicle is covered up, such as with damage. See Defensive Driving a sticker, magnet, or metal 0 226. plate. Under many conditions, these . Work if the area surrounding systems will not: the detection sensor is damaged or not properly (Continued) repaired. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 271 . Front camera lens in the front Warning (Continued) grille or near the front emblem Complete attention is always . Front side and rear side panels required while driving, and you . Outside of the windshield in front should be ready to take action of the rearview mirror and apply the brakes and/or steer . Side camera lens on the bottom the vehicle to avoid crashes. of the outside mirrors . Rear side corner bumpers Audible Alert . Rear Vision Camera above the Some driver assistance features license plate alert the driver of obstacles by beeping. To change the volume of This vehicle may be equipped with the warning chime, see “Comfort driver assistance systems that and Convenience” under Vehicle operate using radio frequency. See Personalization 0 135. Radio Frequency Statement 0 416. Cleaning Assistance Systems for Depending on vehicle options, keep Parking or Backing these areas of the vehicle clean to ensure the best driver assistance If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera feature performance. Driver (RVC), Rear Park Assist (RPA), Information Center (DIC) messages Front Park Assist (FPA), Surround may display when the systems are Vision, Front Vision Camera, and unavailable or blocked. Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) may . Front and rear bumpers and the help the driver park or avoid objects. area below the bumpers Always check around the vehicle . Front grille and headlamps when parking or backing. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

272 Driving and Operating Rear Vision Camera (RVC) Displayed images may be farther or When the vehicle is shifted into closer than they appear. The area R (Reverse), the RVC displays an displayed is limited and objects that image of the area behind the vehicle are close to either corner of the in the infotainment display. The bumper or under the bumper do not previous screen displays when the display. vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) A warning triangle may display to after a short delay. To return to the show that RPA or RCTA has previous screen sooner, press any detected an object. This triangle Home or Back on the infotainment changes from amber to red and display, shift into P (Park), or reach increases in size the closer the a vehicle speed of approximately object. 12 km/h (8 mph). Select Front or 1. View Displayed by the Rear Rear Camera to view the front or Vision Camera rear camera views. Select Guidance { Warning Lines on the camera screen to The camera(s) do not display enable or disable the guidance children, pedestrians, bicyclists, lines. crossing traffic, animals, or any other object outside of the cameras’ field of view, below the bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown distances may be different from actual distances. Do not drive or park the vehicle using 1. View Displayed by the Rear only these camera(s). Always Vision Camera check behind and around the 2. Corners of the Rear Bumper (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 273

Warning (Continued) { Warning vehicle before driving. Failure to The Surround Vision cameras use proper care may result in have blind spots and will not injury, death, or vehicle damage. display all objects near the corners of the vehicle. Folding Surround Vision outside mirrors that are out of position may not display surround If equipped, Surround Vision shows view correctly. Always check an image of the area surrounding around the vehicle when parking the vehicle, along with the front or or backing. rear camera views on the infotainment display. The front 1. Views Displayed by the camera is in the grille or near the Surround Vision Cameras front emblem, the side cameras are 2. Area Not Shown on the bottom of the outside mirrors, and the rear camera is above the license plate. The Surround Vision system can be accessed by selecting CAMERA in the infotainment display or when the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). To return to the previous screen sooner, press any button on the infotainment system, shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle speed of approximately 12 km/h (8 mph). 1. Views Displayed by the Surround Vision Cameras 2. Area Not Shown Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

274 Driving and Operating Camera Views Front/Rear Junction View : Guidance Lines : Displays Displays a front or rear cross traffic available guidelines. The horizontal view that shows objects directly to markings represent distance from the left and right of the front or back the vehicle. of the vehicle. Touch Junction View Top Down View : Displays an on the infotainment display when a image of the area surrounding the camera view is active. Touching the vehicle, along with other views in button multiple times will toggle the infotainment display. Top Down between front and rear camera can be enabled or disabled by views. pressing the Top Down View button Front/Rear Overhead View : multiple times. Displays a Front or Rear Overhead View of the vehicle. Touching the Park Assist button will toggle between the two With RPA, and if equipped with FPA, Touch the camera view buttons views. as the vehicle moves at speeds of along the bottom of the infotainment Side Forward/Rearward View : less than 8 km/h (5 mph) the display. Displays a view that shows objects sensors on the bumpers may detect objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind the Front/Rear Standard View : next to the front or rear sides of the vehicle and 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the Displays an image of the area in vehicle. Touch Side Forward/ vehicle within a zone 25 cm (10 in) front or behind the vehicle. Touch Rearward View on the infotainment high off the ground and below Front/Rear Standard View on the display when a camera view is bumper level. These detection infotainment display when a camera active. Touching the button multiple distances may be shorter during view is active. Touching the button times will toggle between forward warmer or humid weather. multiple times will toggle between and rearward views. Park Assist front and rear camera views. and RCTA are not available when Blocked sensors will not detect Side Forward/Rearward view is objects and can also cause false If equipped, the front view camera active. detections. Keep the sensors clean also displays when the Park Assist system detects an object within 30 cm (12 in). Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 275 of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush; Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) and clean sensors after a car wash If equipped, when the vehicle is in freezing temperatures. shifted into R (Reverse), RCTA displays a red warning triangle with { Warning a left or right pointing arrow on the infotainment display to warn of The Park Assist system does not traffic coming from the left or right. detect children, pedestrians, This system detects objects coming bicyclists, animals, or objects from up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left located below the bumper or that The instrument cluster may have a or right side of the vehicle. When an are too close or too far from the Park Assist display with bars that object is detected, either three vehicle. It is not available at show “distance to object” and object beeps sound from the left or right speeds greater than 8 km/h location information for the Park depending on the direction of the (5 mph). To prevent injury, death, Assist system. As the object gets detected vehicle. closer, more bars light up and the or vehicle damage, even with Use caution while backing up when Park Assist, always check the bars change color from yellow to amber to red. towing a trailer, as the RCTA area around the vehicle and detection zones that extend out check all mirrors before moving When an object is first detected in from the back of the vehicle do not forward or backing. the rear, one beep will be heard move further back when a trailer is from the rear. When an object is towed. very close (< 0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear, or < 0.3 m (1 ft) in the Turning the Features On or Off vehicle front), five beeps will sound To turn PA on or off, press X on from the front or rear depending on object location. Beeps for FPA are the center console. The indicator higher pitched than for RPA. light next to the button comes on when the features are on and turns off when the features have been disabled. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

276 Driving and Operating RCTA and Rear Park Assist . Park exactly lined up with the symbols can be turned on or off Warning (Continued) vehicle next to it if the spot is through vehicle personalization. See approached at an angle or if the as large potholes, or moving “Collision/Detection Systems” under parking space is angled. Vehicle Personalization 0 135. objects (e.g. pedestrians). Always verify that the parking space is . Park exactly centered in a spot Turn off RPA when towing a trailer. appropriate for parking a vehicle. that is marked too large. Automatic Parking Assist APA does not respond to changes . Always detect short curbs. (APA) with Braking in the parking space, such as When enabled, APA searches for movement of an adjacent vehicle, If equipped, APA searches for and parallel parking spaces to the right or a person or object entering the of the vehicle. To search for a steers the vehicle into parallel and parking space. APA does not perpendicular parking spots. When parking space to the left, turn on the detect or avoid traffic that is using APA, you must still shift gears, left turn signal or, if available, while the system applies the brakes behind or alongside of the change the side selection in the and accelerator. A display and vehicle. Always be prepared to infotainment display. audible beeps help to guide parking stop the vehicle during the To switch the parking mode maneuvers. parking maneuver. between parallel and perpendicular, Do not use APA when towing a touch icons on screen during the trailer. Press switch O on the center search process or, if available, console to enable the system to change the parking mode in the infotainment display. { Warning search for a parking space that is large enough and within 1.5 m (5 ft) APA may not detect objects in the of the vehicle. The vehicle speed parking space, objects that are must be below 30 km/h (18 mph). soft or narrow, objects high off the The system cannot: ground such as flatbed trucks, . Detect whether it is a legal objects below ground level such parking space. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 277 Vehicle speed is limited to a maximum of 5 km/h (3 mph) during the parking maneuver. A progress arrow displays the status of the parking maneuver. Depending on the space size, additional maneuvers may be required, and there will be additional instructions. When changing gears, allow the After completely passing a large APA will instruct the vehicle to stop automatic steering to complete enough space, an audible beep once a large enough space is found. before continuing the parking occurs. Follow the displayed instructions. maneuver. APA will beep and display a PARKING COMPLETE A red stop symbol and a shift to Shift to R (Reverse) to engage reverse message are displayed. message. Apply the brakes and automatic steering. The steering place the vehicle in P (Park). If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), but wheel will vibrate briefly as a does not steer into the expected reminder to remove hands from the APA may automatically disengage if: space, this may be because the steering wheel. APA uses idle . The steering wheel is used by system is maneuvering the vehicle speed and braking to park. If idle the driver. into a previously detected space. speed is not sufficient, gently press The APA system does not need the accelerator. . The maximum allowed speed is exceeded. service. Check surroundings and be prepared to stop to avoid vehicles, . The parking brake is applied or pedestrians, or objects not detected the vehicle is shifted into by the system. P (Park). In case the driver brakes, APA will . There is a failure with the APA not disengage. Manual steering by system. the driver automatically . Electronic stability control or disengages APA. antilock brakes are activated. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

278 Driving and Operating . A high priority vehicle message Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System is displayed in the DIC. can help to avoid a crash or reduce Warning (Continued) crash damage. . The driver opens the door with closely, FCA may not provide a an unbuckled seat belt. Forward Collision Alert warning with enough time to help The brake holds the vehicle until the avoid a crash. It also may not parking brake or brake is applied, (FCA) System provide any warning at all. FCA or the vehicle is shifted into If equipped, the FCA system may does not warn of pedestrians, P (Park). help to avoid or reduce the harm animals, signs, guardrails, bridges, construction barrels, To cancel APA, press O again. caused by front-end crashes. When approaching a vehicle ahead too or other objects. Be ready to take When the System Does Not quickly, FCA provides a red flashing action and apply the brakes. See Seem to Work Properly alert on the windshield and rapidly Defensive Driving 0 226. beeps. FCA also lights an amber The APA system may require a visual alert if following another short period of driving along curves vehicle much too closely. FCA can be disabled through to calibrate. vehicle personalization. See FCA detects vehicles within a “Collision/Detection Systems” under Assistance Systems for distance of approximately 60 m Vehicle Personalization 0 135. (197 ft) and operates at speeds Driving above 8 km/h (5 mph). Detecting the Vehicle Ahead If equipped, when driving the vehicle in a forward gear, Forward { Warning Collision Alert (FCA), Lane Departure Warning (LDW), Lane FCA is a warning system and Keep Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone does not apply the brakes. When Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert approaching a slower-moving or (LCA), Automatic Emergency stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, Braking (AEB), and/or the Front or when following a vehicle too (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 279 FCA warnings will not occur unless the FCA system detects a vehicle Warning (Continued) ahead. When a vehicle is detected, the vehicle ahead indicator will proper condition. Keep the display green. Vehicles may not be windshield, headlamps, and FCA detected on curves, highway exit sensors clean and in good repair. ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; or if a vehicle ahead is partially Collision Alert blocked by pedestrians or other objects. FCA will not detect another vehicle ahead until it is completely in the driving lane. If Head-Up Display (HUD) is { Warning equipped and the screen is closed, when your vehicle approaches FCA does not provide a warning If Head-Up Display (HUD) is not another detected vehicle too rapidly, to help avoid a crash, unless it equipped, when your vehicle the HUD with the integrated RLAD detects a vehicle. FCA may not approaches another detected can display red spots reflected in detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA vehicle too rapidly, the red FCA the windshield. sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, display will flash on the windshield. or ice, or if the windshield is damaged. It may also not detect a vehicle on winding or hilly roads, or in conditions that can limit visibility such as fog, rain, or snow, or if the headlamps or windshield are not cleaned or in If Head-Up Display (HUD) is (Continued) equipped and the screen is open, when your vehicle approaches Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

280 Driving and Operating another detected vehicle too rapidly, Selecting the Alert Timing Following Distance Indicator the HUD can display indicator on The Collision Alert control is on the The following distance to a moving the screen as the FCA display. steering wheel. Press [ to set the vehicle ahead in your path is Also, eight rapid high-pitched beeps FCA timing to Far, Medium, or Near. indicated in following time in will sound from the front. When this The first button press shows the seconds on the Driver Information Collision Alert occurs, the brake current setting on the DIC. Center (DIC). See Driver system may prepare for driver Additional button presses will Information Center (DIC) (Base braking to occur more rapidly which change this setting. The chosen Level) 0 123 or can cause a brief, mild deceleration. setting will remain until it is changed Driver Information Center (DIC) Continue to apply the brake pedal and will affect the timing of both the (Uplevel) 0 127. The minimum as needed. Cruise control may be Collision Alert and the Tailgating following time is 0.5 seconds away. disengaged when the Collision Alert Alert features. The timing of both If there is no vehicle detected occurs. alerts will vary based on vehicle ahead, or the vehicle ahead is out of sensor range, dashes will be Tailgating Alert speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the farther away the alert will occur. displayed. Consider traffic and weather Unnecessary Alerts conditions when selecting the alert timing. The range of selectable alert FCA may provide unnecessary timings may not be appropriate for alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles all drivers and driving conditions. in other lanes, objects that are not vehicles, or shadows. These alerts If your vehicle is equipped with are normal operation and the The vehicle ahead indicator will Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), vehicle does not need service. display amber when you are changing the FCA timing setting following a vehicle ahead too automatically changes the following Cleaning the System closely. gap setting (Far, Medium, or Near). If the FCA system does not seem to operate properly, this may correct the issue: Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 281 . Clean the outside of the vehicle ahead indicator being lit. windshield in front of the See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Warning (Continued) rearview mirror. System 0 278. . Detect all vehicles, . Clean the entire front of the The system works when driving in a especially vehicles with a vehicle. forward gear between 8 km/h trailer, tractors, muddy . Clean the headlamps. (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph), vehicles, etc. or on vehicles with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), above 4 km/h . Detect a vehicle when Automatic Emergency (2 mph). It can detect vehicles up to weather limits visibility, such Braking (AEB) approximately 60 m (197 ft). as in fog, rain, or snow. If the vehicle has Forward Collision . Detect a vehicle ahead if it is partially blocked by Alert (FCA), it also has AEB, which { Warning includes Intelligent Brake pedestrians or other objects. Assist (IBA). When the system AEB is an emergency crash Complete attention is always detects a vehicle ahead in your path preparation feature and is not required while driving, and you that is traveling in the same designed to avoid crashes. Do should be ready to take action direction that you may be about to not rely on AEB to brake the and apply the brakes and/or steer crash into, it can provide a boost to vehicle. AEB will not brake the vehicle to avoid crashes. braking or automatically brake the outside of its operating speed vehicle. This can help avoid or range and only responds to lessen the severity of crashes when detected vehicles. AEB may slow the vehicle to a driving in a forward gear. Depending complete stop to try to avoid a on the situation, the vehicle may AEB may not: potential crash. If this happens, AEB automatically brake moderately or . Detect a vehicle ahead on may engage the Electric Parking hard. This automatic emergency winding or hilly roads. Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a stop. Release the EPB or firmly braking can only occur if a vehicle is (Continued) detected. This is shown by the FCA press the accelerator pedal. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

282 Driving and Operating . Heavy rain or snow is interfering { Warning { Warning with object detection. AEB may automatically brake the IBA may increase vehicle braking . There is a problem with the vehicle suddenly in situations in situations when it may not be StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability where it is unexpected and necessary. You could block the Control (ESC) system. undesired. It could respond to a flow of traffic. If this occurs, take The AEB system does not need turning vehicle ahead, guardrails, your foot off the brake pedal and service. signs, and other non-moving then apply the brakes as needed. objects. To override AEB, firmly Front Pedestrian Braking press the accelerator pedal, if it is AEB and IBA can be disabled (FPB) System safe to do so. through vehicle personalization. See If equipped, the FPB system may “Collision/Detection Systems” under 0 help avoid or reduce the harm Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) Vehicle Personalization 135. caused by front-end crashes with IBA may activate when the brake nearby pedestrians when driving in pedal is applied quickly by providing { Warning a forward gear. FPB displays an amber indicator, ~, when a nearby a boost to braking based on the Using AEB or IBA while towing a speed of approach and distance to pedestrian is detected ahead. When trailer could cause you to lose a vehicle ahead. approaching a detected pedestrian control of the vehicle and crash. too quickly, FPB provides a red Minor brake pedal pulsations or Turn the system to Alert, or if the flashing alert on the windshield and pedal movement during this time is vehicle has ACC to Off, when rapidly beeps. FPB can provide a normal and the brake pedal should towing a trailer. boost to braking or automatically continue to be applied as needed. brake the vehicle. This system IBA will automatically disengage includes Intelligent Brake Assist only when the brake pedal is A system unavailable message may (IBA), and the Automatic released. display if: Emergency Braking (AEB) system . The front of the vehicle or windshield is not clean. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 283 may also respond to pedestrians. Detecting the Pedestrian See Automatic Emergency Braking Warning (Continued) Ahead (AEB) 0 281. . Due to poor visibility, The FPB system can detect and including nighttime alert to pedestrians in a forward conditions, fog, rain, gear at speeds between 8 km/h or snow. (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph). During daytime driving, the system . If the FPB sensor is blocked detects pedestrians up to a distance by dirt, snow, or ice. of approximately 40 m (131 ft). . If the headlamps or FPB alerts and automatic braking During nighttime driving, system windshield are not cleaned will not occur unless the FPB performance is very limited. or in proper condition. system detects a pedestrian. When Be ready to take action and apply a nearby pedestrian is detected in { Warning the brakes. For more information, front of the vehicle, the pedestrian see Defensive Driving 0 226. ahead indicator will display amber. FPB does not provide an alert or Keep the windshield, headlamps, automatically brake the vehicle, Front Pedestrian Alert and FPB sensor clean and in unless it detects a pedestrian. good repair. FPB may not detect pedestrians, including children: FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alert . When the pedestrian is not and Brake through vehicle directly ahead, fully visible, personalization. See Collision/ or standing upright, or when “ Detection Systems” under Vehicle part of a group. 0 Personalization 135. If Head-Up Display (HUD) is not (Continued) equipped, when the vehicle approaches a pedestrian ahead too rapidly, the red FPB alert display will flash on the windshield. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

284 Driving and Operating pedestrian ahead too rapidly, the If this happens, Automatic Braking HUD can display indicator on the may engage the Electric Parking screen. Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a Eight rapid high-pitched beeps will stop. Release the EPB. A firm press sound from the front. When this of the accelerator pedal will also Pedestrian Alert occurs, the brake release Automatic Braking and system may prepare for driver the EPB. braking to occur more rapidly which can cause a brief, mild deceleration. { Warning Continue to apply the brake pedal as needed. Cruise control may be FPB may alert or automatically disengaged when the Front brake the vehicle suddenly in If Head-Up Display (HUD) is Pedestrian Alert occurs. situations where it is unexpected and undesired. It could falsely equipped and the screen is closed, Automatic Braking when the vehicle approaches a alert or brake for objects similar in pedestrian ahead too rapidly, the If FPB detects it is about to crash shape or size to pedestrians, HUD with the integrated RLAD can into a pedestrian directly ahead, and including shadows. This is normal display red spots reflected in the the brakes have not been applied, operation and the vehicle does windshield. FPB may automatically brake not need service. To override moderately or brake hard. This can Automatic Braking, firmly press help to avoid some very low speed the accelerator pedal, if it is safe pedestrian crashes or reduce to do so. pedestrian injury. FPB can automatically brake to detected pedestrians between 8 km/h (5 mph) Automatic Braking can be disabled and 80 km/h (50 mph). Automatic through vehicle personalization. See braking levels may be reduced “Front Pedestrian Detection” in If Head-Up Display (HUD) is under certain conditions, such as “Collision/Detection Systems” under equipped and the screen is open, higher speeds. Vehicle Personalization 0 135. when the vehicle approaches a Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 285 and a vehicle is also detected on { Warning the same side, the display will flash Warning (Continued) as an extra warning not to change Using the Front Pedestrian lanes. Since this system is part of lanes under all driving conditions. Braking system while towing a the Lane Change Alert (LCA) Failure to use proper care when trailer could cause you to lose system, read the entire LCA section changing lanes may result in control of the vehicle and crash. before using this feature. injury, death, or vehicle damage. Turn the system to Alert or Off Before making a lane change, when towing a trailer. Lane Change Alert (LCA) always check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and use the turn If equipped, the LCA system is a signals. Cleaning the System lane-changing aid that assists If FPB does not seem to operate drivers with avoiding lane change properly, cleaning the outside of the crashes that occur with moving LCA Detection Zones windshield in front of the rearview vehicles in the side blind zone (or mirror may correct the issue. spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly approaching these areas from Side Blind Zone behind. The LCA warning display will light up in the corresponding Alert (SBZA) outside mirror and will flash if the If equipped, the SBZA system is a turn signal is on. lane-changing aid that assists drivers with avoiding crashes that { Warning occur with moving vehicles in the side blind zone (or spot) areas. LCA does not alert the driver to 1. SBZA Detection Zone When the vehicle is in a forward vehicles outside of the system 2. LCA Detection Zone gear, the left or right side mirror detection zones, pedestrians, The LCA sensor covers a zone of display will light up if a moving bicyclists, or animals. It may not approximately one lane over from vehicle is detected in that blind provide alerts when changing both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m zone. If the turn signal is activated (Continued) (11 ft). The height of the zone is Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

286 Driving and Operating approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) When the vehicle is started, both highway road with traffic and and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The outside mirror LCA displays will roadside objects (e.g., guardrails, Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) briefly come on to indicate the barriers). warning area starts at approximately system is operating. When the LCA displays may not come on the middle of the vehicle and goes vehicle is in a forward gear, the left when passing a vehicle quickly, for back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are also or right outside mirror display will a stopped vehicle, or when towing a warned of vehicles rapidly light up if a moving vehicle is trailer. The LCA detection zones approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft) detected in the next lane over in that that extend back from the side of behind the vehicle. blind zone or rapidly approaching the vehicle do not move further back that zone. If the turn signal is How the System Works when a trailer is towed. Use caution activated in the same direction as a while changing lanes when towing a The LCA symbol lights up in the detected vehicle, this display will trailer. LCA may alert to objects outside mirrors when the system flash as an extra warning not to attached to the vehicle, such as a detects a moving vehicle in the next change lanes. trailer, bicycle, or object extending lane over that is in the side blind LCA can be disabled. When you out to either side of the vehicle. zone or rapidly approaching that disable LCA, Side Blind Zone Alert Attached objects may also interfere zone from behind. A lit LCA symbol is also disabled. See “Collision/ with the detection of vehicles. This indicates it may be unsafe to Detection Systems” under Vehicle is normal system operation; the change lanes. Before making a lane Personalization 0 135. If LCA is vehicle does not need service. change, check the LCA display, disabled by the driver, the LCA LCA may not always alert the driver check mirrors, glance over your mirror displays will not light up. shoulder, and use the turn signals. to vehicles in the next lane over, When the System Does Not especially in wet conditions or when Seem to Work Properly driving on sharp curves. The system does not need to be serviced. The The LCA system requires some system may light up due to driving for the system to calibrate to guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and maximum performance. This other non-moving objects. This is calibration may occur more quickly if normal system operation; the Left Outside Right Outside the vehicle is driving on a straight Mirror Display Mirror Display vehicle does not need service. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 287 LCA may not operate when the LCA between 60 km/h (37 mph) and 180 sensors in the left or right corners of km/h (112 mph). It may assist by Warning (Continued) the rear bumper are covered with gently turning the steering wheel if mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in the vehicle approaches a detected . Provide an alert or enough heavy rainstorms. For cleaning lane marking. It may also provide a steering assist to avoid a instructions, see "Washing the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) lane departure or crash. Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 379. alert if the vehicle crosses a . Detect lane markings under If the DIC still displays the system detected lane marking. LKA can be poor weather or visibility unavailable message after cleaning overridden by turning the steering conditions. This can occur if both sides of the vehicle toward the wheel. This system is not intended the windshield or rear corners of the vehicle, see your to keep the vehicle centered in the headlamps are blocked by dealer. lane. LKA will not assist and alert if dirt, snow, or ice; if they are If the LCA displays do not light up the turn signal is active in the not in proper condition; or if when moving vehicles are in the direction of lane departure, or if it the sun shines directly into side blind zone or are rapidly detects that you are accelerating, the camera. braking or actively steering. approaching this zone and the . Detect road edges. system is clean, the system may . Detect lanes on winding or need service. Take the vehicle to { Warning hilly roads. your dealer. The LKA system does not If LKA only detects lane markings Radio Frequency Information continuously steer the vehicle. on one side of the road, it will See Radio Frequency Statement It may not keep the vehicle in the only assist or provide an LDW 0 416. lane or give a Lane Departure alert when approaching the lane Warning (LDW) alert, even if a on the side where it has detected Lane Keep Assist (LKA) lane marking is detected. a lane marking. Even with LKA and LDW, you must steer the If equipped, LKA may help avoid The LKA and LDW systems crashes due to unintentional lane may not: vehicle. Always keep your attention on the road and departures. This system uses a (Continued) camera to detect lane markings (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

288 Driving and Operating unintended lane departure. It may Take Steering Warning (Continued) further provide an audible alert or The LKA system does not the driver seat may pulse indicating maintain proper vehicle position continuously steer the vehicle. that a lane marking has been If LKA does not detect active driver within the lane, or vehicle crossed. damage, injury, or death could steering, an alert and chime may be occur. Always keep the To turn LKA on and off, press A provided. Steer the vehicle to windshield, headlamps, and on the center console. If equipped, dismiss. LKA may become temporarily unavailable after camera sensors clean and in the indicator light on the button repeated take steering alerts. good repair. Do not use LKA in comes on when LKA is on and turns bad weather conditions or on off when LKA is disabled. When the System Does Not roads with unclear lane markings, When on, A is white, if equipped, Seem to Work Properly such as construction zones. indicating that the system is not The system performance may be ready to assist. A is green if LKA affected by: is ready to assist. LKA may assist by gently turning the steering wheel . Close vehicles ahead. { Warning if the vehicle approaches a detected . Sudden lighting changes, such Using LKA while towing a trailer lane marking. A is amber when as when driving through tunnels. or on slippery roads could cause assisting. It may also provide a . Banked roads. loss of control of the vehicle and Lane Departure Warning (LDW) alert by flashing A amber if the . Roads with poor lane markings, a crash. Turn the system off. such as two-lane roads. vehicle crosses a detected lane marking. Additionally, there may be If the LKA system is not functioning How the System Works three beeps, or the driver seat may properly when lane markings are LKA uses a camera sensor installed pulse three times, on the right or clearly visible, cleaning the on the windshield ahead of the left, depending on the lane windshield may help. rearview mirror to detect lane departure direction. A camera blocked message may markings. It may provide brief display if the camera is blocked. steering assist if it detects an Some driver assistance systems Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 289 may have reduced performance or Fuel Recommended Fuel not work at all. An LKA or LDW unavailable message may display if the systems are temporarily Top Tier Fuel unavailable. This message could be GM recommends the use of TOP due to a blocked camera. The LKA TIER Detergent Gasoline to keep system does not need service. the engine clean, reduce engine Clean the outside of the windshield deposits, and maintain optimal behind the rear view mirror. vehicle performance. Look for the Use regular unleaded gasoline LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts TOP TIER Logo or see www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP meeting ASTM specification D4814 may occur due to tar marks, with a posted octane rating of 87 — shadows, cracks in the road, TIER Detergent Gasoline marketers and applicable countries. (R+M)/2 — or higher. Do not use temporary or construction lane gasoline with a posted octane rating markings, or other road of less than 87, as this may cause imperfections. This is normal system engine knock and will lower fuel operation; the vehicle does not need economy. service. Turn LKA off if these conditions continue. Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels greater than 15% by volume. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

290 Driving and Operating Prohibited Fuels (9,000 mi), whichever occurs first. Caution (Continued) TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Caution . Fuel with a posted octane Plus−Gasoline will help keep your rating of less than the Do not use fuels with any of the vehicle’s engine fuel deposit free recommended fuel. Using and performing optimally. following conditions; doing so this fuel will lower fuel may damage the vehicle and void economy and performance, its warranty: and may decrease the life of Filling the Tank the emissions catalyst. . For vehicles that are not An arrow on the fuel gauge FlexFuel, fuel labeled indicates which side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See Fuel Gauge greater than 15% ethanol by Fuels in Foreign 0 volume, such as mid-level 111. ethanol blends (16–50% Countries ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel. The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post { Warning . Fuel with any amount of fuel octane ratings in anti-knock index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn methanol, methylal, violently and can cause injury or ferrocene, and aniline. foreign country, see Prohibited 0 death. These fuels can corrode Fuels 290. metal fuel system parts or Follow these guidelines to help damage plastic and rubber Fuel Additives avoid injuries to you and others: parts. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is . Read and follow all the . Fuel containing metals such highly recommended for use with instructions on the fuel as methylcyclopentadienyl your vehicle. If your country does pump island. not have TOP TIER Detergent manganese tricarbonyl . Turn off the engine when Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel (MMT), which can damage refueling. the emissions control System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to system and plugs. the vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at (Continued) (Continued) every oil change or 15 000 km Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 291

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) . Keep sparks, flames, and . Vehicle performance issues, smoking materials away including engine stalling and from fuel. damage to the fuel system. . Do not leave the fuel pump . Fuel spills. unattended. . Under certain conditions, . Avoid using electronic fuel fires. devices while refueling. . Do not re-enter the vehicle Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait while pumping fuel. five seconds after you have finished To open the fuel door, push and . Keep children away from pumping before removing the fill release the rearward center edge of nozzle. Clean fuel from painted the fuel pump and never let the door. children pump fuel. surfaces as soon as possible. See The capless refueling system does Exterior Care 0 379. Push the fuel . Before touching the fill not have a fuel cap. Fully insert and door closed until it latches. nozzle, touch a metallic latch the fill nozzle, then begin object to discharge static fueling. electricity from your body. { Warning . Fuel can spray out if the fill If a fire starts while you are nozzle is inserted too { Warning refueling, do not remove the fill quickly. This spray can Overfilling the fuel tank by more nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by happen if the tank is nearly than three clicks of a standard fill shutting off the pump or by full, and is more likely in hot nozzle may cause: notifying the station attendant. weather. Insert the fill nozzle Leave the area immediately. slowly and wait for any hiss (Continued) noise to stop before beginning to flow fuel. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

292 Driving and Operating Filling the Tank with a Portable 3. Remove and clean the funnel Fuel Container adapter and return it to the Warning (Continued) storage location. If the vehicle runs out of fuel and . Bring the fill nozzle in must be filled from a portable fuel contact with the inside of container: Filling a Portable Fuel the fill opening before Container operating the nozzle. Maintain contact until filling is complete. { Warning . Keep sparks, flames, and Never fill a portable fuel container smoking materials away while it is in the vehicle. Static from fuel. electricity discharge from the 1. Locate the capless funnel container can ignite the fuel . Do not use electronic devices while pumping fuel. adapter from the rear cargo vapor. You or others could be area under the load floor tray. badly burned and the vehicle 2. Insert and latch the funnel into could be damaged. To help avoid the capless fuel system. injury to you and others: . Dispense fuel only into { Warning approved containers. Attempting to refuel from a . Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle, in a portable fuel container without vehicle's trunk, in a pickup using the funnel adapter may bed, or on any surface other cause fuel spillage and damage than the ground. the capless fuel system. This could cause a fire. You or others (Continued) could be badly burned and the vehicle could be damaged. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 293 Trailer Towing important for your safety and that of Warning (Continued) your passengers. Read this section carefully before pulling a trailer. General Towing trailer brakes are inadequate for Information the load, the vehicle may not stop When towing a trailer: as expected. You and others . Become familiar with and follow Only use towing equipment that has could be seriously injured. The all state and local laws that been designed for the vehicle. vehicle may also be damaged, apply to trailer towing. These Contact your dealer or trailering and the repairs would not be requirements vary from state to dealer for assistance with preparing covered by the vehicle warranty. state. the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read the Pull a trailer only if all the steps in entire section before towing a trailer. . State laws may require the use this section have been followed. of extended side view mirrors. To tow a disabled vehicle, see Ask your dealer for advice and Even if not required, you should 0 Towing the Vehicle 374. To tow information about towing a trailer install extended side view the vehicle behind another vehicle with the vehicle. mirrors if your visibility is limited such as a motor home, see or restricted while towing. Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 375. Driving with a Trailer . Do not tow a trailer during the Driving Characteristics first 800 km (500 mi) of vehicle Trailering is different than just use to prevent damage to the and Towing Tips driving the vehicle by itself. engine, axle, or other parts. Trailering means changes in handling, acceleration, braking, . It is recommended to perform { Warning durability, and fuel economy. the first oil change before heavy towing. You can lose control when towing Successful, safe trailering takes a trailer if the correct equipment is correct equipment, and it has to be . During the first 800 km (500 mi) not used or the vehicle is not used properly. of trailer towing, do not drive driven properly. For example, The following information has many over 80 km/h (50 mph) and do if the trailer is too heavy or the time-tested, important trailering tips not make starts at full throttle. (Continued) and safety rules. Many of these are Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

294 Driving and Operating . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). If equipped with Lane Change Alert If the transmission downshifts (LCA), the LCA detection zones that Warning (Continued) too often, a lower gear may be extend back from the side of the selected using Manual Mode vehicle do not move further back . Adjust the climate control See Manual Mode 0 249. when a trailer is towed. Use caution system to a setting that brings in only outside air. If equipped, the following driver while changing lanes when towing a trailer. See “Climate Control assistance features should be Systems” in the Index. turned off when towing a trailer: If equipped with Rear Cross Traffic For more information about . Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Alert (RCTA), use caution while backing up when towing a trailer, as carbon monoxide, see Engine . Super Cruise Control the RCTA detection zones that Exhaust 0 246. . Lane Keep Assist (LKA) extend out from the back of the vehicle do not move further back Towing a trailer requires experience. . Park Assist when a trailer is towed. The combination of the vehicle and . Automatic Parking Assist (APA) trailer is longer and not as . Reverse Automatic { Warning responsive as the vehicle itself. Get Braking (RAB) used to the handling and braking of To prevent serious injury or death the combination by driving on a If equipped, the following driver from carbon monoxide (CO), level road surface before driving on assistance features should be when towing a trailer: public roads. turned to alert or off when towing a trailer: . Do not drive with the The trailer structure, the tires, and liftgate, trunk/hatch, the brakes must be all be rated to . Automatic Emergency or rear-most window open. carry the intended cargo. Braking (AEB) . Fully open the air outlets on Inadequate trailer equipment can . Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) or under the instrument cause the combination to operate in panel. an unexpected or unsafe manner. . Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) Before driving, inspect all trailer (Continued) hitch parts and attachments, safety chains, electrical connectors, lamps, Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 295 tires, and mirrors. See Towing Passing Equipment 0 300. If the trailer has Caution (Continued) More passing distance is needed electric brakes, start the when towing a trailer. The combination moving and then Making very sharp turns could combination will not accelerate as manually apply the trailer brake cause the trailer to contact the quickly and is much longer so it is controller to check the trailer brakes vehicle. necessary to go much farther work. During the trip, occasionally beyond the passed vehicle before check that the cargo and trailer are returning to the lane. Pass on level Make wider turns than normal when secure and that the lamps and any roadways. Avoid passing on hills if towing, so trailer will not go over soft trailer brakes are working. possible. shoulders, over curbs, or strike road Towing with a Stability Control signs, trees, or other objects. Backing Up System Always signal turns well in advance. Hold the bottom of the steering Do not steer or brake suddenly. When towing, the stability control wheel with one hand. To move the Driving on Grades system might be heard. The system trailer to the left, move that hand to reacts to vehicle movement caused the left. To move the trailer to the Reduce speed and shift to a lower by the trailer, which mainly occurs right, move that hand to the right. gear before starting down a long or during cornering. This is normal steep downhill grade. If the when towing heavier trailers. Always back up slowly and, transmission is not shifted down, the if possible, have someone Following Distance brakes may overheat and result in guide you. reduced braking efficiency. Stay at least twice as far behind the Making Turns The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). vehicle ahead as you would when Shift the transmission to a lower driving without a trailer. This can gear if the transmission shifts too help to avoid heavy braking and Caution often under heavy loads and/or hilly sudden turns. Turn more slowly and make wider conditions. arcs when towing a trailer to When towing at higher altitudes, prevent damage to your vehicle. engine coolant will boil at a lower (Continued) temperature than at lower altitudes. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

296 Driving and Operating If the engine is turned off 2. Have someone place chocks Maintenance When Trailer immediately after towing at high under the trailer wheels. Towing altitude on steep uphill grades, the 3. When the wheel chocks are in The vehicle needs service more vehicle could show signs similar to place, gradually release the engine overheating. To avoid this, often when used to tow trailers. See brake pedal to allow the chocks Maintenance Schedule 0 390. It is let the engine run, preferably on to absorb the load of the trailer. level ground, with the transmission especially important to check the in P (Park) for a few minutes before 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then automatic transmission fluid, engine turning the engine off. If the apply the parking brake and oil, axle lubricant, belts, cooling overheat warning comes on, see shift into P (Park). system, and brake system before 0 and during each trip. Engine Overheating 321. 5. Release the brake pedal. Check periodically that all nuts and Parking on Hills Leaving After Parking on a Hill bolts on the trailer hitch are tight. 1. Apply and hold the brake { Warning Engine Cooling When Trailer pedal. Towing To prevent serious injury or death, Start the engine. . The cooling system may temporarily always park your vehicle and . Shift into a gear. overheat during severe operating trailer on a level surface when . Release the parking brake. conditions. See Engine Overheating possible. 0 321. 2. Let up on the brake pedal. When parking your vehicle and your 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is Trailer Towing trailer on a hill: clear of the chocks. 1. Press the brake pedal, but do 4. Stop and have someone pick Caution not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn up and store the chocks. the wheels into the curb if Towing a trailer improperly can facing downhill or into traffic if damage the vehicle and result in facing uphill. costly repairs not covered by the (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 297 . GCWR: Gross Combined Weight Caution (Continued) Rating { Warning vehicle warranty. To tow a trailer . GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight You and others could be seriously correctly, follow the directions in Rating injured or killed if the trailer is too this section and see your dealer . Maximum Trailer Weight Rating heavy or the trailer brakes are for important information about inadequate for the load. The . Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight towing a trailer with the vehicle. vehicle may be damaged, and the See “Weight-Distributing Hitch repairs would not be covered by Adjustment” under Towing the vehicle warranty. Trailer Weight Equipment 0 300 to determine if equalizer bars are required to obtain Only tow a trailer if all the steps in { Warning the maximum trailer weight rating. this section have been followed. Ask your dealer for advice and See Trailer Brakes under Towing Never exceed the towing capacity “ ” information about towing a trailer. Equipment 0 300 to determine if for your vehicle. brakes are required based on your trailer's weight. Gross Combined Weight Safe trailering requires monitoring The only way to be sure the weight Rating (GCWR) the weight, speed, altitude, road is not exceeding any of these GCWR is the total allowable weight grades, outside temperature, ratings is to weigh the tow vehicle dimensions of the front of the trailer, of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer combination, fully loaded and trailer including any fuel, and how frequently the vehicle is for the trip, getting individual used to tow a trailer. passengers, cargo, equipment, and weights for each of these items. accessories. Do not exceed the Trailer Weight Ratings GCWR for your vehicle. The GCWR for the vehicle is on the tow rating When towing a trailer, the weight of chart later in this section. the loaded vehicle and trailer must be within the weight ratings for the vehicle. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

298 Driving and Operating To check that the weight of the The gross combined weight can Maximum Trailer Weight vehicle and trailer are within the also be confirmed by weighing the Rating GCWR for the vehicle, follow these truck and trailer on a public scale. steps: The truck and trailer should be The maximum trailer weight rating is calculated assuming the tow vehicle 1. Start with the "curb weight" loaded for the trip with passengers and cargo. has a driver, a front seat passenger, from the Trailering Information and all required trailering label. equipment. Weight of additional 2. Add the weight of the trailer optional equipment, passengers, loaded with cargo and ready and cargo in the tow vehicle must for the trip. be subtracted from the trailer weight rating. 3. Add the weight of all passengers. Use the tow rating chart to determine how much the trailer can 4. Add the weight of all cargo in weigh, based on the vehicle model, the vehicle. powertrain and trailering options. 5. Add the weight of hitch hardware such as a draw bar, ball, load equalizer bars, or sway bars. Gross Vehicle Weight 6. Add the weight of any Rating (GVWR) accessories or aftermarket equipment added to the For information about the vehicle's vehicle. maximum load capacity, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 232. When calculating The resulting weight cannot exceed the GVWR with a trailer attached, the GCWR value on the Trailering the trailer tongue weight must be Information label. included as part of the weight the vehicle is carrying. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 299

Vehicle Maximum Trailer Weight *GCWR 1.2L CVT Front-Wheel Drive 454 kg (1,000 lb) 2,050 kg (4,519 lb) 1.3L CVT Front-Wheel Drive 454 kg (1,000 lb) 2,070 kg (4,563 lb) 1.3L AT All-Wheel Drive 454 kg (1,000 lb) 2,130 kg (4,695 lb) * The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicel and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.

Maximum Trailer Tongue cargo, equipment and the trailer Weight Rating tongue weight. Vehicle options, passengers, cargo, and equipment The Maximum Trailer Tongue reduce the maximum allowable Weight Rating is the allowable tongue weight the vehicle can carry, trailer tongue weight that the vehicle which also reduces the maximum can support using a conventional allowable trailer weight. trailer hitch. It may be necessary to reduce the overall trailer weight to Trailer Load Balance stay within the maximum trailer The correct trailer load balance tongue weight rating while still must be maintained to ensure trailer maintaining the correct trailer load stability. Incorrect load balance is a balance. leading cause of trailer sway. Do not exceed a maximum trailer tongue weight of 45.36 kg (100 lb). The trailer tongue weight contributes to the Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW). GVW includes the CURB WEIGHT of your vehicle, any passengers, Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

300 Driving and Operating possible to transfer some of the Towing Equipment cargo into your vehicle. If the trailer tongue weight is too high or too low, Hitches it may be possible to rearrange Always use the correct hitch some of the cargo inside of the equipment for your vehicle. trailer. Crosswinds, large trucks going by, Do not exceed the maximum and rough roads can affect the allowable tongue weight for your trailer and the hitch. vehicle. Use the shortest hitch Proper hitch equipment for your extension available to position the vehicle helps maintain control of the hitch ball closer to your vehicle. This vehicle-trailer combination. Many will help reduce the effect of the trailers can be towed using a The trailer tongue weight (1) should trailer tongue weight on the trailer weight-carrying hitch which has a be 10–15% of the loaded trailer hitch and the rear axle. coupler latched to the hitch ball, or a weight (2). Some specific trailer If a cargo carrier is used in the tow eye latched to a pintle hook. types, such as boat trailers, fall trailer hitch receiver, choose a Other trailers may require a outside of this range. Always refer carrier that positions the load as weight-distributing hitch that uses to the trailer owner’s manual for the close to the vehicle as possible. spring bars to distribute the trailer recommended trailer tongue weight Make sure the total weight, tongue weight between your vehicle for each trailer. Never exceed the including the carrier, is no more than and trailer axles. See “Maximum maximum loads for your vehicle, half of the maximum allowable Trailer Tongue Weight” under Trailer hitch and trailer. tongue weight for the vehicle. Towing 0 296 for weight limits with After loading the trailer, separately Ask your dealer for trailering various hitch types. weigh the trailer and then the trailer information or assistance. Never attach rental hitches or other tongue and calculate the trailer load bumper-type hitches. Only use balance percentage to see if the frame-mounted hitches that do not weights and distribution are attach to the bumper. appropriate for your vehicle. If the trailer weight is too high, it may be Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Driving and Operating 301 Tires Trailer Brakes Turn Signals When Towing a . Do not tow a trailer while using a Loaded trailers over 450 kg Trailer compact spare tire on the (1,000 lb) must be equipped with When properly connected, the trailer vehicle. brake systems and with brakes for turn signals should will illuminate to . Tires must be properly inflated to each axle. Trailer braking equipment indicate the vehicle is turning, support loads while towing a conforming to Canadian Standards changing lanes, or stopping. When trailer. See Tires 0 344 for Association (CSA) requirement towing a trailer, the arrows on the instructions on proper tire CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is instrument cluster will illuminate inflation. recommended. even if the trailer is not properly State or local regulations may connected or the bulbs are Safety Chains require trailers to have their own burned out. Always attach chains between the braking system if the loaded weight Trailer Tires vehicle and the trailer, and attach of the trailer exceeds certain the chains to the holes on the trailer minimums that can vary from state Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from hitch platform. Instructions about to state. Read and follow the vehicle tires. Trailer tires are safety chains may be provided by instructions for the trailer brakes so designed with stiff sidewalls to help the hitch manufacturer or by the they are installed, adjusted, and prevent sway and to support heavy trailer manufacturer. maintained properly. Never attempt loads. These features can make it to tap into your vehicle's hydraulic difficult to determine if the trailer tire Cross the safety chains under the brake system. If you do, both the pressures are low only based on a tongue of the trailer to help prevent vehicle anti-lock brakes and the visual inspection. the tongue from contacting the road trailer brakes may not function, Always check all trailer tire if it becomes separated from the which could result in a crash. hitch. Always leave just enough pressures before each trip when the slack so the combination can turn. Trailer Lamps tires are cool. Low trailer tire Never allow safety chains to drag on pressure is a leading cause of trailer the ground. Always check all trailer lamps are tire blow-outs. working at the beginning of each Trailer tires deteriorate over time. trip, and periodically on longer trips. The trailer tire sidewall will show the week and year the tire was Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

302 Driving and Operating manufactured. Many trailer tire Conversions and manufacturers recommend Caution replacing tires more than six Add-Ons years old. Some electrical equipment can Add-On Electrical damage the vehicle or cause Overloading is another leading components to not work and cause of trailer tire blow-outs. Never Equipment would not be covered by the load your trailer with more weight vehicle warranty. Always check than the tires are designed to with your dealer before adding support. The load rating is located { Warning electrical equipment. on the trailer tire sidewall. The Data Link Connector (DLC) is Always know the maximum speed used for vehicle service and rating for the trailer tires before Emission Inspection/Maintenance Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the driving. This may be significantly testing. See Malfunction Indicator vehicle is not operating. lower than the vehicle tire speed Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 115. rating. The speed rating may be on A device connected to the DLC — The vehicle has an airbag system. the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed such as an aftermarket fleet or Before attempting to add anything rating is not shown, the default driver-behavior tracking device — electrical to the vehicle, see trailer tire speed rating is 105 km/h may interfere with vehicle Servicing the Airbag-Equipped (65 mph). 0 systems. This could affect vehicle Vehicle 71 and operation and cause a crash. Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 71. Such devices may also access information stored in the vehicle’s systems. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 303 Brake Fluid ...... 324 Electrical System Vehicle Care Battery - North America ...... 326 Electrical System Overload . . . 337 All-Wheel Drive ...... 327 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 338 General Information Automatic Transmission Shift Engine Compartment Fuse Lock Control Function Block ...... 338 General Information ...... 304 Check ...... 328 Instrument Panel Fuse California Proposition Park Brake and P (Park) Block ...... 341 65 Warning ...... 304 Mechanism Check ...... 328 Rear Compartment Fuse California Perchlorate Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 328 Block ...... 343 Materials Requirements . . . . . 305 Windshield Replacement . . . . . 330 Accessories and Gas Strut(s) ...... 330 Wheels and Tires Modifications ...... 305 Tires ...... 344 Headlamp Aiming All-Season Tires ...... 345 Vehicle Checks Front Headlamp Aiming ...... 331 Doing Your Own Winter Tires ...... 345 Service Work ...... 305 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 346 Bulb Replacement Tire Designations ...... 348 Hood ...... 306 Bulb Replacement ...... 331 Engine Compartment Tire Terminology and Halogen Bulbs ...... 332 Definitions ...... 349 Overview ...... 308 LED Lighting ...... 332 Tire Pressure ...... 351 Engine Oil ...... 311 Headlamps and Sidemarker Tire Pressure Monitor Engine Oil Life System ...... 313 Lamps ...... 332 System ...... 352 Automatic Transmission Front Turn Signal and Fog Tire Pressure Monitor Fluid ...... 314 Lamps ...... 333 Operation ...... 353 Engine Air Filter Life Taillamps, Turn Signal, Tire Inspection ...... 357 System ...... 314 Sidemarker, Stoplamps, and ...... 358 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 315 Back-Up Lamps (Uplevel) . . . 334 When It Is Time for New Cooling System ...... 317 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Tires ...... 359 Engine Overheating ...... 321 Sidemarker, Stoplamps, and Buying New Tires ...... 360 Washer Fluid ...... 322 Back-Up Lamps (Base Different Size Tires and Brakes ...... 323 Level) ...... 335 Wheels ...... 361 Brake Pad Life System ...... 324 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

304 Vehicle Care Uniform Tire Quality General Information California Proposition Grading ...... 362 and Tire For service and parts needs, visit 65 Warning Balance ...... 363 your dealer. You will receive Wheel Replacement ...... 363 genuine GM parts and GM-trained { Warning Tire Chains ...... 364 and supported service people. Most motor vehicles, including If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 365 Genuine GM parts have one of this one, as well as many of its Tire Changing ...... 366 these marks: Compact Spare Tire ...... 371 service parts and fluids, contain and/or emit chemicals known to Jump Starting the State of California to cause Jump Starting - North cancer and birth defects or other America ...... 372 reproductive harm. Engine Towing the Vehicle exhaust, many parts and Towing the Vehicle ...... 374 systems, many fluids, and some Recreational Vehicle component wear by-products Towing ...... 375 contain and/or emit these chemicals. For more information Appearance Care go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ Exterior Care ...... 379 passenger-vehicle. Interior Care ...... 383 Floor Mats ...... 387 See Battery - North America 0 326 and Jump Starting - North America 0 372 and the back cover. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 305 California Perchlorate Damage to suspension components Vehicle Checks caused by modifying vehicle height Materials Requirements outside of factory settings will not be Certain types of automotive covered by the vehicle warranty. Doing Your Own applications, such as airbag Damage to vehicle components Service Work initiators, seat belt pretensioners, resulting from modifications or the and lithium batteries contained in installation or use of non-GM { Warning electronic keys, may contain certified parts, including control perchlorate materials. Perchlorate module or software modifications, is It can be dangerous to work on Material – special handling may not covered under the terms of the your vehicle if you do not have apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/ vehicle warranty and may affect the proper knowledge, service hazardouswaste/perchlorate. remaining warranty coverage for manual, tools, or parts. Always affected parts. follow owner s manual procedures Accessories and ’ GM Accessories are designed to and consult the service manual Modifications complement and function with other for your vehicle before doing any Adding non-dealer accessories or systems on the vehicle. See your service work. making modifications to the vehicle dealer to accessorize the vehicle can affect vehicle performance and using genuine GM Accessories If doing some of your own service safety, including such things as installed by a dealer technician. work, use the proper service airbags, braking, stability, ride and Also, see Adding Equipment to the manual. It tells you much more handling, emissions systems, Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 71. about how to service the vehicle aerodynamics, durability, and than this manual can. To order the electronic systems like antilock proper service manual, see brakes, traction control, and stability Publication Ordering Information control. These accessories or 0 415. modifications could even cause This vehicle has an airbag system. malfunction or damage not covered Before attempting to do your own by the vehicle warranty. service work, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 71. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

306 Vehicle Care If equipped with remote vehicle Hood To open the hood: start, open the hood before performing any service work to prevent remote starting the vehicle { Warning accidentally. See Remote Vehicle For vehicles with auto engine Start 0 15. stop/start, turn the vehicle off Keep a record with all parts receipts before opening the hood. If the and list the mileage and the date of vehicle is on, the engine will start any service work performed. See when the hood is opened. You or 0 Maintenance Records 401. others could be injured. Caution

Even small amounts of { Warning contamination can cause damage 1. Pull the hood release handle to vehicle systems. Do not allow Components under the hood can inside the vehicle. It is located contaminants to contact the fluids, get hot from running the engine. on the lower left side of the reservoir caps, or dipsticks. To help avoid the risk of burning instrument panel. unprotected skin, never touch these components until they have cooled, and always use a glove or towel to avoid direct skin contact.

Clear any snow from the hood before opening. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 307 3. Lift the hood and release the 3. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in) hood prop from its retainer, above the vehicle and release above the radiator. Securely it so it fully latches. Check to place the hood prop into the make sure the hood is closed slot on the underside of and repeat the process if the hood. necessary. To close the hood: 1. Before closing the hood, be { Warning sure all filler caps are on Do not drive the vehicle if the properly, and all tools are hood is not latched completely. removed. The hood could open fully, block 2. Go to the front of the vehicle 2. Lift the hood and remove the your vision, and cause a crash. and move the secondary hood hood prop rod from the You or others could be injured. release lever toward the right underside of the hood. Return Always close the hood completely side of the vehicle. the prop rod to its retainer. The before driving. prop rod must click into place when returning it to the retainer to prevent hood damage. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

308 Vehicle Care Engine Compartment Overview

1.2L L3 Engine (LIH) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 309 1. Windshield Washer Fluid 5. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See 9. Battery - North America 0 326. Reservoir. See Washer Fluid Engine Oil 0 311. 0 10. Engine Compartment Fuse 322. 6. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 315. Block 0 338. 2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank 7. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See 11. Remote Negative (-) Battery and Pressure Cap. See Brakes 0 323. Terminal. See Jump Starting - Cooling System 0 317. 0 8. Positive (+) Battery Terminal. North America 372 3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See 0 See Jump Starting - North Engine Oil 311. America 0 372. 4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See Cooling System 0 317. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

310 Vehicle Care

1.3L L3 Engine (L3T) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 311 1. Windshield Washer Fluid Engine Oil dipstick handle is a loop. See Reservoir. See Washer Fluid Engine Compartment Overview 0 322. To ensure proper engine 0 308 for the location. performance and long life, careful 2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank attention must be paid to engine oil. and Pressure Cap. See Following these simple, but { Warning Cooling System 0 317. important steps will help protect The engine oil dipstick handle your investment: 3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See may be hot; it could burn you. 0 Engine Oil 311. . Use engine oil approved to the Use a towel or glove to touch the 4. Engine Oil Dipstick. See proper specification and of the dipstick handle. Engine Oil 0 311. proper viscosity grade. See “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” 5. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of in this section. If a low oil Driver Information Center View). See Cooling System (DIC) message displays, check the 0 317. . Check the engine oil level oil level. regularly and maintain the 6. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 315. proper oil level. See “Checking Follow these guidelines: 7. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Engine Oil” and “When to Add . To get an accurate reading, park Brakes 0 323. Engine Oil” in this section. the vehicle on level ground. 8. Positive (+) Battery Terminal. . Change the engine oil at the Check the engine oil level after See Jump Starting - North appropriate time. See Engine Oil the engine has been off for at America 0 372. Life System 0 313. least two hours. Checking the engine oil level on steep grades 9. Battery - North America 0 326. . Always dispose of engine oil or too soon after engine shutoff 10. Engine Compartment Fuse properly. See “What to Do with can result in incorrect readings. Block 0 338. Used Oil” in this section. Accuracy improves when Checking Engine Oil checking a cold engine prior to 11. Remote Negative (-) Battery starting. Remove the dipstick Terminal. See Jump Starting - Check the engine oil level regularly, 0 and check the level. North America 372 every 650 km (400 mi), especially prior to a long trip. The engine oil Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

312 Vehicle Care . If unable to wait two hours, the Selecting the Right Engine Oil engine must be off for at least Caution Selecting the right engine oil 15 minutes if the engine is depends on both the proper oil warm, or at least 30 minutes if Do not add too much oil. Oil specification and viscosity grade. the engine is not warm. Pull out levels above or below the See Recommended Fluids and the dipstick, wipe it with a clean acceptable operating range Lubricants 0 399. paper towel or cloth, then push it shown on the dipstick are harmful back in all the way. Remove it to the engine. If you find that you Specification again, keeping the tip down, and have an oil level above the Use full synthetic engine oils that check the level. operating range, i.e., the engine meet the dexos1 specification. has so much oil that the oil level When to Add Engine Oil gets above the MAX mark, the Engine oils that have been engine could be damaged. You approved by GM as meeting the should drain out the excess oil or dexos1 specification are marked limit driving of the vehicle and with the dexos1 approved logo. See seek a service professional to www.gmdexos.com. remove the excess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview If the oil is below the cross-hatched 0 308 for the location of the engine area at the tip of the dipstick and oil fill cap. the engine has been off for at least 15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the Add enough oil to put the level recommended oil and then recheck somewhere in the proper operating the level. See “Selecting the Right range between the MIN and MAX Engine Oil” later in this section for marks. Push the dipstick all the way an explanation of what kind of oil to back in when through. use. For engine oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities and Specifications 0 403. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 313 Engine Oil Additives/Engine trash or pouring it on the ground, Caution Oil Flushes into sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. Recycle it by taking Failure to use the recommended Do not add anything to the oil. The it to a place that collects used oil. engine oil or equivalent can result recommended oils meeting the in engine damage not covered by dexos1 specification are all that is Engine Oil Life System the vehicle warranty. needed for good performance and engine protection. When to Change Engine Oil Viscosity Grade Engine oil system flushes are not This vehicle has a computer system recommended and could cause that indicates when to change the Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade engine damage not covered by the engine oil for 1.3L L3 engine. engine oil and filter. This is based vehicle warranty. on a combination of factors which Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade What to Do with Used Oil include engine revolutions, engine engine oil for 1.2L L3 engine. Cold temperature, and miles driven. Temperature Operation: In an area Used engine oil contains certain Based on driving conditions, the of extreme cold, where the elements that can be unhealthy for mileage at which an oil change is temperature falls below −29 °C your skin and could even cause indicated can vary considerably. For (−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be cancer. Do not let used oil stay on the oil life system to work properly, used for the 1.2L L3 engine. An oil your skin for very long. Clean your the system must be reset every time of this viscosity grade will provide skin and nails with soap and water, the oil is changed. easier cold starting for the engine at or a good hand cleaner. Wash or extremely low temperatures. properly dispose of clothing or rags When the system has calculated containing used engine oil. See the that oil life has been diminished, it When selecting an oil of the indicates that an oil change is appropriate viscosity grade, it is manufacturer's warnings about the use and disposal of oil products. necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE recommended to select an oil of the OIL SOON message comes on. correct specification. See Used oil can be a threat to the Change the oil as soon as possible “Specification” earlier in this section. environment. If you change your within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). own oil, be sure to drain all the oil It is possible that, if driving under from the filter before disposal. Never the best conditions, the oil life dispose of oil by putting it in the Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

314 Vehicle Care system might indicate that an oil 1. Display the REMAINING OIL reason for fluid loss. If a leak change is not necessary for up to a LIFE on the DIC. See Driver occurs, take the vehicle to your year. The engine oil and filter must Information Center (DIC) (Base dealer and have it repaired as soon be changed at least once a year Level) 0 123 or as possible. and, at this time, the system must Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 There is a special procedure for be reset. Your dealer has trained (Uplevel) 127. This display checking and changing the service people who will perform this shows an estimate of the oil’s transmission fluid. Because this work and reset the system. It is also remaining useful life. If 99% is procedure is difficult, you should important to check the oil regularly displayed, that means that 99% have this done at your dealer. over the course of an oil drain of the current oil life remains. interval and keep it at the proper Change the fluid at the intervals level. 2. Press and hold l or the listed in Maintenance Schedule thumbwheel while the Oil Life 0 390, and be sure to use the fluid If the system is ever reset display is active. The oil life will listed in Recommended Fluids and accidentally, the oil must be change to 100%. Lubricants 0 399. changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) since the last oil change. If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Remember to reset the oil life message comes back on when the Engine Air Filter Life system whenever the oil is changed. vehicle is started, the engine oil life System system has not been reset. Repeat How to Reset the Engine Oil the procedure. When to Change Engine Air Life System Filter Reset the system whenever the Automatic Transmission If equipped, this feature provides an engine oil is changed so that the Fluid indication of when to change the system can calculate the next engine air filter. It is based on engine oil change. To reset the How to Check Automatic driving conditions, which can cause system: Transmission Fluid when to change to vary greatly. It is It is not necessary to check the possible an air filter change may not transmission fluid level. be indicated for up to four years. A transmission fluid leak is the only Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 315 When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL 3. Press l or the thumbwheel to How to Inspect the Engine Air CHANGE message displays, the move to the Reset/Disable Cleaner/Filter engine air filter should be replaced display area. Select Reset then Do not start the engine or have the at the time of the next engine oil press l or press the change. When the REPLACE engine running with the engine air thumbwheel. Then press Yes to cleaner/filter housing open. Before ENGINE AIR FILTER NOW confirm the reset. message displays, the engine air removing the engine air cleaner/ filter should be replaced as soon as 4. 100% AIR FILTER LIFE will be filter, make sure that the engine air possible. Reset the engine air filter displayed when the Engine Air cleaner/filter housing and nearby life system after the engine air filter Filter Life System is components are free of dirt and is replaced. See your dealer for successfully reset. debris. Remove the engine air service and to reset the system. cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake Engine Air Cleaner/Filter the engine air cleaner/filter (away How to Reset Engine Air Filter from the vehicle), to release loose Life System The engine air cleaner/filter is in the dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air engine compartment on the cleaner/filter for damage, and Reset the system whenever the passenger side of the vehicle. See replace if damaged. Do not clean engine air filter is replaced so that Engine Compartment Overview the engine air cleaner/filter with the system can calculate the next 0 308. water or compressed air. engine air filter change. When to Inspect the Engine Air To reset: Cleaner/Filter 1. Place the vehicle in P (Park). For intervals on changing and 2. Select Engine Air Filter Life on inspecting the engine air cleaner/ the DIC menu. See Driver filter, see Maintenance Schedule Information Center (DIC) (Base 0 390. Level) 0 123 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 127. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

316 Vehicle Care To inspect or replace the air cleaner/ 2. Press a hook both sides and 4. Remove four screws, tilt the filter: disassemble two hooks. cover, and slide it out of the assembly. 5. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/filter. 6. Lower the cover, slide it into the assembly, then secure with the screws. See Maintenance Schedule 0 390 for replacement intervals.

{ Warning Operating the engine with the air 1. Remove the two push pins. 3. Disassemble the duct. cleaner/filter off can cause you or others to be burned. The air cleaner not only cleans the air; it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires. Use caution when working on the engine and do not drive with the air cleaner/filter off. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 317

Caution { Warning If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt Do not touch heater or radiator can easily get into the engine, hoses, or other engine parts. which could damage it. Always They can be very hot and can have the air cleaner/filter in place burn you. Do not run the engine if when driving. there is a leak; all coolant could leak out. That could cause an engine fire and can burn you. Fix Cooling System any leak before driving the The cooling system allows the vehicle. engine to maintain the correct 1.3L L3 Engine (L3T) working temperature. Engine Coolant 1. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap The cooling system in the vehicle is 2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out filled with DEX-COOL engine of View) coolant. This coolant is designed to remain in the vehicle for five years or 240 000 km (150,000 mi), { Warning whichever occurs first. An underhood electric fan can The following explains the cooling start up even when the engine is system and how to check and add not running and can cause injury. coolant when it is low. If there is a Keep hands, clothing, and tools problem with engine overheating, away from any underhood see Engine Overheating 0 321. 1.2L L3 Engine (LIH) electric fan. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

318 Vehicle Care What to Use . Helps keep the proper engine Checking Coolant temperature. The vehicle must be on a level { Warning surface when checking the coolant Caution level. Plain water, or other liquids such as alcohol, can boil before the Do not use anything other than a It is normal to see coolant moving in proper coolant mixture will. With mix of DEX-COOL coolant that the upper coolant hose return line when the engine is running. plain water or the wrong mixture, meets GM Standard the engine could get too hot but GMW3420 and clean, drinkable there would not be an overheat water. Anything else can cause warning. The engine could catch damage to the engine cooling fire and you or others could be system and the vehicle, which burned. would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Use a 50/50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX-COOL Never dispose of engine coolant by coolant. This mixture: putting it in the trash, pouring it on the ground, or into sewers, streams, Gives freezing protection down . or bodies of water. Have the coolant to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside changed by an authorized service temperature. center, familiar with legal . Gives boiling protection up to requirements regarding used Check to see if coolant is visible in 129 °C (265 °F), engine coolant disposal. This will help the coolant surge tank. If the coolant temperature. protect the environment and your inside the coolant surge tank is health. boiling, do not do anything else until . Protects against rust and it cools down. corrosion. . Will not damage aluminum parts. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 319 If coolant is visible but the coolant level is not at or above the mark { Warning Caution pointed to, add a 50/50 mixture of clean drinkable water and Plain water, or other liquids such Failure to follow the specific DEX-COOL coolant. as alcohol, can boil before the coolant fill procedure could cause proper coolant mixture will. With the engine to overheat and could Be sure the cooling system is cool plain water or the wrong mixture, cause system damage. If coolant before this is done. the engine could get too hot but is not visible in the surge tank, If no coolant is visible in the coolant there would not be an overheat contact your dealer. surge tank, add coolant as follows: warning. The engine could catch How to Add Coolant to the fire and you or others could be If no problem is found, check to see Coolant Surge Tank burned. if coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank. If coolant is visible but the coolant level is not at the { Warning indicated level mark, add a { Warning Steam and scalding liquids from a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable hot cooling system are under Spilling coolant on hot engine water and DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant surge tank, but be sure the pressure. Turning the pressure parts can burn you. Coolant cooling system, including the cap, even a little, can cause them contains ethylene glycol and it will coolant surge tank pressure cap, is burn if the engine parts are hot to come out at high speed and cool before you do it. you could be burned. Never turn enough. the cap when the cooling system, including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling system and pressure cap to cool. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

320 Vehicle Care 1. Remove the coolant surge tank 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with pressure cap when the cooling the proper mixture to the Caution system, including the coolant indicated level mark. surge tank pressure cap and If the pressure cap is not tightly 4. With the coolant surge tank installed, coolant loss and engine upper radiator hose, is no pressure cap off, start the longer hot. damage may occur. Be sure the engine and let it run until you cap is properly and tightly Turn the pressure cap slowly can feel the upper radiator secured. counterclockwise about hose getting hot. Watch out for one-quarter of a turn. If you the engine cooling fan. hear a hiss, wait for that to By this time, the coolant level Automatic Coolant Service Fill stop. This will allow any inside the coolant surge tank Instruction pressure still left to be vented may be lower. If the level is out the discharge hose. If equipped, this feature assists in lower, add more of the proper filling and removing air from the 2. Keep turning the pressure cap mixture to the coolant surge cooling system after service of slowly and remove it. tank until the level reaches the components or when coolant is indicated level mark. added after being too low. 5. Replace the pressure cap To activate the fill and air removal tightly. process: 6. Verify coolant level after the 1. With a cold system, open the engine is shut off and the surge tank cap and add coolant coolant is cold. If necessary, to the COLD FILL mark on the repeat coolant fill procedure surge tank. Steps 1–6. 2. Connect the vehicle to a If the coolant still is not at the battery charger. proper level when the system cools down again, see your 3. Turn the ignition to Service dealer. Mode. See Ignition Positions 0 236. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 321 4. Turn off the air conditioning. If the decision is made not to lift the If Steam Is Coming from the 5. Set the parking brake. hood when this warning appears, Engine Compartment get service help right away. See 6. At the same time, press the Roadside Assistance Program accelerator and the brake for 0 410. { Warning two seconds, then release. If the decision is made to lift the Steam and scalding liquids from a At the end of the cycle, check the hood, make sure the vehicle is hot cooling system are under coolant level in the surge tank and parked on a level surface. pressure. Turning the pressure add coolant if it is low. Turn off the cap, even a little, can cause them vehicle, allow the Engine Control Then check to see if the engine cooling fan is running. If the engine to come out at high speed and Module (ECM) to go to sleep, about you could be burned. Never turn two minutes, and repeat Steps 3-7. is overheating, the fan should be running. If it is not, do not continue the cap when the cooling system, Listen for pump activation and to run the engine. Have the vehicle including the pressure cap, is hot. movement of the control valves serviced. Wait for the cooling system and while watching the level of the pressure cap to cool. coolant in the surge tank. If the tank Caution empties, turn the ignition off, If No Steam Is Coming from carefully remove the surge tank cap, Do not run the engine if there is a refill to the COLD FILL mark, and leak in the engine cooling system. the Engine Compartment repeat Steps 4-7. The fill and air This can cause a loss of all If an engine overheat warning is removal process will run for coolant and can damage the displayed but no steam can be seen approximately 10 minutes. system and vehicle. Have any or heard, the problem may not be leaks fixed right away. too serious. Sometimes the engine Engine Overheating can get a little too hot when the The vehicle has an engine coolant vehicle: temperature gauge to warn of the . Climbs a long hill on a hot day engine overheating. See Engine Stops after high-speed driving Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 112. . Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

322 Vehicle Care If the overheat warning is displayed If there is no sign of steam, idle the Open the cap with the washer with no sign of steam: engine for three minutes while symbol on it. Add washer fluid until 1. Turn the air conditioning off. parked. If the warning is still the tank is full. See Engine displayed, turn off the engine until it Compartment Overview 0 308 for 2. Turn the heater on to the cools down. reservoir location. highest temperature and to the highest fan speed. Open the Washer Fluid Caution windows as necessary. 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off What to Use . Do not use washer fluid that the road, shift to P (Park) or When the vehicle needs windshield contains any type of water N (Neutral), and let the washer fluid, be sure to read the repellent coating. This can engine idle. manufacturer's instructions before cause the wiper blades to use. If operating the vehicle in an chatter or skip, and may If the engine coolant temperature also clog the washer nozzle. gauge is no longer in the overheat area where the temperature may fall zone, the vehicle can be driven. below freezing, use a fluid that has . Do not use engine coolant Continue to drive the vehicle slowly sufficient protection against (antifreeze) in the for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe freezing. windshield washer. It can vehicle distance from the vehicle in Adding Washer Fluid damage the windshield front. If the warning does not come washer system and paint. back on, continue to drive normally . Do not mix water with and have the cooling system ready-to-use washer fluid. checked for proper fill and function. Water can cause the If the warning continues, pull over, solution to freeze and stop, and park the vehicle damage the washer fluid right away. tank and other parts of the washer system. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 323 proper sequence to torque Caution (Continued) { Warning specifications. See Capacities and Specifications 0 403. . When using concentrated The brake wear warning sound washer fluid, follow the means that soon the brakes will Brake pads should be replaced as manufacturer instructions for not work well. That could lead to complete sets. adding water. a crash. When the brake wear Brake Pedal Travel . Fill the washer fluid tank warning sound is heard, have the See your dealer if the brake pedal only three-quarters full when vehicle serviced. does not return to normal height, it is very cold. This allows or if there is a rapid increase in for fluid expansion if pedal travel. This could be a sign freezing occurs, which could that brake service may be required. damage the tank if it is Caution completely full. Continuing to drive with worn-out Replacing Brake System Parts brake pads could result in costly Always replace brake system parts Brakes brake repair. with new, approved replacement parts. If this is not done, the brakes pads have built-in wear may not work properly. The braking indicators that make a high-pitched Some driving conditions or climates performance expected can change warning sound when the brake pads can cause a brake squeal when the in many other ways if the wrong are worn and new pads are needed. brakes are first applied or lightly replacement brake parts are The sound can come and go or can applied. This does not mean installed or if parts are improperly be heard all the time when the something is wrong with the brakes. installed. vehicle is moving, except when Properly torqued wheel nuts are applying the brake pedal firmly. necessary to help prevent brake pulsation. When tires are rotated, inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

324 Vehicle Care Brake Pad Life System The brake pad life system can also the brake pads are worn can still be manually reset: determine when the pads should be 0 When to Change Brake Pads 1. Display Brake Pad Life on the replaced. See Brakes 323. If equipped, this system estimates DIC. See Driver Information To turn off the brake pad life system: the remaining life of the front and Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 1. Display Brake Pad Life on the rear brake pads. Brake pad life is 123 or DIC. See Driver Information displayed in the Driver Information Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 Center (DIC) (Base Level) Center (DIC), along with (Uplevel) 127. 0 123 or a percentage for each axle. The 2. Press and hold l or the Driver Information Center (DIC) system must be reset every time the (Uplevel) 0 127. brake pads are changed. thumbwheel. Select front or rear pads as appropriate. 2. Select DISABLE When the system has determined that the brake pads need to be 3. Select YES on the confirmation To turn the brake pad life system replaced, a message will display. message. Repeat for pads on back on, follow the above steps but the other axle if they were also select ENABLE in Step 2. Brake pads should always be replaced. replaced as complete axle sets. How to Disable the Brake Pad Brake Fluid How to Reset the Brake Pad Life System Life System The brake pad life system can be When the ignition is turned on after turned off. This may be necessary if new pads and wear sensors are aftermarket brake pads without wear installed, a message will display. sensors are installed. When the Follow the prompts to reset the system is turned off, the front and system. rear brake pad life percentages will not display. However, the built-in The brake master cylinder reservoir wear indicators that make a is filled with GM approved DOT 4 high-pitched warning sound when brake fluid as indicated on the Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 325 reservoir cap. See Engine when new brake linings are What to Add 0 Compartment Overview 308 for installed. Add or remove fluid, as Use only GM approved DOT 4 the location of the reservoir. necessary, only when work is done brake fluid from a clean, sealed on the brake hydraulic system. Checking Brake Fluid container. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 399. With the vehicle in P (Park) on a level surface, the brake fluid level { Warning should be between the minimum If too much brake fluid is added, it { Warning and maximum marks on the brake can spill on the engine and burn, fluid reservoir. The wrong or contaminated brake if the engine is hot enough. You fluid could result in damage to the There are only two reasons why the or others could be burned, and brake system. This could result in brake fluid level in the reservoir may the vehicle could be damaged. the loss of braking leading to a go down: Add brake fluid only when work is possible injury. Always use the . Normal brake lining wear. When done on the brake hydraulic proper GM approved brake fluid. new linings are installed, the system. fluid level goes back up. When the brake fluid falls to a low . A fluid leak in the brake Caution hydraulic system. Have the level, the brake warning light comes brake hydraulic system fixed. on. See Brake System Warning If brake fluid is spilled on the Light 0 117. With a leak, the brakes will not vehicle's painted surfaces, the work well. Brake fluid absorbs water over time paint finish can be damaged. Always clean the brake fluid which degrades the effectiveness of Immediately wash off any painted reservoir cap and the area around the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid surface. the cap before removing it. at the specified intervals to prevent increased stopping distance. See Do not top off the brake fluid. Maintenance Schedule 0 390. Adding fluid does not correct a leak. If fluid is added when the linings are worn, there will be too much fluid Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

326 Vehicle Care Battery - North America { Warning Warning (Continued) The original equipment battery is maintenance free. Do not remove WARNING: Battery posts, not careful. See Jump Starting - the cap and do not add fluid. terminals, and related North America 0 372 for tips on Refer to the replacement number accessories contain lead and lead working around a battery without shown on the original battery label compounds, chemicals known to getting hurt. when a new battery is needed. For the State of California to cause replacement of the battery, see your cancer and birth defects or other Infrequent Usage: Remove the dealer. reproductive harm. Batteries also black, negative (−) cable from the contain other chemicals known to Stop/Start System battery to keep the battery from the State of California to cause running down. The vehicle has a Stop/Start system cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER Extended Storage: Remove the to shut off the engine to help HANDLING. For more information black, negative (−) cable from the conserve fuel. See Stop/Start go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ battery or use a battery trickle System 0 239. It has an Absorbed passenger-vehicle. charger. Glass Mat (AGM) 12–volt battery. Installation of a standard 12–volt See California Proposition Negative Battery Cable battery will result in reduced 12–volt 0 Disconnection battery life. 65 Warning 304 and the back cover. When using a 12–volt battery { Warning charger on the 12–volt AGM battery, Vehicle Storage some chargers have an ACM Before disconnecting the negative battery setting on the charger. { Warning battery cable, turn off all features, If available, use the AGM setting on turn the ignition off, and remove the charger, to limit charge voltage Batteries have acid that can burn the key, if equipped, from the to 14.8 volts. you and gas that can explode. vehicle. If this is not done, you or You can be badly hurt if you are others could be injured, and the (Continued) vehicle could be damaged. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 327 3. Loosen the negative battery Caution cable nut (1). Caution If the battery is disconnected with 4. Remove the negative battery Do not use paints, lubricants, the ignition on or the vehicle in cable (2) from the battery. or corrosion inhibitors on the nut Retained Accessory Power Negative Battery Cable that secures the negative battery (RAP), the OnStar back-up Reconnection cable to the vehicle. This could battery will be permanently damage the vehicle. discharged and will need to be Caution replaced. 1. Install the negative battery When reconnecting the battery: cable (2) to the battery. 1. Make sure the lamps, features, . Use the original nut from the 2. Install the negative battery and accessories are turned off. vehicle to secure the cable nut (1) and tighten. 2. Turn the ignition off and negative battery cable. Do 3. Turn the ignition on. remove the key, if equipped. not use a different nut. If you need a replacement nut, see your dealer. All-Wheel Drive . Tighten the nut with a hand Transfer Case tool. Do not use an impact Under normal driving conditions, wrench or power tools to transfer case fluid does not require tighten the nut. maintenance unless there is a fluid The vehicle could be damaged if leak or unusual noise. If required, these guidelines are not followed. have the transfer case serviced by your dealer. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

328 Vehicle Care Automatic Transmission Park Brake and P (Park) . To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding ability: Shift Lock Control Mechanism Check With the engine running, shift to Function Check P (Park). Then release the { Warning parking brake followed by the regular brake. { Warning When you are doing this check, the vehicle could begin to move. Contact your dealer if service is When you are doing this required. inspection, the vehicle could You or others could be injured move suddenly. If the vehicle and property could be damaged. Wiper Blade Replacement moves, you or others could be Make sure there is room in front injured. of the vehicle in case it begins to Windshield wiper blades should be roll. Be ready to apply the regular replaced periodically. See brake at once should the vehicle Maintenance Schedule 0 390. 1. Before starting this check, be begin to move. sure there is enough room Replacement blades come in around the vehicle. It should be different types and are removed in parked on a level surface. Park on a fairly steep hill, with the different ways. For proper type and vehicle facing downhill. Keeping length, see Maintenance 2. Apply the parking brake. Be your foot on the regular brake, set Replacement Parts 0 400. ready to apply the regular the parking brake. brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move. . To check the parking brake's Caution holding ability: With the engine 3. With the engine off, turn the Allowing the wiper arm to touch running and the transmission in ignition on, but do not start the the windshield when no wiper N (Neutral), slowly remove foot engine. Without applying the pressure from the regular brake blade is installed could damage regular brake, try to move the pedal. Do this until the vehicle is the windshield. Any damage that shift lever out of P (Park) with held by the parking brake only. occurs would not be covered by normal effort. If the shift lever (Continued) moves out of P (Park), contact your dealer for service. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 329 2. Press the release button on the To remove the cover: Caution (Continued) top side of the wiper and pull the wiper blade out of the end the vehicle warranty. Do not allow of the wiper arm. the wiper arm to touch the windshield. 3. Install the wiper blade connector by sliding into the end of the wiper arm until the Front Wiper Blade button on the wiper blade clicks Replacement into place with the wiper arm. 1. Slide a plastic tool under the cover and push upward to To replace the front wiper blades: 4. Place the wiper arm with the wiper blade in place back on unsnap. 1. Lift the wiper arm from the the windshield. 2. Slide the cover toward the windshield until no further wiper blade tip to unhook it movement is possible. Caution from the blade assembly. 3. Remove the cover. Damage may occur if the wiper blades are not in contact with the 4. After wiper blade replacement, windshield before turning on the ensure that the cover hook slides into the slot in the blade wiper system. assembly. 5. Snap the cover down to Rear Wiper Blade Replacement secure. The rear wiper blade and wiper arm To replace the wiper blade: have a cover for protection. The cover must be removed before the 1. Lift the wiper arm away from wiper blade can be replaced. the windshield. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

330 Vehicle Care is not, there may be unexpected behavior and/or messages from Caution these systems. Do not apply tape or hang any Gas Strut(s) objects from gas struts. Also do not push down or pull on gas This vehicle is equipped with gas struts. This may cause damage to strut(s) to provide assistance in the vehicle. lifting and holding open the hood/ trunk/liftgate system in full open 0 2. Push the release lever (2) to position. See Maintenance Schedule 390. disengage the hook and push the wiper arm (1) out of the blade assembly (3). { Warning 3. Push the new blade assembly If the gas struts that hold open securely on the wiper arm until the hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail, the release lever clicks into you or others could be seriously place. injured. Take the vehicle to your 4. Replace the wiper cover. dealer for service immediately. Visually inspect the gas struts for Windshield Replacement signs of wear, cracks, or other damage periodically. Check to Driver Assistance Systems make sure the hood/trunk/liftgate When a windshield replacement is is held open with enough force. Hood needed and the vehicle is equipped If struts are failing to hold the with a front-looking camera sensor hood/trunk/liftgate, do not for the Driver Assistance Systems, operate. Have the vehicle the windshield must be installed serviced. according to GM specifications for these systems to work properly. If it Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 331 Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement For the proper type of replacement Front Headlamp Aiming bulbs, or any bulb changing Headlamp aim has been preset and procedure not listed in this section, should need no further adjustment. contact your dealer. If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the headlamp aim may be affected. Caution If adjustment to the headlamps is Do not replace incandescent necessary, see your dealer. bulbs with aftermarket LED replacement bulbs. This can Trunk cause damage to the vehicle electrical system.

This vehicle may be equipped with desiccant to reduce fogging inside the headlamp due to moisture. If fogging continues for a long time, see your dealer for service.

Liftgate Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

332 Vehicle Care Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb. You or others could be injured. Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package.

LED Lighting Driver Side Shown, Passenger 2. Remove the headlamp bulb Side Similar This vehicle has several LED lamps. access cover. For replacement of any LED lighting 1. Low-Beam Headlamp 3. Turn the bulb counterclockwise assembly, contact your dealer. 2. High-Beam Headlamp and pull straight back. Headlamps and High-Beam Headlamp/ Sidemarker Lamps Low-Beam Headlamp 1. Open the hood. See Hood Base Level Headlamp 0 306. Assembly The base model vehicle has halogen high-beam and low-beam headlamps, an LED turn signal lamp, and a DRL and parking lamp on the headlamp assembly. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 333 Sidemarker Front Turn Signal and Fog Lamps Front Turn Signal Lamp

4. Disconnect the wiring harness connector from the bulb. 5. Install the new bulb in the The vehicle has an LED headlamp assembly by turning sidemarker lamp. clockwise. Driver Side Shown, Passenger 6. Reconnect the wiring harness Side Similar connector. 1. Tilt the wheel and remove the 7. Install the headlamp bulb screws on the outside of the access cover. wheel liner. Uplevel Headlamp Assembly The uplevel model vehicle has LED high-beam and low-beam headlamps, a DRL and parking lamp, and a DRL position lamp on the headlamp assembly. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

334 Vehicle Care 3. While holding the wheel liner 7. Reassemble the lower cover with one hand and disengage and front wheel liner. the bulb socket from the plug connector by pulling the Front Fog Lamp retaining rib. The vehicle has LED fog lamp 4. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise and remove it Taillamps, Turn Signal, from the reflector using the Sidemarker, Stoplamps, other hand. and Back-Up Lamps (Uplevel)

2. Bend the wheel liner back to Caution make enough space for hand access. Improper lamp assembly removal and installation can cause leaks and water intrusion which may cause damage to the taillamp. Do not remove the taillamp assembly to replace a bulb. Use the tailgate opening to access the bulb.

5. Remove the bulb from the bulb The stoplamp/taillamp/turn signal socket and replace with a lamp/side marker lamp and tailgate new bulb. inboard taillamp are LEDs. To 6. Insert the bulb socket into the replace, see your dealer. reflector by turning clockwise and attach the plug connector. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 335 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Tailgate inboard TailLamp Sidemarker, Stoplamps, and Back-Up Lamps (Base Level)

Caution

Improper lamp assembly removal and installation can cause leaks and water intrusion which may cause damage to the taillamp. Do not remove the taillamp assembly 2. Remove the bulb from the bulb to replace a bulb. Use the tailgate Driver Side Shown, Passenger socket and replace with a opening to access the bulb. Side Similar new bulb. 1. Taillamp 2. Taillamp 1. Remove the bulb access door on tailgate. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

336 Vehicle Care 3. Insert the bulb socket and attach the plug connector. 4. Reassemble the cover. Stop lamp/Taillamp, Turn Signal, and Sidemarker Lamp

2. Pull the taillamp assembly 4. Remove the old bulb from the straight back to detach it from bulb socket by pulling it the vehicle body. Take care straight out. that the cable duct remains in 5. Insert a new bulb into the bulb place. socket. 3. Remove the bulb socket from 6. Install the bulb socket into the Driver Side Shown, Passenger the taillamp assembly. taillamp assembly. Side Similar 7. Install the taillamp assembly to 1. Stop lamp/Taillamp the vehicle body with the two 2. Turn signal lamp screws. 1. Remove and retain both screws attaching the taillamp assembly to the vehicle body. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 337 Rear Back-Up Lamp Electrical System Electrical System Overload The vehicle has fuses and circuit breakers to protect against an electrical system overload. When the current electrical load is too heavy, the circuit breaker opens and closes, protecting the circuit until the current load returns to 2. Disengage the bulb socket normal or the problem is fixed. This from the plug connector by greatly reduces the chance of circuit The Bulbs are accessible from the pressing the retaining lug. overload and fire caused by underside of the vehicle. 3. Remove and replace the bulb electrical problems. 1. Turn the bulb holder socket with bulb and attach the Fuses and circuit breakers protect anti-clockwise and remove it plug connector. power devices in the vehicle. from reflector. 4. Insert the bulb socket into the Replace a bad fuse with a new one reflector and turn clockwise to of the identical size and rating. engage. If there is a problem on the road and a fuse needs to be replaced, the same amperage fuse can be borrowed. Choose some feature of the vehicle that is not needed to use and replace it as soon as possible. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

338 Vehicle Care Headlamp Wiring Fuses and Circuit Fuses of the same amperage can be temporarily borrowed from An electrical overload may cause Breakers another fuse location, if a fuse goes the lamps to go on and off, or in The wiring circuits in the vehicle are out. Replace the fuse as soon as some cases to remain off. Have the protected from short circuits by a possible. headlamp wiring checked right away if the lamps go on and off or combination of fuses and circuit breakers. This greatly reduces the remain off. Engine Compartment chance of damage caused by Fuse Block Windshield Wipers electrical problems. If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy snow or ice, the windshield { Danger wipers will stop until the motor cools and will then restart. Fuses and circuit breakers are marked with their ampere rating. Although the circuit is protected Do not exceed the from electrical overload, overload specified amperage rating when due to heavy snow or ice may replacing fuses and circuit cause wiper linkage damage. breakers. Use of an oversized Always clear ice and heavy snow fuse or circuit breaker can result from the windshield before using the windshield wipers. in a vehicle fire. You and others could be seriously injured or If the overload is caused by an killed. electrical problem and not snow or To remove the fuse block cover, ice, be sure to get it fixed. squeeze the clip and lift it up. To check a fuse, look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse. If the band is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure to replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 339

Caution Micro Fuses Usage Spilling liquid on any electrical F02 CLSTR component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the F03 N/A covers on any electrical F06 OSRVM DEFOG component. F07 L/GATE RELSE F08 AHL AFL MTR1 F09 VENT SEAT F10 N/A F11 AHL AFL MTR2 F12 N/A ISRVM REAR VIEW F14 CAMERA DEFC MDL F15 RUN/CRNK F16 HDLP LVL F17 N/A-DSL F18 FTZM The vehicle may not be equipped F19 N/A with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. F20 N/A Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

340 Vehicle Care

Micro Micro Spare Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage TRLR ST/TRN LT F41 REAR WPR SF01 SPARE F22 - TRLR F42 HORN SF02 SPARE F24 ESCL F44 REAR WPR PRK SF03 SPARE ECM TCM F25 F45 A/C CLTCH SF04 SPARE RUN/CRNK F46 N/A SF05 SPARE FRT/REAR F26 WSW PUMP ECM BATT-GAS SF06 SPARE F47 ECM BATT-DSL IGN COIL-GAS F27 ECM PT3-DSL F49 HDLP HI LH ET Fuses Usage F28 AERO SH F50 N/A F48 GLOW PLUG F29 AHL AFL MDL F51 HDLP HI RH J-Case F31 ECM PT2 NOX SOOT Fuses Usage SNSR -DSL F32 ENG COMP2 F52 TRLR ST/TRN RT F01 N/A F33 RVC - TRLR F05 N/A F34 FRT FOG LP F53 N/A REAR WNDW F13 F35 ENG COMP1 F54 PEPS DEFOG F36 ECM PT1 CNSTR VENT F21 E-BOOST PWR1 F56 SOL-GAS TRLR PRK LAMP F23 STRTR PINION F38 - TRLR F57 DEFC MDL-DSL F59 N/A F40 AUX WATER PUMP F58 TCM BATT F62 FUEL HTR DSL Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 341

J-Case HC Micro Instrument Panel Fuse Fuses Usage Relays Usage Block F63 N/A K01 N/A K02 N/A M-case Fuses Usage K05 STRTR SOL F04 FRT WPR K07 A/C CNTRL F30 STRTR SOL K10 N/A F37 AUX OIL PUMP Ultra F39 N/A Micro Relays Usage F43 PWR WNDW RT K11 N/A F55 PWR WNDW LT F60 DEF HTR The instrument panel fuse block is on the underside of the driver side F61 N/A instrument panel. To access the fuses, open the fuse cover by Mini pulling out. To reinstall the cover, Relays Usage insert the top tab first, then push the cover back into its original location. K03 RUN/CRNK K04 REAR DEFOG K06 STRTR PINION K08 PT RLY K09 FUEL HTR DSL Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

342 Vehicle Care

Fuse Usage Fuse Usage F03 VBAT_3 F22 DLC F04 VBAT_7 F23 SDM F05 VBAT_6 F24 IGN_SW/ESCL F06 AUTO HVAC F25 PWR L-GATE MDL F07 CGM F26 SEC FUSE-2 F08 ST_WHL_HTR F27 PWR SEAT CO-DR F09 DISPLAY F28 VBAT_8 F10 RADIO DC-DC AT F29 DC-DC MT F11 ONSTAR F30 PWR L-GATE MDL F12 PARK_ASSIST F31 OSRVM F13 MAN. HVAC F32 FRT HS PWR-1 F14 WL CHARGER F33 VBAT_4 F15 VBAT_2 F34 FRT HS PWR-2 F16 VBAT_1 F35 AMPLIFIER F17 SWC BKLT F36 SEC FUSE-1 F18 N/A F37 PWR SEAT DR F19 N/A Fuse Usage DC-DC_400W F20 CLOCK SPRING F38 F01 LUMBAR DC-DC_200W F21 OCC SEN F02 SUNROOF F39 N/A Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 343

Fuse Usage Rear Compartment Fuse F40 HVAC_BLOWER Block

Circuit Breaker Usage CB1 N/A CB2 APO

Relay Usage K01 i-RAP_ACC K02 RUN K03 LOGISTICS K04 N/A The rear compartment fuse block is behind a cover on the driver side of K05 N/A the rear compartment. To access K06 N/A the fuses, remove the cover.

Fuse Usage F01 N/A F02 RDCM ELEC Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

344 Vehicle Care

Fuse Usage Fuse Usage Wheels and Tires F03 N/A F21 N/A Tires F04 N/A Circuit Every new GM vehicle has F05 DC/AC INVERTER Breakers Usage high-quality tires made by a F06 N/A CB1 N/A leading tire manufacturer. See F07 RDCM the warranty manual for information regarding the tire RR SEAT Relays Usage F08 warranty and where to get HEAT PWR1 K01 N/A service. For additional F09 N/A K02 N/A information refer to the tire RR SEAT manufacturer. F10 K03 N/A HEAT PWR2 K04 N/A F11 N/A { Warning K05 N/A F12 N/A . Poorly maintained and F13 N/A improperly used tires are dangerous. F14 N/A . Overloading the tires can F15 N/A cause overheating as a F16 N/A result of too much F17 N/A flexing. There could be a and a serious F18 N/A crash. See Vehicle Load F19 N/A Limits 0 232. F20 N/A (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 345 and weather conditions. Original Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) equipment tires designed to GM's specific tire performance criteria . Underinflated tires pose . Replace any tires that have a TPC specification code the same danger as have been damaged by molded onto the sidewall. Original overloaded tires. The impacts with potholes, equipment all-season tires can be resulting crash could curbs, etc. identified by the last two characters of this TPC code, which will cause serious injury. . Improperly repaired tires be “MS.” Check all tires frequently can cause a crash. Only to maintain the the dealer or an Consider installing winter tires on recommended pressure. authorized tire service the vehicle if frequent driving on Tire pressure should be snow or ice-covered roads is center should repair, expected. All-season tires provide checked when the tires replace, dismount, and are cold. adequate performance for most mount the tires. winter driving conditions, but they . Overinflated tires are . Do not spin the tires in may not offer the same level of more likely to be cut, excess of 56 km/h traction or performance as winter punctured, or broken by tires on snow or ice-covered roads. (35 mph) on slippery See Winter Tires 0 345. a sudden impact — such surfaces such as snow, as when hitting a pothole. mud, ice, etc. Excessive Winter Tires Keep tires at the spinning may cause the recommended pressure. tires to explode. This vehicle was not originally equipped with winter tires. Winter . Worn or old tires can tires are designed for increased cause a crash. If the All-Season Tires traction on snow and ice-covered tread is badly worn, roads. Consider installing winter replace them. This vehicle may come with tires on the vehicle if frequent all-season tires. These tires are (Continued) driving on ice or snow covered designed to provide good overall roads is expected. See your dealer performance on most road surfaces Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

346 Vehicle Care for details regarding winter tire Tire Sidewall Labeling (2) TPC Spec (Tire availability and proper tire selection. Performance Criteria 0 Useful information about a tire is Also, see Buying New Tires 360. Specification) : Original molded into its sidewall. The With winter tires, there may be equipment tires designed to decreased dry road traction, examples show a typical GM's specific tire performance increased road noise, and shorter passenger vehicle tire and a criteria have a TPC specification tread life. After changing to winter compact spare tire sidewall. code molded onto the sidewall. tires, be alert for changes in vehicle GM's TPC specifications meet or handling and braking. exceed all federal safety If using winter tires: guidelines. . Use tires of the same brand and (3) DOT (Department of tread type on all four wheel Transportation) : The positions. Department of Transportation . Use only radial ply tires of the (DOT) code indicates that the same size, load range, and tire is in compliance with the speed rating as the original U.S. Department of equipment tires. Transportation Motor Vehicle Winter tires with the same speed Safety Standards. rating as the original equipment tires Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example may not be available for H, V, W, Y, DOT Tire Date of : and ZR speed rated tires. If winter (1) Tire Size The tire size is a Manufacture : The last four tires with a lower speed rating are combination of letters and digits of the TIN indicate the tire chosen, never exceed the tire's numbers used to define a manufactured date. The first two maximum speed capability. particular tire's width, height, digits represent the week and aspect ratio, construction type, the last two digits, the year. For and service description. See the example, the third week of the “Tire Size” illustration in this year 2020 would have a section. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 347 four-digit DOT date of 0320. resistance. For more information speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph). Week 01 is the first full week see Uniform Tire Quality The compact spare tire is for (Sunday through Saturday) of Grading 0 362. emergency use when a regular each year. (7) Maximum Cold Inflation road tire has lost air and gone (4) Tire Identification Number Load Limit : Maximum load that flat. If the vehicle has a compact (TIN) : The letters and numbers can be carried and the spare tire, see Compact Spare Tire 0 371 and following the DOT (Department maximum pressure needed to 0 of Transportation) code are the support that load. If a Tire Goes Flat 365. Tire Identification Number (TIN). (3) Tire Identification Number The TIN shows the (TIN) : The letters and numbers manufacturer and plant code, following the DOT (Department tire size, and date the tire was of Transportation) code are the manufactured. The TIN is Tire Identification Number (TIN). molded onto both sides of the The TIN shows the tire, although only one side may manufacturer and plant code, have the date of manufacture. tire size, and date the tire was (5) Tire Ply Material : The type manufactured. The TIN is of cord and number of plies in molded onto both sides of the the sidewall and under the tread. tire, although only one side may have the date of manufacture. (6) Uniform Tire Quality Compact Spare Tire Example (4) Maximum Cold Inflation Grading (UTQG) : Tire (1) Tire Ply Material : The type Load Limit : Maximum load that manufacturers are required to of cord and number of plies in can be carried and the grade tires based on three the sidewall and under the tread. performance factors: tread wear, maximum pressure needed to (2) Temporary Use Only : The traction, and temperature support that load. compact spare tire or temporary use tire should not be driven at Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

348 Vehicle Care (5) Tire Inflation : The Tire Designations (3) Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit temporary use tire or compact number that indicates the tire spare tire should be inflated to Tire Size height-to-width measurements. 420 kPa (60 psi). For more The example shows a typical For example, if the tire size information on tire pressure and passenger vehicle tire size. aspect ratio is 75, as shown in inflation see Tire Pressure item (3) of the illustration, it 0 351. would mean that the tire's (6) Tire Size : A combination of sidewall is 75 percent as high as letters and numbers define a it is wide. tire's width, height, aspect ratio, (4) Construction Code : A letter construction type, and service code is used to indicate the type description. The letter “T” as the Passenger (P-Metric) Tire of ply construction in the tire. first character in the tire size (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : The letter "R" means radial ply means the tire is for temporary The United States version of a construction; the letter "D" use only. metric tire sizing system. The means diagonal or bias ply (7) TPC Spec (Tire letter P as the first character in construction. Performance Criteria the tire size means a passenger (5) Diameter : Diameter of Specification) : Original vehicle tire engineered to the wheel in inches. equipment tires designed to standards set by the U.S. Tire and Rim Association. (6) Service Description : These GM's specific tire performance characters represent the load criteria have a TPC specification (2) Tire Width : The 3-digit index and speed rating of the code molded onto the sidewall. number indicates the tire section tire. The load index represents GM's TPC specifications meet or width in millimeters from the load carrying capacity a tire exceed all federal safety sidewall to sidewall. is certified to carry. The speed guidelines. rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 349 Tire Terminology and Bead : The contains Department of Transportation Definitions steel wires wrapped by steel (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety cords that hold the tire onto Standards. The DOT code Air Pressure : The amount of the rim. includes the Tire Identification air inside the tire pressing Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire Number (TIN), an alphanumeric outward on each square inch of designator which can also the tire. Air pressure is in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than identify the tire manufacturer, expressed in kPa (kilopascal) production plant, brand, and or psi (pounds per square inch). 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread. date of production. Accessory Weight : The GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight combined weight of optional Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of air pressure in a tire, Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits accessories. Some examples of 0 232. optional accessories are measured in kPa (kilopascal) automatic transmission, power or psi (pounds per square inch) GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight before a tire has built up heat Rating for the front axle. See windows, power seats, and air 0 conditioning. from driving. See Tire Pressure Vehicle Load Limits 232. 0 351. Aspect Ratio : The relationship GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight of a tire's height to its width. Curb Weight : The weight of a Rating for the rear axle. See motor vehicle with standard and Vehicle Load Limits 0 232. Belt : A rubber coated layer of optional equipment including the Intended Outboard Sidewall : cords between the plies and the maximum capacity of fuel, oil, tread. Cords may be made from The side of an asymmetrical tire and coolant, but without that must always face outward steel or other reinforcing passengers and cargo. materials. when mounted on a vehicle. DOT Markings : A code molded Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric into the sidewall of a tire unit for air pressure. signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

350 Vehicle Care Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A Normal Occupant Weight : The Recommended Inflation tire used on light duty trucks and number of occupants a vehicle Pressure : Vehicle some multipurpose passenger is designed to seat multiplied by manufacturer's recommended vehicles. 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load tire inflation pressure as shown 0 Load Index : An assigned Limits 232. on the tire placard. See Tire Pressure 0 351 and number ranging from 1 to 279 Occupant Distribution : 0 that corresponds to the load Designated seating positions. Vehicle Load Limits 232. carrying capacity of a tire. Outward Facing Sidewall : The Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic Maximum Inflation Pressure : side of an asymmetrical tire that tire in which the ply cords that The maximum air pressure to has a particular side that faces extend to the beads are laid at which a cold tire can be inflated. outward when mounted on a 90 degrees to the centerline of The maximum air pressure is vehicle. The side of the tire that the tread. molded onto the sidewall. contains a whitewall, bears Rim : A metal support for a tire Maximum Load Rating : The white lettering, or bears and upon which the tire beads load rating for a tire at the manufacturer, brand, and/or are seated. maximum permissible inflation model name molding that is Sidewall : The portion of a tire pressure for that tire. higher or deeper than the same between the tread and the bead. moldings on the other sidewall Maximum Loaded Vehicle of the tire. Speed Rating : An Weight : The sum of curb alphanumeric code assigned to weight, accessory weight, Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A a tire indicating the maximum vehicle capacity weight, and tire used on passenger cars and speed at which a tire can production options weight. some light duty trucks and operate. multipurpose vehicles. Traction : The friction between the tire and the road surface. The amount of grip provided. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 351 Tread : The portion of a tire that 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated comes into contact with cargo load. See Vehicle Load { Warning 0 the road. Limits 232. Neither tire underinflation nor Treadwear Indicators : Narrow Vehicle Maximum Load on the overinflation is good. bands, sometimes called wear Tire : Load on an individual tire Underinflated tires, or tires bars, that show across the tread due to curb weight, accessory that do not have enough air, of a tire when only 1.6 mm weight, occupant weight, and can result in: (1/16 in) of tread remains. See cargo weight. . Tire overloading and When It Is Time for New Tires overheating, which could 0 Vehicle Placard : A label 359. permanently attached to a lead to a blowout. UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality vehicle showing the vehicle . Premature or Grading Standards) : A tire capacity weight and the original irregular wear. information system that provides equipment tire size and consumers with ratings for a recommended inflation pressure. . Poor handling. tire's traction, temperature, and See “Tire and Loading . Reduced fuel economy. treadwear. Ratings are Information Label under Vehicle ” Overinflated tires, or tires that determined by tire Load Limits 0 232. have too much air, can manufacturers using result in: government testing procedures. Tire Pressure . Unusual wear. The ratings are molded into the Tires need the correct amount of sidewall of the tire. See Uniform air pressure to operate . Poor handling. Tire Quality Grading 0 362. effectively. . Rough ride. Vehicle Capacity Weight : The number of designated seating . Needless damage from positions multiplied by road hazards. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

352 Vehicle Care The Tire and Loading How to Check Recheck the tire pressure with Information label on the vehicle Use a good quality pocket-type the tire gauge. indicates the original equipment gauge to check tire pressure. Put the valve caps back on the tires and the correct cold tire Proper tire inflation cannot be valve stems to keep out dirt and inflation pressures. The determined by looking at the tire. moisture. Use only valve caps recommended pressure is the Check the tire inflation pressure designed for the vehicle by GM. minimum air pressure needed to when the tires are cold, meaning TPMS sensors could be support the vehicle's maximum the vehicle has not been driven damaged and would not be load carrying capacity. See 0 for at least three hours or no covered by the vehicle warranty. Vehicle Load Limits 232. more than 1.6 km (1 mi). How the vehicle is loaded Remove the valve cap from the Tire Pressure Monitor affects vehicle handling and ride tire . Press the tire System comfort. Never load the vehicle gauge firmly onto the valve to The Tire Pressure Monitor System with more weight than it was get a pressure measurement. (TPMS) uses radio and sensor designed to carry. If the cold tire inflation pressure technology to check tire pressure When to Check matches the recommended levels. The TPMS sensors monitor pressure on the Tire and the air pressure in your tires and Check the pressure of the tires Loading Information label, no transmit tire pressure readings to a once a month or more. Do not further adjustment is necessary. receiver located in the vehicle. forget the compact spare, if the If the inflation pressure is low, Each tire, including the spare (if vehicle has one. The compact add air until the recommended provided), should be checked spare cold tire pressure should pressure is reached. If the monthly when cold and inflated to be at 420 kPa (60 psi). See the inflation pressure recommended inflation pressure is high, press Compact Spare Tire 0 371. by the vehicle manufacturer on the on the metal stem in the center vehicle placard or tire inflation of the tire valve to release air. pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 353 indicated on the vehicle placard or not reached the level to trigger alternate tires and wheels allow the tire inflation pressure label, you illumination of the TPMS low tire TPMS to continue to function should determine the proper tire pressure telltale. properly. inflation pressure for those tires.) Your vehicle has also been See Tire Pressure Monitor As an added safety feature, your equipped with a TPMS malfunction Operation 0 353. vehicle has been equipped with a indicator to indicate when the See Radio Frequency Statement tire pressure monitoring system system is not operating properly. 0 416. (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire The TPMS malfunction indicator is pressure telltale when one or more combined with the low tire pressure of your tires is significantly telltale. When the system detects a Tire Pressure Monitor under-inflated. malfunction, the telltale will flash for Operation Accordingly, when the low tire approximately one minute and then This vehicle may have a Tire pressure telltale illuminates, you remain continuously illuminated. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). should stop and check your tires as This sequence will continue upon The TPMS is designed to warn the soon as possible, and inflate them subsequent vehicle start-ups as driver when a low tire pressure to the proper pressure. Driving on a long as the malfunction exists. condition exists. TPMS sensors are significantly under-inflated tire When the malfunction indicator is mounted onto each tire and wheel causes the tire to overheat and can illuminated, the system may not be assembly, excluding the spare tire lead to tire failure. Under-inflation able to detect or signal low tire and wheel assembly. The TPMS also reduces fuel efficiency and tire pressure as intended. TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in tread life, and may affect the malfunctions may occur for a variety the tires and transmit the tire vehicle's handling and stopping of reasons, including the installation pressure readings to a receiver ability. of replacement or alternate tires or located in the vehicle. Please note that the TPMS is not a wheels on the vehicle that prevent substitute for proper tire the TPMS from functioning properly. maintenance, and it is the driver's Always check the TPMS malfunction responsibility to maintain correct tire telltale after replacing one or more pressure, even if under-inflation has tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

354 Vehicle Care and displays, see Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 123 or Caution Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 127. Tire sealant materials are not all the same. A non-approved tire The low tire pressure warning light sealant could damage the TPMS may come on in cool weather when sensors. TPMS sensor damage When a low tire pressure condition the vehicle is first started, and then caused by using an incorrect tire is detected, the TPMS illuminates turn off as the vehicle is driven. This sealant is not covered by the the low tire pressure warning light could be an early indicator that the located on the instrument cluster. air pressure is getting low and vehicle warranty. Always use only If the warning light comes on, stop needs to be inflated to the proper the GM approved tire sealant as soon as possible and inflate the pressure. available through your dealer or tires to the recommended pressure included in the vehicle. A Tire and Loading Information label shown on the Tire and Loading shows the size of the original Information label. See Vehicle Load equipment tires and the correct TPMS Malfunction Light and Limits 0 232. inflation pressure for the tires when Message A message to check the pressure in they are cold. See Vehicle Load The TPMS will not function properly a specific tire may display in the Limits 0 232, for an example of the if one or more of the TPMS sensors Driver Information Center (DIC). The Tire and Loading Information label are missing or inoperable. When the low tire pressure warning light and and its location. Also see Tire system detects a malfunction, the the DIC warning message, Pressure 0 351. low tire pressure warning light, if equipped, come on at each The TPMS can warn about a low defined above, flashes for about ignition cycle until the tires are tire pressure condition, but it does one minute and then stays on for inflated to the correct inflation not replace normal tire the remainder of the ignition cycle. pressure. Using the DIC, it may be maintenance. See Tire Inspection A DIC warning message may also possible to view the tire pressure 0 357, Tire Rotation 0 358, and display. The malfunction light and levels. For additional information Tires 0 344. DIC warning message, if equipped, and details about the DIC operation come on at each ignition cycle until Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 355 the problem is corrected. Some of . One or more TPMS sensors are Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped) the conditions that can cause these missing or damaged. The This feature provides visual and to come on are: malfunction light and the DIC audible alerts outside the vehicle to message, if equipped, should go . One of the road tires has been help when inflating an underinflated off when the TPMS sensors are replaced with the spare tire. The tire to the recommended cold tire installed and the sensor spare tire does not have a pressure. TPMS sensor. The malfunction matching process is performed When the low tire pressure warning light and the DIC message, successfully. See your dealer for light comes on: if equipped, should go off after service. the road tire is replaced and the . Replacement tires or wheels do 1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level sensor matching process is not match the original equipment place. performed successfully. See tires or wheels. Tires and wheels 2. Set the parking brake firmly. "TPMS Sensor Matching other than those recommended Process" later in this section. could prevent the TPMS from 3. Place the vehicle in P (Park). functioning properly. See Buying 4. Add air to the tire that is . The TPMS sensor matching 0 process was not done or not New Tires 360. underinflated. The turn signal completed successfully after . Operating electronic devices or lamp will flash. When the rotating the tires. The being near facilities using radio recommended pressure is malfunction light and the DIC wave frequencies similar to the reached, the horn sounds once message, if equipped, should go TPMS could cause the TPMS and the turn signal lamp will off after successfully completing sensors to malfunction. stop flashing and briefly turn solid. the sensor matching process. If the TPMS is not functioning See "TPMS Sensor Matching properly, it cannot detect or signal a Repeat these steps for all Process" later in this section. low tire pressure condition. See underinflated tires that have your dealer for service if the TPMS illuminated the low tire pressure malfunction light and DIC message, warning light. if equipped, come on and stay on. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

356 Vehicle Care If the hazard warning flashers are TPMS Sensor Matching { Warning on, the tire fill alert visual feedback Process will not work properly. Overinflating a tire could cause Each TPMS sensor has a unique the tire to rupture and you or The TPMS will not activate the tire identification code. The identification others could be injured. Do not fill alert properly under the following code needs to be matched to a new exceed the maximum pressure conditions: tire/wheel position after rotating the listed on the tire sidewall. . There is interference from an vehicle’s tires or replacing one or more of the TPMS sensors. Also, 0 external device or transmitter. See Tire Sidewall Labeling 346 the TPMS sensor matching process and Vehicle Load Limits 0 232. . The air pressure from the should be performed after replacing inflation device is not sufficient a spare tire with a road tire to inflate the tire. If the tire is overinflated by more containing the TPMS sensor. The than 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will . There is a malfunction in malfunction light and the DIC sound multiple times and the turn the TPMS. message, if equipped, should go off at the next ignition cycle. The signal lamp will continue to flash for . There is a malfunction in the sensors are matched to the tire/ several seconds after filling stops. horn or turn signal lamps. wheel positions, using a TPMS To release and correct the pressure, . The identification code of the relearn tool, in the following order: while the turn signal lamp is still TPMS sensor is not registered to driver side front tire, passenger side flashing, briefly press the center of the system. front tire, passenger side rear tire, the valve stem. When the and driver side rear. See your recommended pressure is reached, . The battery of the TPMS sensor is low. dealer for service or to purchase a the horn sounds once. relearn tool. A TPMS relearn tool If the turn signal lamp does not flash If the tire fill alert does not operate can also be purchased. See within 15 seconds after starting to due to TPMS interference, move the Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor inflate the tire, the tire fill alert has vehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back or Activation Tool at not been activated or is not working. forward and try again. If the tire fill www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or alert feature is not working, use a call 1-800-GM TOOLS tire pressure gauge. (1-800-468-6657). Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 357 There are two minutes to match the 5. Press and hold l or the 10. Proceed to the passenger side first tire/wheel position, and thumbwheel to begin the rear tire, and repeat the five minutes overall to match all four sensor matching process. procedure in Step 8. tire/wheel positions. If it takes A message requesting 11. Proceed to the driver side rear longer, the matching process stops acceptance of the process may tire, and repeat the procedure and must be restarted. display. in Step 8. The horn sounds two The TPMS sensor matching 6. If requested, press l or the times to indicate the sensor process is: thumbwheel again to confirm identification code has been 1. Set the parking brake. the selection. The horn sounds matched to the driver side rear twice to signal the receiver is in tire, and the TPMS sensor 2. Turn the ignition on without matching process is no longer starting the vehicle or place the relearn mode and the TIRE LEARN or TIRE LEARNING active. The TIRE LEARN or vehicle in Service Mode. See TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE Ignition Positions 0 236. ACTIVE message displays on the DIC screen. message on the DIC display screen goes off. 3. Use SELECT or o / p to select 7. Start with the driver side the Vehicle in the Base Level front tire. 12. Turn the vehicle off. Driver Information Center 8. Place the relearn tool against 13. Set all four tires to the (DIC). Or Use SELECT recommended air pressure or o / p to select the Info page the tire sidewall, near the valve stem. Then press the button to level as indicated on the Tire in the Uplevel Driver and Loading Information label. Information Center (DIC). activate the TPMS sensor. A horn chirp confirms that the 4. Use the thumbwheel to scroll to sensor identification code has Tire Inspection the Tire Pressure Learn Menu been matched to this tire and We recommend that the tires, Item (Base DIC) or the Tire wheel position. Pressure Menu Item screen including the spare tire, if the (Uplevel DIC). 9. Proceed to the passenger side vehicle has one, be inspected front tire, and repeat the for signs of wear or damage at procedure in Step 8. least once a month. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

358 Vehicle Care Replace the tire if: Tires are rotated to achieve a Use this rotation pattern when . The indicators at three or more uniform wear for all tires. rotating the tires. more places around the tire The first rotation is the most Do not include the compact can be seen. important. spare tire in the tire rotation. . There is cord or fabric Anytime unusual wear is Adjust the front and rear tires to showing through the tire's noticed, rotate the tires as soon the recommended inflation rubber. as possible, check for proper tire pressure on the Tire and inflation pressure, and check for Loading Information label after . The tread or sidewall is damaged tires or wheels. If the the tires have been rotated. See cracked, cut, or snagged unusual wear continues after the 0 deep enough to show cord or Tire Pressure 351 and rotation, check the wheel Vehicle Load Limits 0 232. fabric. alignment. See When It Is Time Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor . The tire has a bump, bulge, for New Tires 0 359 and System. See Tire Pressure or split. Wheel Replacement 0 363. Monitor Operation 0 353. . The tire has a puncture, cut, Check that all wheel nuts are or other damage that cannot properly tightened. See Wheel be repaired well because of “ Nut Torque under Capacities the size or location of the ” and Specifications 0 403, and damage. “Removing the and Tire Rotation Installing the Spare Tire” under Tire Changing 0 366. Tires should be rotated every 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See Maintenance Schedule 0 390. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 359

{ Warning { Warning Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on Do not apply grease to the the parts to which it is wheel mounting surface, fastened, can cause wheel wheel conical seats, or the nuts to become loose over wheel nuts or bolts. Grease time. The wheel could come applied to these areas could off and cause a crash. When cause a wheel to become changing a wheel, remove any loose or come off, resulting in rust or dirt from places where a crash. the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, a When It Is Time for New Treadwear indicators are one way to cloth or paper towel can be tell when it is time for new tires. used; however, use a scraper Tires Treadwear indicators appear when or wire brush later to remove Factors, such as maintenance, the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) all rust or dirt. temperatures, driving speeds, or less of tread remaining. See Tire Inspection 0 357 and vehicle loading, and road conditions 0 affect the wear rate of the tires. Tire Rotation 358 for additional Lightly coat the inner diameter of information. the wheel hub opening with The rubber in tires ages over time. wheel bearing grease after a This also applies to the spare tire, wheel change or tire rotation to if the vehicle has one, even if it is prevent corrosion or rust never used. Multiple factors buildup. including temperatures, loading conditions, and inflation pressure maintenance affect how fast aging takes place. GM recommends that tires, including the spare if Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

360 Vehicle Care equipped, be replaced after six driving. When storing a vehicle for sidewall near the tire size. If the years, regardless of tread wear. To at least a month, remove the tires or tires have an all-season tread identify the age of a tire, use the tire raise the vehicle to reduce the design, the TPC Spec number manufacture date, which is the last weight from the tires. will be followed by MS for mud four digits of the DOT Tire and snow. See Tire Sidewall Identification Number (TIN) molded Buying New Tires 0 into one side of the tire sidewall. Labeling 346 for additional The last four digits of the TIN GM has developed and matched information. indicate the tire manufactured date. specific tires for the vehicle. The GM recommends replacing worn The first two digits represent the original equipment tires installed tires in complete sets of four. week and the last two digits, the were designed to meet General Uniform tread depth on all tires year. For example, the third week of Motors Tire Performance Criteria the year 2020 would have a 4-digit will help to maintain the Specification (TPC Spec) performance of the vehicle. DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the system rating. When first full week (Sunday through Braking and handling Saturday) of each year. replacement tires are needed, performance may be adversely GM strongly recommends affected if all the tires are not Vehicle Storage buying tires with the same TPC replaced at the same time. Tires age when stored normally Spec rating. If proper rotation and mounted on a parked vehicle. Park GM's exclusive TPC Spec maintenance have been done, a vehicle that will be stored for at system considers over a dozen all four tires should wear out at least a month in a cool, dry, clean critical specifications that impact about the same time. However, area away from direct sunlight to slow aging. This area should be free the overall performance of the if it is necessary to replace only of grease, gasoline, or other vehicle, including brake system one axle set of worn tires, place substances that can deteriorate performance, ride and handling, the new tires on the rear axle. rubber. traction control, and tire See Tire Rotation 0 358. Parking for an extended period can pressure monitoring cause flat spots on the tires that performance. GM's TPC Spec may result in vibrations while number is molded onto the tire's Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 361 The Tire and Loading { Warning { Warning Information label indicates the Tires could explode during Using bias-ply tires on the original equipment tires on the improper service. Attempting vehicle may cause the wheel vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 to mount or dismount a tire rim flanges to develop cracks 232. could cause injury or death. after many miles of driving. Only your dealer or authorized A tire and/or wheel could fail Different Size Tires and tire service center should suddenly and cause a crash. Wheels mount or dismount the tires. Use only radial-ply tires with If wheels or tires are installed that the wheels on the vehicle. are a different size than the original equipment wheels and tires, vehicle Winter tires with the same speed performance, including its braking, { Warning ride and handling characteristics, rating as the original equipment Mixing tires of different sizes stability, and resistance to rollover tires may not be available for H, may be affected. If the vehicle has (other than those originally V, W, Y and ZR speed rated electronic systems such as antilock installed on the vehicle), tires. Never exceed the winter brakes, rollover airbags, traction brands, tread patterns, tires’ maximum speed capability control, electronic stability control, or types may cause loss of when using winter tires with a or All-Wheel Drive, the performance control of the vehicle, resulting lower speed rating. of these systems can also be in a crash or other vehicle affected. damage. Use the correct size, If the vehicle tires must be replaced with a tire that does not brand, and type of tire on all { Warning wheels. have a TPC Spec number, make sure they are the same size, If different sized wheels are used, load range, speed rating, and there may not be an acceptable construction (radial) as the level of performance and safety if original tires. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

362 Vehicle Care most passenger car tires. The Treadwear 200 Traction AA Warning (Continued) Uniform Tire Quality Grading Temperature A tires not recommended for those (UTQG) system does not apply All Passenger Car Tires Must wheels are selected. This to deep tread, winter tires, Conform to Federal Safety increases the chance of a crash compact spare tires, tires with Requirements In Addition To and serious injury. Only use GM nominal rim diameters of These Grades. specific wheel and tire systems 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), developed for the vehicle, and or to some limited-production Treadwear have them properly installed by a tires. The treadwear grade is a GM certified technician. While the tires available on comparative rating based on the General Motors passenger cars wear rate of the tire when tested See Buying New Tires 0 360 and and light trucks may vary with under controlled conditions on a Accessories and Modifications respect to these grades, they specified government test 0 305. must also conform to federal course. For example, a tire safety requirements and graded 150 would wear one and Uniform Tire Quality additional General Motors Tire one-half (1½) times as well on Grading Performance Criteria (TPC) the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative The following information relates standards. performance of tires depends to the system developed by the Quality grades can be found upon the actual conditions of United States National Highway where applicable on the tire their use, however, and may Traffic Safety Administration sidewall between tread shoulder depart significantly from the (NHTSA), which grades tires by and maximum section width. For norm due to variations in driving treadwear, traction, and example: habits, service practices and temperature performance. This differences in road applies only to vehicles sold in characteristics and climate. the United States. The grades are molded on the sidewalls of Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 363 Traction laboratory test wheel. Sustained Wheel Alignment and Tire The traction grades, from high temperature can cause the Balance material of the tire to degenerate highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, The tires and wheels were aligned and C. Those grades represent and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead and balanced at the factory to the tire's ability to stop on wet provide the longest tire life and best pavement as measured under to sudden tire failure. The grade overall performance. Adjustments to controlled conditions on C corresponds to a level of wheel alignment and tire balancing specified government test performance which all are not necessary on a regular surfaces of asphalt and passenger car tires must meet basis. Consider an alignment check concrete. A tire marked C may under the Federal Motor Safety if there is unusual tire wear or the vehicle is significantly pulling to one have poor traction performance. Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of side or the other. Some slight pull to Warning: The traction grade the left or right, depending on the assigned to this tire is based on performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum crown of the road and/or other road straight-ahead braking traction surface variations such as troughs tests, and does not include required by law. Warning: The or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is acceleration, cornering, temperature grade for this tire is vibrating when driving on a smooth hydroplaning, or peak traction established for a tire that is road, the tires and wheels may need characteristics. properly inflated and not to be rebalanced. See your dealer overloaded. Excessive speed, for proper diagnosis. Temperature underinflation, or excessive The temperature grades are A loading, either separately or in Wheel Replacement (the highest), B, and C, combination, can cause heat Replace any wheel that is bent, representing the tire's resistance buildup and possible tire failure. cracked, or badly rusted or to the generation of heat and its corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming ability to dissipate heat when loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and tested under controlled wheel nuts should be replaced. If the wheel leaks air, replace it. conditions on a specified indoor Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

364 Vehicle Care Some aluminum wheels can be Tire Chains repaired. See your dealer if any of Caution these conditions exist. The wrong wheel can also cause { Warning Your dealer will know the kind of problems with bearing life, brake wheel that is needed. cooling, speedometer or Do not use tire chains. There is Each new wheel should have the odometer calibration, headlamp not enough clearance. Tire chains same load-carrying capacity, aim, bumper height, vehicle used on a vehicle without the diameter, width, offset, and be ground clearance, and tire or tire proper amount of clearance can mounted the same way as the one it chain clearance to the body and cause damage to the brakes, replaces. . suspension, or other vehicle parts. The area damaged by the Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel tire chains could cause loss of nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor Used Replacement Wheels System (TPMS) sensors with new control and a crash. GM original equipment parts. Use another type of traction { Warning device only if its manufacturer { Warning Replacing a wheel with a used recommends it for the vehicle's one is dangerous. How it has tire size combination and road Using the wrong replacement been used or how far it has been conditions. Follow that wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel driven may be unknown. It could manufacturer's instructions. To nuts can be dangerous. It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. avoid vehicle damage, drive slow affect the braking and handling of When replacing wheels, use a and readjust or remove the the vehicle. Tires can lose air, new GM original equipment traction device if it contacts the and cause loss of control, causing wheel. vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. a crash. Always use the correct If traction devices are used, install wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel them on the front tires. nuts for replacement. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 365 If a Tire Goes Flat { Warning Warning (Continued) It is unusual for a tire to blow out while driving, especially if the tires Driving on a flat tire will cause anything else, you or others could are maintained properly. See Tires permanent damage to the tire. be badly injured or killed if the 0 344. If air goes out of a tire, it is Re-inflating a tire after it has been vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack much more likely to leak out slowly. driven on while severely is provided with the vehicle, only But if there ever is a blowout, here underinflated or flat may cause a use it for changing a flat tire. are a few tips about what to expect blowout and a serious crash. and what to do: Never attempt to re-inflate a tire If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire If a front tire fails, the flat tire that has been driven on while and wheel damage by driving slowly creates a drag that pulls the vehicle severely underinflated or flat. to a level place, well off the road, toward that side. Take your foot off Have your dealer or an authorized if possible. Turn on the hazard the accelerator pedal and grip the tire service center repair or warning flashers. See Hazard steering wheel firmly. Steer to replace the flat tire as soon as Warning Flashers 0 146. maintain lane position, and then possible. gently brake to a stop, well off the road, if possible. { Warning A rear blowout, particularly on a Changing a tire can be curve, acts much like a skid and { Warning dangerous. The vehicle can slip may require the same correction as Lifting a vehicle and getting under off the jack and roll over or fall used in a skid. Stop pressing the it to do maintenance or repairs is causing injury or death. Find a accelerator pedal and steer to dangerous without the level place to change the tire. To straighten the vehicle. It may be appropriate safety equipment and help prevent the vehicle from very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake moving: to a stop, well off the road, training. If a jack is provided with if possible. the vehicle, it is designed only for 1. Set the parking brake firmly. changing a flat tire. If it is used for (Continued) (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

366 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued) 2. Put an automatic transmission in P (Park) or a in 1 (First) or R (Reverse). 3. Turn off the engine and do not restart while the vehicle is raised. 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped) 4. Do not allow passengers to 2. Flat Tire remain in the vehicle. The following information explains 5. Place wheel blocks, how to repair or change a tire. Without Subwoofer if equipped, on both sides of 1. Tow Eye the tire at the opposite Tire Changing 2. Jack corner of the tire being changed. Removing the Spare Tire and 3. Wrench Tools 4. Strap When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), The spare tire and tools are located 5. Funnel use the following example as a in the storage compartment in the guide to assist in the placement of rear of the vehicle. the wheel blocks (1), if equipped. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 367 3. Turn the wing nut 2. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise and remove counterclockwise to loosen the the spare tire. Place the spare wheel nuts. Do not remove tire next to the tire being them yet. changed. 4. Remove the jack and tools and place them near the tire being changed. Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 1. Do a safety check before With Subwoofer proceeding. See If a Tire Goes 0 1. Tow Eye Flat 365. 2. Wrench 3. Jack 3. Place the jack at the position 4. Strap marked with a half circle. 5. Wing Nut 6. Funnel To access the spare tire and tools: 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate 0 21. 2. Remove the trim cover. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

368 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

killed. Never get under a vehicle the vehicle, it is designed only for when it is supported only by changing a flat tire. If it is used for a jack. anything else, you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, only { Warning use it for changing a flat tire. Raising the vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can 6. Turn the wheel wrench 4. Place the hex tube end of the damage the vehicle and even clockwise to raise the vehicle wrench over the hex head of make the vehicle fall. To help far enough off the ground so the jack to attach it. avoid personal injury and vehicle there is enough room for the damage, be sure to fit the jack lift spare tire to fit underneath the 5. Turn the wheel wrench wheel well. clockwise until the lift head is head into the proper location firmly contacting the proper before raising the vehicle. 7. Turn the wheel nuts lifting point nearest the flat tire. counterclockwise to remove them. { Warning { Warning 8. Remove the flat tire. Getting under a vehicle when it is Lifting a vehicle and getting under { Warning lifted on a jack is dangerous. it to do maintenance or repairs is If the vehicle slips off the jack, dangerous without the Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on you could be badly injured or appropriate safety equipment and the parts to which it is (Continued) training. If a jack is provided with fastened, can cause wheel (Continued) (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 369 9. Remove any rust or dirt from Warning (Continued) the wheel bolts, mounting Warning (Continued) surfaces, and spare wheel. nuts to become loose over come off. The wheel nuts should time. The wheel could come 10. Place the spare tire on the be tightened with a torque wrench off and cause a crash. When wheel-mounting surface. to the proper torque specification changing a wheel, remove any after replacing. Follow the torque rust or dirt from places where { Warning specification supplied by the the wheel attaches to the aftermarket manufacturer when Never use oil or grease on bolts using accessory locking wheel vehicle. In an emergency, a or nuts because the nuts might cloth or paper towel can be nuts. See Capacities and come loose. The vehicle's wheel Specifications 0 403 for original used; however, use a scraper could fall off, causing a crash. or wire brush later to remove equipment wheel nut torque specifications. all rust or dirt. 11. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Turn each nut clockwise, by hand, until the wheel is held against the hub. Caution 12. Lower the vehicle by turning Improperly tightened wheel nuts the wheel wrench can lead to brake pulsation and counterclockwise. Lower the rotor damage. To avoid expensive jack completely. brake repairs, evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper { Warning sequence and to the proper torque specification. See Wheel nuts that are improperly or Capacities and Specifications incorrectly tightened can cause 0 403 for the wheel nut torque the wheels to become loose or specification. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

370 Vehicle Care Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools

{ Warning Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose equipment could strike someone. Store all these in the proper place. 13. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly 5. Route the strap through the with the wheel wrench in a wheel, as shown. Storing the Flat Tire and Tools crisscross sequence, as 6. Attach the other end of the 1. Return the jack and tools to shown. strap to the other cargo their original storage location. tie-down in the rear of the Caution 2. Replace the trim cover. vehicle. Wheel covers will not fit on the 3. Place the flat tire, lying flat, in 7. Tighten the strap. the rear storage compartment. vehicle's compact spare. If you try Storing the Compact Spare Tire to put a wheel cover on the 4. Attach one end of the strap to and Tools compact spare, the cover or the a cargo tie-down in the rear of Reverse the instructions for spare could be damaged. the vehicle. removing the spare tire and tools to store the spare tire. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 371 The compact spare tire is for The vehicle will perform differently Do not use the compact spare on temporary use only. Replace the with the spare tire installed and it is other vehicles. compact spare tire with a full-size recommended that the vehicle Do not mix the compact spare tire or tire as soon as you can. See speed be limited to 80 km/h 0 wheel with other wheels or tires. Compact Spare Tire 371. (50 mph). To conserve the tread of They will not fit. Keep the spare tire the spare tire, have the standard tire and its wheel together. Compact Spare Tire repaired or replaced as soon as convenient and return the spare tire to the storage area. Caution { Warning When using a compact spare tire, Tire chains will not fit the compact Driving with more than one the AWD (if equipped), ABS, and spare. Using them can damage compact spare tire at a time could Traction Control systems may the vehicle and the chains. Do not result in loss of braking and engage until the spare tire is use tire chains on the compact handling. This could lead to a recognized by the vehicle, spare. crash and you or others could be especially on slippery roads. Adjust injured. Use only one compact driving to reduce possible spare tire at a time. wheel slip. Caution If this vehicle has a compact spare tire, it was fully inflated when new; When the compact spare is however, it can lose air over time. installed, do not take the vehicle Check the inflation pressure through an automatic car wash regularly. It should be 420 kPa with guide rails. The compact (60 psi). spare can get caught on the rails Stop as soon as possible and check which can damage the tire, wheel, that the spare tire is correctly and other parts of the vehicle. inflated after being installed on the vehicle. The compact spare tire is designed for temporary use only. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

372 Vehicle Care

Jump Starting Warning (Continued) Caution Jump Starting - North HANDLING. For more information Ignoring these steps could result America go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ in costly damage to the vehicle passenger-vehicle. that would not be covered by the For more information about the vehicle warranty. Trying to start vehicle battery, see Battery - North the vehicle by pushing or pulling it America 0 326. See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 304 and the back will not work, and it could damage If the battery has run down, try to cover. the vehicle. use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle. Be sure to use the following steps to { Warning do it safely. Batteries can hurt you. They can be dangerous because: { Warning . They contain acid that can WARNING: Battery posts, burn you. terminals, and related . They contain gas that can accessories contain lead and lead explode or ignite. compounds, chemicals known to . They contain enough the State of California to cause electricity to burn you. cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Batteries also If you do not follow these steps contain other chemicals known to exactly, some or all of these things can hurt you. 1. Discharged Battery the State of California to cause Positive (+) Terminal cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER 2. Discharged Battery (Continued) Negative (-) Grounding Point Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 373 3. Good Battery Negative (-) 4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off all Terminal Caution lights and accessories in both 4. Good Battery Positive (+) vehicles, except the hazard Terminal If the other vehicle does not have warning flashers if needed. a 12-volt system with a negative The jump start negative grounding ground, both vehicles can be point (1) for the discharged battery damaged. Only use a vehicle that { Warning is the engine block or an engine has a 12-volt system with a mounting bolt. Connect to a spot as An electric fan can start up even negative ground for jump starting. far away from the discharged when the engine is not running battery as possible. and can injure you. Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from any The jump start positive terminal (2) 2. Position the two vehicles so underhood electric fan. on the discharged battery is in the that they are not touching. engine compartment on the driver 3. Set the parking brake firmly side of the vehicle. and put the shift lever in P (Park) with an automatic The jump start negative terminal (3) { Warning and positive terminal (4) are on the transmission, or Neutral with a battery of the vehicle providing the manual transmission. Using a match near a battery can jump start. cause battery gas to explode. Caution People have been hurt doing this, The positive jump start connection and some have been blinded. for the discharged battery is under a If any accessories are left on or Use a flashlight if you need more trim cover. Open the cover to plugged in during the jump light. expose the terminal. starting procedure, they could be 1. Check the other vehicle. damaged. The repairs would not Battery fluid contains acid that It must have a 12-volt battery be covered by the vehicle can burn you. Do not get it on with a negative ground system. warranty. Whenever possible, turn you. If you accidentally get it in off or unplug all accessories on your eyes or on your skin, flush either vehicle when jump starting. the place with water and get medical help immediately. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

374 Vehicle Care 10. Try to start the vehicle that had Towing the Vehicle { Warning the dead battery. If it will not start after a few tries, it Fans or other moving engine probably needs service. Caution parts can injure you badly. Keep your hands away from moving Incorrectly towing a disabled Caution parts once the engine is running. vehicle may cause damage. The If the jumper cables are damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not lash 5. Connect one end of the red connected or removed in the positive (+) cable to the wrong order, electrical shorting or hook to suspension positive (+) terminal on the may occur and damage the components. Use the proper discharged battery. vehicle. The repairs would not be straps around the tires to secure the vehicle. Do not drag a locked 6. Connect the other end of the covered by the vehicle warranty. Always connect and remove the wheel/tire. Use tire skates or red positive (+) cable to the dollies under any locked wheel/ positive (+) terminal of the good jumper cables in the correct order, tire while loading the vehicle. Do battery. making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other not use a sling type lift to tow the 7. Connect one end of the black metal. vehicle. This could damage the negative (–) cable to the vehicle. negative (–) terminal of the good battery. Jumper Cable Removal 8. Connect the other end of the Reverse the sequence exactly when black negative (–) cable to the removing the jumper cables. Caution negative ( ) grounding point for – After starting the disabled vehicle Improper use of the tow eye can the discharged battery. and removing the jumper cables, damage the vehicle. If equipped, 9. Start the engine in the vehicle allow it to idle for several minutes. use the tow eye to load a with the good battery and run disabled vehicle onto a flatbed the engine at idle speed for at least four minutes. (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 375 Front Attachment Points known as dinghy towing and dolly Caution (Continued) towing. Dinghy towing is towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the tow truck from a flat road surface, ground. Dolly towing is towing the or to move the vehicle a short vehicle with two wheels on the distance. Use caution and low ground and two wheels up on a speeds. The transmission must device known as a dolly. be in (N) Neutral when moving Here are some important things to the vehicle. consider before recreational vehicle towing: GM recommends a flatbed tow truck . What is the towing capacity of to transport a disabled vehicle. Use the towing vehicle? Be sure to ramps to help reduce approach read the tow vehicle angles, if necessary. A towed manufacturer's vehicle should have its drive wheels The vehicle is equipped with recommendations. off the ground. Contact Roadside specific attachment points to be Assistance or a professional towing . What is the distance that will be used by the towing provider. These traveled? Some vehicles have service if the disabled vehicle must holes may be used to pull the be towed. restrictions on how far and how vehicle from a flat road surface onto long they can tow. the flatbed tow truck. . Is the proper towing equipment Recreational Vehicle going to be used? See your dealer or trailering professional Towing for additional advice and Recreational vehicle towing means equipment recommendations. towing the vehicle behind another vehicle, such as behind a motor home. The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

376 Vehicle Care . Is the vehicle ready to be Dinghy Towing The vehicle was not designed to be towed? Just as preparing the (Front-Wheel-Drive Vehicles) towed with all four wheels on the vehicle for a long trip, make sure ground. the vehicle is prepared to be towed. Dinghy Towing (All-Wheel-Drive Vehicles Only) Caution

Use of a shield mounted in front of the vehicle grille could restrict airflow and cause damage to the transmission. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. If using a shield, only use one that attaches to the towing vehicle. Caution

If the vehicle is towed with all four wheels on the ground, the To dinghy tow the vehicle from the components could be front with all four wheels on the damaged. The repairs would not ground: be covered by the vehicle 1. Position the vehicle to tow and warranty. Do not tow the vehicle then secure it to the tow with all four wheels on the vehicle. ground. 2. Apply the parking brake. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 377 3. Put the vehicle into ACC/ To disconnect the towed vehicle: Dolly Towing (All-Wheel-Drive ACCESSORY by pressing 1. Park on a level surface. Vehicles) ENGINE START/STOP one time without the brake pedal 2. Apply the parking brake. applied. 3. Make sure that the ignition 4. Shift the transmission to is off. N (Neutral). The chime will ring 4. Remove any tape, glue, continuously for 30 seconds. or excess material from the Leave the transmission in negative battery post. N (Neutral). 5. Connect the battery. See 5. Release the parking brake. “Negative Battery Cable 6. Disconnect the negative Reconnection” under Battery - battery cable at the battery. North America 0 326. See “Negative Battery Cable 6. Disconnect the vehicle from the Disconnection” under Battery - tow vehicle. North America 0 326. All-wheel-drive vehicles must not be 7. Release the parking brake. towed with two wheels on the 7. Cover the negative battery post ground. with a non-conductive material to prevent any contact with the negative battery terminal.

Caution

If 113 km/h (70 mph) is exceeded while towing the vehicle, it could be damaged. Never exceed 113 km/h (70 mph) while towing the vehicle. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

378 Vehicle Care Dolly Towing 5. Turn the vehicle off. (Front-Wheel-Drive 6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly. Vehicles Only) 7. Release the parking brake. 8. Disconnect the negative battery cable at the battery. See “Negative Battery Cable Disconnection” Battery - North America 0 326. 9. Cover the negative battery post with a non-conductive material to prevent any contact with the negative battery terminal. Caution Towing the Vehicle from the Rear Towing the vehicle from the rear could damage it. Also, repairs To tow a front-wheel-drive vehicle would not be covered by the from the front with two wheels on vehicle warranty. Never have the the ground: vehicle towed from the rear. 1. Put the front wheels on a dolly. 2. Move the shift lever to Do not tow the vehicle from the rear. P (Park). 3. Set the parking brake. 4. Clamp the steering wheel in a straight-ahead position with a clamping device designed for towing. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 379

Appearance Care Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued) Exterior Care your dealer. Follow all This could cause damage that manufacturer directions regarding would not be covered by the Locks correct product usage, necessary vehicle warranty. Locks are lubricated at the factory. safety precautions, and Use a de-icing agent only when appropriate disposal of any If using an automatic car wash, absolutely necessary, and have the vehicle care product. follow the car wash instructions. The locks greased after using. See windshield wiper and rear window Recommended Fluids and wiper, if equipped, must be off. Lubricants 0 399. Caution Remove any accessories that may Washing the Vehicle be damaged or interfere with the car wash equipment. To preserve the vehicle's finish, Avoid using high-pressure wash it often and out of direct washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) Rinse the vehicle well, before sunlight. to the surface of the vehicle. Use washing and after, to remove all of power washers exceeding cleaning agents completely. If they are allowed to dry on the surface, Caution 8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result in damage or removal of paint they could stain. Do not use petroleum-based, and decals. Dry the finish with a soft, clean acidic, or abrasive cleaning chamois or an all-cotton towel to agents as they can damage the avoid surface scratches and water spotting. vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic Caution parts. If damage occurs, it would Finish Care not be covered by the vehicle Do not power wash any warranty. Approved cleaning component under the hood that Application of aftermarket clearcoat products can be obtained from sealant/wax materials is not has this e symbol. recommended. If painted surfaces (Continued) (Continued) are damaged, see your dealer to Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

380 Vehicle Care have the damage assessed and The bright metal moldings on the repaired. Foreign materials such as Caution vehicle are aluminum, chrome, calcium chloride and other salts, ice or stainless steel. To prevent melting agents, road oil and tar, tree Machine compounding or damage always follow these sap, bird droppings, chemicals from aggressive polishing on a cleaning instructions: basecoat/clearcoat paint finish industrial chimneys, etc., can . Be sure the molding is cool to damage the vehicle's finish if they may damage it. Use only non-abrasive waxes and polishes the touch before applying any remain on painted surfaces. Wash cleaning solution. the vehicle as soon as possible. that are made for a basecoat/ If necessary, use non-abrasive clearcoat paint finish on the . Use only approved cleaning cleaners that are marked safe for vehicle. solutions for aluminum, chrome, painted surfaces to remove foreign or stainless steel. Some matter. cleaners are highly acidic or To keep the paint finish looking new, contain alkaline substances and Occasional hand waxing or mild keep the vehicle garaged or can damage the moldings. polishing should be done to remove covered whenever possible. residue from the paint finish. See . Always dilute a concentrated your dealer for approved cleaning Protecting Exterior Bright Metal cleaner according to the products. Moldings manufacturer’s instructions. Do not apply waxes or polishes to . Do not use cleaners that are not uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, Caution intended for automotive use. decals, simulated wood, or flat paint Failure to clean and protect the . Use a nonabrasive wax on the as damage can occur. bright metal moldings can result vehicle after washing to protect in a hazy white finish or pitting. and extend the molding finish. This damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 381 Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ . Aftermarket appearance caps or Shutter System Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and covers while the lamps are Stripes illuminated, due to excessive heat generated. Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft cloth, and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps, lenses, Caution emblems, decals, and stripes. Failure to clean lamps properly Follow instructions under "Washing can cause damage to the lamp the Vehicle" previously in this cover that would not be covered section. by the vehicle warranty. Lamp covers are made of plastic, and some have a UV protective coating. Do not clean or wipe them when dry. Caution The vehicle may have a shutter Do not use any of the following on Using wax on low gloss black system designed to help increase lamp covers: finish stripes can increase the fuel economy. Keep the shutter . Abrasive or caustic agents. gloss level and create a system clean for proper operation. . Washer fluids and other cleaning non-uniform finish. Clean low Windshield and Wiper Blades agents in higher concentrations gloss stripes with soap and Clean the outside of the windshield than suggested by the water only. with glass cleaner. manufacturer. Clean rubber blades using a lint-free . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, Air Intakes cloth or paper towel soaked with or other harsh cleaners. Clear debris from the air intakes, windshield washer fluid or a mild . Ice scrapers or other hard items. between the hood and windshield, detergent. Wash the windshield when washing the vehicle. thoroughly when cleaning the blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

382 Vehicle Care a buildup of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause wiper Caution Caution (Continued) streaking. Using petroleum-based tire dust and ice. Always wash the Replace the wiper blades if they are dressing products on the vehicle chrome with soap and water after worn or damaged. Damage can be may damage the paint finish and/ exposure. caused by extreme dusty or tires. When applying a tire conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, dressing, always wipe off any snow, and ice. overspray from all painted Caution Weatherstrips surfaces on the vehicle. Apply weatherstrip lubricant on To avoid surface damage on weatherstrips to make them last Wheels and Wheel Trim wheels and wheel trim, do not longer, seal better, and not stick or use strong soaps, chemicals, Use a soft, clean cloth with mild squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at abrasive polishes, cleaners, soap and water to clean the wheels. least once a year. Hot, dry climates After rinsing thoroughly with clean or brushes. Use only GM may require more frequent water, dry with a soft, clean towel. approved cleaners. Do not drive application. Black marks from A wax may then be applied. the vehicle through an automatic rubber material on painted surfaces car wash that uses silicon carbide can be removed by rubbing with a Caution tire/wheel cleaning brushes. clean cloth. See Recommended Damage could occur and the Fluids and Lubricants 0 399. Chrome wheels and chrome repairs would not be covered by Tires wheel trim may be damaged if the the vehicle warranty. Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to vehicle is not washed after driving clean the tires. on roads that have been sprayed Brake System with magnesium chloride or calcium chloride. These are used Visually inspect brake lines and on roads for conditions such as hoses for proper attachment, connections, binding, leaks, cracks, (Continued) chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 383 pads for wear and rotors for surface Underbody Maintenance Finish Damage condition. Inspect At least twice a year, spring and fall, Quickly repair minor chips and linings/shoes for wear or cracks. use plain water to flush any scratches with touch-up materials Inspect all other brake parts. corrosive materials from the available from your dealer to avoid Steering, Suspension, and underbody. Take care to thoroughly corrosion. Larger areas of finish Chassis Components clean any areas where mud and damage can be corrected in your other debris can collect. dealer's body and paint shop. Visually inspect steering, suspension, and chassis Do not directly power wash the Chemical Paint Spotting components for damaged, loose, transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water Airborne pollutants can fall upon or missing parts or signs of wear at and attack painted vehicle surfaces least once a year. can overcome the seals and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated causing blotchy, ring-shaped Inspect power steering for proper fluid will decrease the life of the discolorations, and small, irregular attachment, connections, binding, transfer case and/or axles and dark spots etched into the paint leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. should be replaced. surface. See “Finish Care” Visually check constant velocity joint previously in this section. boots and axle seals for leaks. Sheet Metal Damage If the vehicle is damaged and Interior Care Body Component Lubrication requires sheet metal repair or To prevent dirt particle abrasions, Lubricate all key lock cylinders, replacement, make sure the body regularly clean the vehicle's interior. hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steel repair shop applies anti-corrosion Immediately remove any soils. fuel door hinges, and power assist material to parts repaired or Newspapers or dark garments can step hinges, unless the components replaced to restore corrosion transfer color to the vehicle’s are plastic. Applying silicone grease protection. interior. on weatherstrips with a clean cloth Original manufacturer replacement Use a soft bristle brush to remove will make them last longer, seal parts will provide the corrosion better, and not stick or squeak. dust from knobs and crevices on the protection while maintaining the instrument cluster. Using a mild vehicle warranty. soap solution, immediately remove Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

384 Vehicle Care hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect . Do not use laundry detergents or repellent from all interior surfaces or dishwashing soaps with Caution permanent damage may result. degreasers. For liquid cleaners, To prevent scratching, never use Use cleaners specifically designed use approximately 20 drops per 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. abrasive cleaners on automotive for the surfaces being cleaned to glass. Abrasive cleaners or prevent permanent damage. Apply A concentrated soap solution will create streaks and attract dirt. aggressive cleaning may damage all cleaners directly to the cleaning the rear window defogger. cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any Do not use solutions that contain switches or controls. Remove strong or caustic soap. cleaners quickly. . Do not heavily saturate the Cleaning the windshield with water during the first three to six months Before using cleaners, read and upholstery when cleaning. of ownership will reduce tendency follow all safety instructions on the . Do not use solvents or cleaners to fog. label. While cleaning the interior, containing solvents. open the doors and windows to get Speaker Covers proper ventilation. Interior Glass Vacuum around a speaker cover To clean, use a terry cloth fabric To prevent damage, do not clean gently, so that the speaker will not dampened with water. Wipe droplets the interior using the following be damaged. Clean spots with water left behind with a clean dry cloth. cleaners or techniques: and mild soap. If necessary, use a commercial . Never use a razor or any other glass cleaner after cleaning with Coated Moldings sharp object to remove soil from plain water. any interior surface. Coated moldings should be cleaned. . Never use a brush with stiff . When lightly soiled, wipe with a bristles. sponge or soft, lint-free cloth dampened with water. . Never rub any surface aggressively or with too much . When heavily soiled, use warm pressure. soapy water. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 385 Fabric/Carpet/Suede to a clean area frequently to Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces prevent forcing the soil in to the Start by vacuuming the surface and Vehicle Information and fabric. using a soft brush attachment. If a Radio Displays rotating vacuum brush attachment is 4. Continue gently rubbing the Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss being used, only use it on the floor soiled area until there is no surfaces or vehicle displays. First, carpet. Before cleaning, gently longer any color transfer from use a soft bristle brush to remove remove as much of the soil as the soil to the cleaning cloth. dirt that can scratch the surface. possible: 5. If the soil is not completely Then gently clean by rubbing with a . Gently blot liquids with a paper removed, use a mild soap microfiber cloth. Never use window towel. Continue blotting until no solution followed only by plain cleaners or solvents. Periodically more soil can be removed. water. hand wash the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. Do not If the soil is not completely . For solid soils, remove as much use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse removed, it may be necessary to as possible prior to vacuuming. thoroughly and air dry before use a commercial upholstery To clean: next use. cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free hidden area for colorfastness before colorfast cloth with water. using a commercial upholstery Caution Microfiber cloth is cleaner or spot lifter. If ring recommended to prevent lint formation occurs, clean the entire Do not attach a device with a transfer to the fabric or carpet. fabric or carpet. suction cup to the display. This may cause damage and would 2. Remove excess moisture by After cleaning, use a paper towel to not be covered by the vehicle gently wringing until water does blot excess moisture. warranty. not drip from the cleaning cloth. 3. Start on the outside edge of the soil and gently rub toward the center. Fold the cleaning cloth Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

386 Vehicle Care Instrument Panel, Leather, Cargo Cover and Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Caution (Continued) Convenience Net Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and the appearance and feel of If equipped, wash with warm water Natural Open Pore Wood leather or soft trim, and are not and mild detergent. Do not use Surfaces recommended. chlorine bleach. Rinse with cold Use a soft microfiber cloth water, and then dry completely. dampened with water to remove Do not use cleaners that increase Care of Seat Belts dust and loose dirt. For a more gloss, especially on the instrument Keep belts clean and dry. thorough cleaning, use a soft panel. Reflected glare can decrease microfiber cloth dampened with a visibility through the windshield mild soap solution. under certain conditions. { Warning Caution Do not bleach or dye seat belt Caution webbing. It may severely weaken Soaking or saturating leather, Use of air fresheners may cause the webbing. In a crash, they especially perforated leather, as permanent damage to plastics might not be able to provide well as other interior surfaces, and painted surfaces. If an air adequate protection. Clean and may cause permanent damage. freshener comes in contact with rinse seat belt webbing only with Wipe excess moisture from these any plastic or painted surface in mild soap and lukewarm water. surfaces after cleaning and allow the vehicle, blot immediately and Allow the webbing to dry. them to dry naturally. Never use clean with a soft cloth dampened heat, steam, or spot removers. Do with a mild soap solution. not use cleaners that contain Damage caused by air fresheners silicone or wax-based products. would not be covered by the Cleaners containing these vehicle warranty. solvents can permanently change (Continued) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Vehicle Care 387 Floor Mats . Do not use a floor mat if the vehicle is not equipped with a floor mat retainer on the driver { Warning side floor. If a floor mat is the wrong size or . Use the floor mat with the is not properly installed, it can correct side up. Do not turn interfere with the pedals. it over. Interference with the pedals can . Do not place anything on top of cause unintended acceleration the driver side floor mat. and/or increased stopping . Use only a single floor mat on distance which can cause a crash the driver side. and injury. Make sure the floor mat does not interfere with the . Do not place one floor mat on Removing and Replacing the pedals. top of another. Floor Mats The driver side floor mat is held in 1. Pull up on the rear of the floor mat to unlock the retainers and Use the following guidelines for place by a button-type retainer. remove. proper floor mat usage. 2. Reinstall by lining up the floor . The original equipment floor mat retainer openings over the mats were designed for your carpet retainers and snap into vehicle. If the floor mats need position. replacing, it is recommended that GM certified floor mats be 3. Make sure the floor mat is purchased. Non-GM floor mats properly secured in place. may not fit properly and may Verify the floor mat does not interfere with the accelerator or interfere with the pedals. brake pedal. Always check that the floor mats do not interfere with the pedals. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

388 Service and Maintenance General Information for routine maintenance such as oil Service and changes and tire rotations and Maintenance Your vehicle is an important additional maintenance items like investment. This section describes tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper the required maintenance for the blades. General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help General Information ...... 388 protect against major repair Caution expenses resulting from neglect or Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may Damage caused by improper Maintenance Schedule ...... 390 also help to maintain the value of maintenance can lead to costly the vehicle if it is sold. It is the Special Application Services repairs and may not be covered responsibility of the owner to have by the vehicle warranty. Special Application all required maintenance performed. Services ...... 395 Maintenance intervals, checks, Your dealer has trained technicians inspections, recommended fluids, Additional Maintenance who can perform required and lubricants are important to and Care maintenance using genuine keep the vehicle in good working Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have condition. and Care ...... 396 up-to-date tools and equipment for fast and accurate diagnostics. Many Do not have chemical flushes that Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and are not approved by GM Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy performed on the vehicle. The Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online use of flushes, solvents, cleaners, Lubricants ...... 399 scheduling to assist with service or lubricants that are not Maintenance Replacement needs. approved by GM could damage Parts ...... 400 Your dealer recognizes the the vehicle, requiring expensive Maintenance Records importance of providing repairs that are not covered by Maintenance Records ...... 401 competitively priced maintenance the vehicle warranty. and repair services. With trained technicians, the dealer is the place Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Service and Maintenance 389 The Tire Rotation and Required . Use the recommended fuel. See Services are the responsibility of the Recommended Fuel 0 289. { Warning vehicle owner. It is recommended to Refer to the information in the have your dealer perform these Performing maintenance work can Maintenance Schedule Additional be dangerous and can cause services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. Required Services - Normal chart. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to serious injury. Perform keep the vehicle in good working The Additional Required Services - maintenance work only if the condition, improves fuel economy, Severe are for vehicles that are: required information, proper tools, and reduces vehicle emissions. . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic and equipment are available. Because of the way people use in hot weather. If they are not, see your dealer to vehicles, maintenance needs vary. have a trained technician do the . Mainly driven in hilly or work. See Doing Your Own There may need to be more mountainous terrain. frequent checks and services. The Service Work 0 305. Additional Required Services - . Frequently towing a trailer. Normal are for vehicles that: . Used for high speed or . Carry passengers and cargo competitive driving. within recommended limits on . Used for taxi, police, or delivery the Tire and Loading Information service. label. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 232. Refer to the information in the Maintenance Schedule Additional . Are driven on reasonable road Required Services - Severe chart. surfaces within legal driving limits. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

390 Service and Maintenance Maintenance be reset. Your trained dealer the engine air filter life system after technician can perform this work. the engine air filter is replaced. See Schedule If the engine oil life system is reset Engine Air Filter Life System 0 314. accidentally, service the vehicle Owner Checks and Services within 5 000 km (3,000 mi) since the Tire Rotation and Required Check the engine oil level. See last service. Reset the oil life Services Every 12 000 km Engine Oil 0 311. system when the oil is changed. (7,500 mi) See Engine Oil Life System 0 313. Once a Month Rotate the tires, if recommended for Air Conditioning Desiccant the vehicle, and perform the . Check the tire inflation (Replace Every Seven Years) following services. See Tire pressures. See Tire Pressure Rotation 0 358. 0 351. The air conditioning system requires Check engine oil level and oil maintenance every seven years. . . Inspect the tires for wear. See life percentage. If needed, This service requires replacement of Tire Inspection 0 357. change engine oil and filter, and the desiccant to help the longevity reset oil life system. See Engine . Check the windshield washer and efficient operation of the air Oil 0 311 and fluid level. See Washer Fluid conditioning system. This service Engine Oil Life System 0 313. 0 322. can be complex. See your dealer. Engine Oil Change . If equipped with the engine air Engine Air Filter Change filter life system, check the air When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL filter life percentage. SOON DIC message displays, have CHANGE message displays, the If necessary, replace the engine the engine oil and filter changed engine air filter should be replaced air filter and reset the engine air within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). at the next engine oil change. When filter life system. See Engine Air If driven under the best conditions, the REPLACE ENGINE AIR FILTER Filter Life System. If the vehicle the engine oil life system may not SOON message displays, the is not equipped with the engine indicate the need for vehicle service engine air filter should be replaced air filter life system, inspect the for up to a year. The engine oil and at the earliest convenience. Reset engine air cleaner filter. See filter must be changed at least once Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 315. a year and the oil life system must Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Service and Maintenance 391 . Check engine coolant level. See . Visually inspect halfshafts and . Check automatic transmission Cooling System 0 317. driveshafts for excessive wear, shift lock control function. See . Check windshield washer fluid lubricant leaks, and/or damage Automatic Transmission Shift level. See Washer Fluid 0 322. including: tube dents or cracks, Lock Control Function Check constant velocity joint or 0 328. . Check tire inflation pressures. looseness, See Tire Pressure 0 351. . Check parking brake and cracked or missing boots, loose automatic transmission park . Inspect tire wear. See Tire or missing boot clamps, center mechanism. See Park Brake and Inspection 0 357. bearing excessive looseness, P (Park) Mechanism Check loose or missing fasteners, and 0 328. . Visually check for fluid leaks. axle seal leaks. . Check accelerator pedal for . Inspect brake system. See . Check restraint system Exterior Care 0 379. damage, high effort, or binding. components. See Safety System Replace if needed. . Visually inspect steering, Check 0 58. suspension, and chassis . Visually inspect gas strut for . Visually inspect fuel system for signs of wear, cracks, or other components for damage, damage or leaks. including cracks or tears in the damage. Check the hold open rubber boots, loose or missing . Visually inspect exhaust system ability of the strut. If the hold parts, or signs of wear at least and nearby heat shields for open is low, service the gas 0 once a year. See Exterior Care loose or damaged parts. strut. See Gas Strut(s) 330. 0 379. . Lubricate body components. See . Inspect sunroof track and seal, 0 0 . Inspect power steering for Exterior Care 379. if equipped. See Sunroof 37. proper attachment, connections, binding, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

392 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Schedule

Additional Required 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi Services - Normal 168 000 km/105,000 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Check @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ engine air filter life percentage and status. Change engine air filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @ If the vehicle is not equipped with the engine air filter life system, replace engine air cleaner @ @ @ filter. (3) Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires @ @ and/or boots. Change rear axle fluid, if equipped with AWD. (4) @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake fluid. (7) Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace hood and/or body lift support gas @ @ struts. (9) Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10) Replace oil pump drive belt and timing belt. (LIH @ 1.2L L3 Engine Only). (11) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Service and Maintenance 393 Footnotes — Maintenance (3) Or every four years, whichever (7) Replace brake fluid every five Schedule Additional Required comes first. If driving in dusty years. See Brake Fluid 0 324. Services - Normal conditions, inspect the filter at each (8) Or every 12 months, whichever oil change or more often as needed. (1) Or every two years, whichever 0 comes first. See Wiper Blade comes first. More frequent See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 315. Replacement 0 328. passenger compartment air filter (4) Do not directly power wash the (9) Or every 10 years, whichever replacement may be needed if transfer case and/or front/rear axle comes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 330. driving in areas with heavy traffic, output seals. High pressure water poor air quality, high dust levels, can overcome the seals and (10) Replace air conditioning or environmental allergens. contaminate the transfer case fluid. desiccant every seven years. Passenger compartment air filter Contaminated fluid will decrease the (11) The oil pump drive belt and the replacement may also be needed if life of the transfer case and/or axles timing belt on the LIH engine must there is reduced airflow, window and should be replaced. be replaced at 150,000 miles fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer (5) Or every five years, whichever (240,000 km) or 15 years, can help determine when to replace comes first. See Cooling System whichever comes first. the filter. 0 317. (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor (6) Or every 10 years, whichever lines and hoses for proper comes first. Inspect for fraying, attachment, connection, routing, and excessive cracking, or damage; condition. replace, if needed. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

394 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Schedule

Additional Required 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi Services - Severe 168 000 km/105,000 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Check @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ engine air filter life percentage and status. Change engine air filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @ If the vehicle is not equipped with the engine air filter life system, replace engine air cleaner @ @ @ filter. (3) Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires @ @ and/or boots. Change rear axle fluid, if equipped with AWD. (4) @ @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake fluid. (7) Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace hood and/or body lift support gas @ @ struts. (9) Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10) Replace oil pump drive belt and timing belt. (LIH @ 1.2L L3 Engine Only). (11) Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Service and Maintenance 395 Footnotes — Maintenance contaminate the transfer case fluid. Special Application Schedule Additional Required Contaminated fluid will decrease the Services - Severe life of the transfer case and/or axles Services and should be replaced. (1) Or every two years, whichever . Severe Commercial Use comes first. More frequent (5) Or every five years, whichever Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis passenger compartment air filter comes first. See Cooling System components every oil change. replacement may be needed if 0 317. . Have underbody flushing service driving in areas with heavy traffic, (6) Or every 10 years, whichever performed. See "Underbody poor air quality, high dust levels, comes first. Inspect for fraying, Maintenance" in Exterior Care or environmental allergens. excessive cracking, or damage; 0 379. Passenger compartment air filter replace, if needed. replacement may also be needed if there is reduced airflow, window (7) Replace brake fluid every five fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer years. See Brake Fluid 0 324. can help determine when to replace (8) Or every 12 months, whichever the filter. comes first. See Wiper Blade (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor Replacement 0 328. lines and hoses for proper (9) Or every 10 years, whichever attachment, connection, routing, and comes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 330. condition. (10) Replace air conditioning (3) Or every four years, whichever desiccant every seven years. comes first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect the filter at each (11) The oil pump drive belt and the oil change or more often as needed. timing belt on the LIH engine must See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 315. be replaced at 150,000 miles (240,000 km) or 15 years, (4) Do not directly power wash the whichever comes first. transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

396 Service and Maintenance Additional Battery Brakes The 12-volt battery supplies stop the vehicle and are Maintenance and Care to start the engine and operate any crucial to safe driving. Your vehicle is an important additional electrical accessories. . Signs of brake wear may include investment and caring for it properly . To avoid break-down or failure to chirping, grinding, or squealing may help to avoid future costly start the vehicle, maintain a noises, or difficulty stopping. repairs. To maintain vehicle battery with full cranking power. performance, additional . Trained dealer technicians have maintenance services may be . Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment required. the diagnostic equipment to test to inspect the brakes and the battery and ensure that the recommend quality parts It is recommended that your dealer connections and cables are engineered for the vehicle. perform these services — their corrosion-free. trained dealer technicians know Fluids your vehicle best. Your dealer can Belts Proper fluid levels and approved also perform a thorough . Belts may need replacing if they fluids protect the vehicle’s systems assessment with a multi-point squeak or show signs of and components. See inspection to recommend when your cracking or splitting. Recommended Fluids and vehicle may need attention. 0 . Trained dealer technicians have Lubricants 399 for GM approved The following list is intended to access to tools and equipment fluids. explain the services and conditions to inspect the belts and . Engine oil and windshield to look for that may indicate recommend adjustment or washer fluid levels should be services are required. replacement when necessary. checked at every fuel fill. . Instrument cluster lights may come on to indicate that fluids may be low and need to be filled. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Service and Maintenance 397 Hoses Shocks and Struts . Signs that the tires need to be Hoses transport fluids and should Shocks and struts help aid in control replaced include three or more be regularly inspected to ensure for a smoother ride. visible treadwear indicators; cord that there are no cracks or leaks. or fabric showing through the . Signs of wear may include rubber; cracks or cuts in the With a multi-point inspection, your steering wheel vibration, bounce/ dealer can inspect the hoses and tread or sidewall; or a bulge or sway while braking, longer split in the tire. advise if replacement is needed. stopping distance, or uneven tire wear. . Trained dealer technicians can Lamps inspect and recommend the right Properly working headlamps, . As part of the multi-point tires. Your dealer can also taillamps, and brake lamps are inspection, trained dealer provide tire/wheel balancing important to see and be seen on technicians can visually inspect services to ensure smooth the road. the shocks and struts for signs vehicle operation at all speeds. of leaking, blown seals, Your dealer sells and services . Signs that the headlamps need or damage, and can advise name brand tires. attention include dimming, failure when service is needed. to light, cracking, or damage. Vehicle Care The brake lamps need to be Tires To help keep the vehicle looking like checked periodically to ensure Tires need to be properly inflated, that they light when braking. new, vehicle care products are rotated, and balanced. Maintaining available from your dealer. For . With a multi-point inspection, the tires can save money and fuel, information on how to clean and your dealer can check the lamps and can reduce the risk of tire protect the vehicle’s interior and and note any concerns. failure. exterior, see Interior Care 0 383 and Exterior Care 0 379. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

398 Service and Maintenance Wheel Alignment Windshield Wiper Blades Wheel alignment is critical for For safety, appearance, and the Wiper blades need to be cleaned ensuring that the tires deliver best viewing, keep the windshield and kept in good condition to optimal wear and performance. clean and clear. provide a clear view. . Signs that the alignment may . Signs of damage include . Signs of wear include streaking, need to be adjusted include scratches, cracks, and chips. skipping across the windshield, pulling, improper vehicle . Trained dealer technicians can and worn or split rubber. handling, or unusual tire wear. inspect the windshield and . Trained dealer technicians can . Your dealer has the required recommend proper replacement check the wiper blades and equipment to ensure proper if needed. replace them when needed. wheel alignment. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Service and Maintenance 399 Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identified below by name or specification, including fluids or lubricants not listed here, can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Fluid/Lubricant Automatic Transmission (CVT) Continuously Variable Ratio Transmission (CVT) Fluid. (GM Part No. 19355873. In Canada 19355874). Automatic Transmission (9 Speed) DEXRON VI for Automatic Transmission Fluid. Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. See Cooling System 0 317. Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 311. Hood and Door Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant. See your dealer. Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Release Pawl Hydraulic Brake System DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid. Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive) Transfer Case Fluid. See your dealer. Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant. See your dealer. Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

400 Service and Maintenance Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 42712666 A3251C Engine Oil Filter 1.2L L3 Gas Engine 12696048 PF64 1.3L L3 Gas Engine 55495105 PF66 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185 Spark Plugs 1.2L L3 Gas Engine 12683541 41-156 1.3L L3 Gas Engine 12688094 41-106-IP Wiper Blades Driver Side – 65.0 cm (25.6 in) 42709497 — Passenger Side – 40.0 cm (15.7 in) 42709499 — Rear – 30.0 cm (11.8 in) 42709516 — Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Service and Maintenance 401 Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

402 Technical Data Vehicle Identification parts. See “Engine Specifications” Technical Data under Capacities and Specifications 0 Vehicle Identification 403 for the vehicle's engine code. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Vehicle Identification Service Parts Number (VIN) ...... 402 Identification Service Parts Identification . . . 402 There may be a large barcode on Vehicle Data the certification label on the center Capacities and pillar that you can scan for the Specifications ...... 403 following information: Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 405 . Vehicle Identification This legal identifier is in the front Number (VIN) corner of the instrument panel, on . Model designation the driver side of the vehicle. It can . Paint information be seen through the windshield from outside. The Vehicle Identification . Production options Number (VIN) also appears on the If there is not a large barcode on Vehicle Certification and Service this label, then you will find this Parts labels and certificates of title same information on a label in the and registration. rear storage area. Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code. This code identifies the vehicle's engine, specifications, and replacement Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Technical Data 403 Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications Capacities Application Metric English Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Engine Cooling System* 1.2L L3 Gas Engine 6.3 L 6.7 qt 1.3L L3 Gas Engine 7.4 L 7.8 qt Engine Oil with Filter 1.2L L3 Gas Engine FWD 4.0 L 4.2 qt 1.3L L3 Gas Engine FWD 4.5 L 4.8 qt 1.3L L3 Gas Engine AWD 4.5 L 4.8 qt Fuel Tank 50 L 13.2 gal Transfer Case Fluid 0.23 L 0.24 qt Wheel Nut Torque 140 Y 100 lb ft All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling. *Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

404 Technical Data Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 1.2L L3 Gas Engine (LIH) 2 Automatic 0.6 - 0.7 mm 1.3L L3 Gas Engine (L3T) L Automatic 0.65 - 0.75 mm Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage the spark plug. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Technical Data 405 Engine Drive Belt Routing

1.2L L3 Gas Engine

1.3L L3 Gas Engine Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

406 Customer Information Reporting Safety Defects Customer Information Customer Reporting Safety Defects to Information the United States Government ...... 416 Customer Satisfaction Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are Customer Satisfaction Government ...... 417 important to your dealer and to Procedure ...... 406 Reporting Safety Defects to Buick. Normally, any concerns with Customer Assistance General Motors ...... 417 the sales transaction or the Offices ...... 408 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 409 Privacy Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes, Online Owner Center ...... 409 however, despite the best intentions GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy ...... 418 Cybersecurity ...... 418 of all concerned, misunderstandings Program ...... 410 can occur. If your concern has not Roadside Assistance Event Data Recorders ...... 418 OnStar ...... 419 been resolved to your satisfaction, Program ...... 410 the following steps should be taken: Scheduling Service Infotainment System ...... 419 Appointments ...... 412 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership Program ...... 412 management. Normally, concerns Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 413 can be quickly resolved at that level. Publication Ordering If the matter has already been Information ...... 415 reviewed with the sales, service, Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner Statement ...... 416 of your dealership or the general manager. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Customer Information 407 STEP TWO : If after contacting a When contacting Buick, remember decision given in your case, you member of dealership management, that your concern will likely be may reject it and proceed with any it appears your concern cannot be resolved at a dealer's facility. That is other venue for relief available resolved by your dealership without why we suggest following Step One to you. further help, in the U.S., call first. You may contact the BBB Auto Line 1-800-521-7300. In Canada, contact STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : Program using the toll-free General Motors of Canada Both General Motors and your telephone number or write them at Customer Care Centre at dealer are committed to making the following address: 1-800-263-3777 (English) or sure you are completely satisfied 1-800-263-7854 (French). BBB Auto Line Program with the new vehicle. However, BBB National Programs, Inc. We encourage you to call the if you continue to remain unsatisfied 3033 Wilson Boulevard toll-free number in order to give the after following the procedure Suite 600 inquiry prompt attention. Have the outlined in Steps One and Two, you Arlington, VA 22201 following information available to can file with the Better Business give the Customer Assistance Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 representative: to enforce your rights. http://www.bbb.org/council/ programs-services/ . Vehicle Identification The BBB Auto Line Program is an dispute-handling-and-resolution/ Number (VIN). This is available out-of-court program administered bbb-auto-line from the vehicle registration or by BBB National Programs, Inc. to title, or the plate at the top left of settle automotive disputes regarding This program is available in all the instrument panel and visible vehicle repairs or the interpretation 50 states and the District of through the windshield. of the New Vehicle Limited Columbia. Eligibility is limited by vehicle age, mileage, and other . Dealership name and location. Warranty. Although you may be required to resort to this informal factors. General Motors reserves . Vehicle delivery date and dispute resolution program prior to the right to change eligibility present mileage. filing a court action, use of the limitations and/or discontinue its program is free of charge and your participation in this program. case will generally be heard within 40 days. If you do not agree with the Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

408 Customer Information STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Assistance Owners : In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), Offices addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Buick encourages customers to call procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care the toll-free number for assistance. and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), However, if a customer wishes to Company wants you to be aware of 1-800-263-7854 (French), write or e-mail Buick, the letter its participation in a no-charge or write to: should be addressed to: Mediation/Arbitration program. Mediation/Arbitration Program United States and Puerto Rico General Motors of Canada c/o Customer Care Centre Company has committed to binding General Motors of Canada Buick Customer Assistance Center arbitration of owner disputes Company P.O. Box 33136 involving factory-related vehicle Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Detroit, MI 48232-5136 service claims. The program 1908 Colonel Sam Drive www.Buick.com provides for the review of the facts Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 involved by an impartial third party 1-800-521-7300 arbiter, and may include an informal The inquiry should be accompanied 1-800-832-8425 (For Text hearing before the arbiter. The by the Vehicle Identification Telephone devices (TTYs)) program is designed so that the Number (VIN). Roadside Assistance: entire dispute settlement process, 1-800-252-1112 from the time you file your complaint From U.S. Virgin Islands: to the final decision, should be 1-800-496-9994 completed in about 70 days. We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal, quick, and free of charge. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Customer Information 409 Canada communicate with Buick by dialing: r : Track your vehicle’s warranty 1-800-832-8425. TTY users in General Motors of Canada information. Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. Company J : View active recalls by Vehicle Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: Online Owner Center Identification Number (VIN). See CA1-163-005 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Online Owner Experience 0 402. Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 (U.S.) my.buick.com www.gm.ca H : Compare and shop for Buick The Buick online owner experience and OnStar plans and services. 1-800-263-3777 (English) allows access to videos, articles, View GM Card and SiriusXM 1-800-263-7854 (French) and vehicle health specific to your information (if equipped). 1-800-263-3830 (For Text Buick as well as your OnStar Telephone devices (TTYs)) F : Chat with online help Account information all in one place. Roadside Assistance: representatives. 1-800-268-6800 Membership Benefits See my.buick.com to register your All Overseas Locations E : Download owner’s manuals vehicle. Please contact the local General and view vehicle-specific how-to Buick Owner Centre (Canada) Motors Business Unit. videos. mybuick.ca G : View maintenance schedules, Visit the Buick Owner Centre at Customer Assistance for alerts, and Vehicle Diagnostic mybuick.ca (English) or my.buick.ca Text Telephone (TTY) Information. Schedule service (French) to access similar benefits Users appointments. to the U.S. site. I : View and print dealer-recorded To assist customers who are deaf, service records and self-recorded hard of hearing, or speech-impaired service records. and who use Text Telephones (TTYs), Buick has TTY equipment D : Select a dealer and view available at its Customer Assistance locations, maps, phone numbers, Center. Any TTY user can and hours. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

410 Customer Information GM Mobility Roadside Assistance Coverage Reimbursement Program Program Services are provided for the duration of the vehicle s powertrain For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call ’ warranty. 1-800-252-1112; (Text Telephone (TTY): 1-888-889-2438). In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is covered. In Canada, a For Canadian-purchased vehicles, person driving the vehicle without call 1-800-268-6800. permission from the owner is not Service is available 24 hours a day, covered. 365 days a year. This program is available to Roadside Assistance is not a part of qualified applicants for cost Calling for Assistance the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. reimbursement, up to certain limits, General Motors North America and of eligible aftermarket adaptive When calling Roadside Assistance, Buick reserve the right to make any equipment required for the vehicle, have the following information changes or discontinue the such as hand controls or a ready: Roadside Assistance program at wheelchair/scooter lift for the . Your name, home address, and any time without notification. vehicle. home telephone number General Motors North America and To learn about the GM Mobility . Telephone number of your Buick reserve the right to limit program, see www.gmmobility.com location services or payment to an owner or or call the GM Mobility Assistance driver if they decide the claims are . Location of the vehicle Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text made too often, or the same type of Telephone (TTY) users, call . Model, year, color, and license claim is made many times. 1-800-833-9935. plate number of the vehicle Services Provided General Motors of Canada also has . Odometer reading, Vehicle a Mobility program. See www.gm.ca Identification Number (VIN), and . Emergency Fuel Delivery: or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE delivery date of the vehicle Delivery of enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the nearest (800-463-7483) for details. TTY . Description of the problem users call 1-800-263-3830. service station. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Customer Information 411 . Lock-Out Service: Service to be reimbursed within the Services Specific to unlock the vehicle if you are Powertrain warranty period. Canadian-Purchased Vehicles locked out. A remote unlock may Items considered are reasonable be available if you have OnStar. and customary hotel, meals, . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement For security reasons, the driver rental car, or a vehicle being is up to 7 liters. Diesel fuel must present identification delivered back to the customer, delivery may be restricted. before this service is given. up to 500 miles. Propane and other fuels are not provided through this service. . Emergency Tow from a Public Services Not Included in . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle Road or Highway: Tow to the Roadside Assistance nearest Buick dealer for registration is required. warranty service, or if the vehicle . Impound towing caused by . Trip Interruption Benefits and was in a crash and cannot be violation of any laws. Assistance: Must be over driven. Assistance is not given . Legal fines. 150 km from where your trip was when the vehicle is stuck in started to qualify. sand, mud, or snow. . Mounting, dismounting, Pre-authorization, original or changing of snow tires, detailed receipts, and a copy of . Flat Tire Change: Service to chains, or other traction devices. change a flat tire with the spare the repair orders are required. tire. The spare tire, if equipped, Service is not provided if a vehicle Once authorization has been must be in good condition and is in an area that is not accessible received, the Roadside properly inflated. It is the owner's to the service vehicle or is not a Assistance advisor will help you responsibility for the repair or regularly traveled or maintained make arrangements and explain replacement of the tire if it is not public road, which includes ice and how to receive payment. covered by the warranty. winter roads. Off-road use is not . Alternative Service: If covered. . Battery Jump Start: Service to assistance cannot be provided jump start a dead battery. right away, the Roadside Assistance advisor may give . Trip Interruption Benefits and permission to get local Assistance: If your trip is emergency road service. You will interrupted due to a warranty receive payment, up to $100, event, incidental expenses may Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

412 Customer Information after sending the original receipt If your dealer requests you to bring furnished with each new vehicle to Roadside Assistance. the vehicle for service, you are provides detailed warranty coverage Mechanical failures may be urged to do so as early in the work information. covered, however any cost for day as possible to allow for parts and labor for repairs not same-day repair. Transportation Options covered by the warranty are the Warranty service can generally be owner responsibility. Courtesy Transportation completed while you wait. However, Program if you are unable to do so, your Scheduling Service dealer may offer the following To enhance your ownership transportation options: Appointments experience, we and our participating When the vehicle requires warranty dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Shuttle Service service, contact your dealer and Transportation, a customer support This includes one-way or round-trip request an appointment. By program for vehicles with the shuttle service within reasonable scheduling a service appointment Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty time and distance parameters of and advising the service consultant Coverage period in Canada), your dealer's area. of your transportation needs, your extended powertrain, and/or dealer can help minimize your hybrid-specific warranties in both Public Transportation or Fuel inconvenience. the U.S. and Canada. Reimbursement If the vehicle cannot be scheduled Several Courtesy Transportation If overnight warranty repairs are into the service department options are available to assist in needed, and public transportation is immediately, keep driving it until it reducing inconvenience when used, the expense must be can be scheduled for service, warranty repairs are required. supported by original receipts and within the maximum amount allowed unless, of course, the problem is Courtesy Transportation is not a safety related. If it is, please call by GM. If U.S. customers arrange part of the New Vehicle Limited their own transportation, limited your dealership, let them know this, Warranty. A separate manual and ask for instructions. reimbursement for reasonable fuel entitled “Limited Warranty and expenses may be available. Claim Owner Assistance Information” amounts should reflect actual costs Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Customer Information 413 and be supported by original Additional Program Collision Parts receipts. See your dealer for Information Genuine GM Collision parts are new information. All program options, such as shuttle parts made with the same materials Courtesy Rental Vehicle service, may not be available at and construction methods as the parts with which the vehicle was For an overnight warranty repair, the every dealer. Contact your dealer originally built. Genuine GM dealer may provide an available for specific availability. Collision parts are the best choice to courtesy rental vehicle or provide for General Motors reserves the right to ensure that the vehicle's designed reimbursement of a rental vehicle. unilaterally modify, change, appearance, durability, and safety Reimbursement is limited and must or discontinue Courtesy are preserved. The use of Genuine be supported by original receipts as Transportation at any time and to GM parts can help maintain the GM well as a signed and completed resolve all questions of claim New Vehicle Limited Warranty. rental agreement and meet state/ eligibility pursuant to the terms and provincial, local, and rental vehicle conditions described herein at its Recycled original equipment parts provider requirements. sole discretion. may also be used for repair. These Requirements vary and may include parts are typically removed from minimum age requirements, Collision Damage Repair vehicles that were total losses in insurance coverage, credit card, etc. prior crashes. In most cases, the Additional fees such as fuel, rental If the vehicle is involved in a parts being recycled are from vehicle insurance, taxes, levies, collision and it is damaged, have the undamaged sections of the vehicle. usage fees, excessive mileage, damage repaired by a qualified A recycled original equipment GM or rental usage beyond the technician using the proper part may be an acceptable choice to completion of the repair are also equipment and quality replacement maintain the vehicle's originally your responsibility. parts. Poorly performed collision designed appearance and safety repairs diminish the vehicle resale performance; however, the history of It may not be possible to provide a value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts like vehicle as a courtesy rental. be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any related failures are not covered by that warranty. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

414 Customer Information Aftermarket collision parts are also Insuring the Vehicle parts. Read the lease carefully, as available. These are made by you may be charged at the end of Protect your investment in the GM companies other than GM and may the lease for poor quality repairs. vehicle with comprehensive and not have been tested for the vehicle. collision insurance coverage. There As a result, these parts may fit If a Crash Occurs are significant differences in the poorly, exhibit premature durability/ quality of coverage afforded by If there has been an injury, call corrosion problems, and may not various insurance policy terms. emergency services for help. Do not perform properly in subsequent Many insurance policies provide leave the scene of a crash until all collisions. Aftermarket parts are not reduced protection to the GM matters have been taken care of. covered by the GM New Vehicle vehicle by limiting compensation for Move the vehicle only if its position Limited Warranty, and any vehicle damage repairs through the use of puts you in danger, or you are failure related to such parts is not aftermarket collision parts. Some instructed to move it by a police covered by that warranty. insurance companies will not officer. Repair Facility specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved GM also recommends that you recommend that you ensure that the in the crash. choose a collision repair facility that vehicle will be repaired with GM For emergency towing see meets your needs before you ever original equipment collision parts. need collision repairs. Your dealer Roadside Assistance Program If such insurance coverage is not 0 410. may have a collision repair center available from your current with GM-trained technicians and insurance carrier, consider switching Gather the following information: state-of-the-art equipment, or be to another insurance carrier. able to recommend a collision repair . Driver name, address, and center that has GM-trained If the vehicle is leased, the leasing telephone number technicians and comparable company may require you to have . Driver license number equipment. insurance that ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment . Owner name, address, and Manufacturer (OEM) parts or telephone number Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Vehicle license plate number Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Customer Information 415 . Vehicle make, model, and original GM parts. Remember, Publication Ordering model year recycled parts will not be covered by Information . Vehicle Identification the GM vehicle warranty. Number (VIN) Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals . Insurance company and policy but you must live with the repair. Service manuals have the diagnosis number Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the your insurance company may engine, transmission, axle, General description of the . initially value the repair using suspension, brakes, electrical damage to the other vehicle aftermarket parts. Discuss this with system, steering system, body, etc. Choose a reputable repair facility the repair professional, and insist on that uses quality replacement parts. Genuine GM parts. Remember, Customer Literature if the vehicle is leased, you may be See “Collision Parts” earlier in this Owner’s manuals are written section. obligated to have the vehicle specifically for owners and are repaired with Genuine GM parts, If the airbag has inflated, see What intended to provide basic even if your insurance coverage operational information about the Will You See after an Airbag does not pay the full cost. Inflates? 0 65. vehicle. The owner’s manual If another party's insurance includes the Maintenance Schedule Managing the Vehicle Damage company is paying for the repairs, for all models. Repair Process you are not obligated to accept a Customer literature publications repair valuation based on that In the event that the vehicle requires available for purchase include insurance company's collision policy damage repairs, GM recommends owner s manuals, warranty repair limits, as you have no ’ that you take an active role in its manuals, infotainment manuals, and contractual limits with that company. repair. If you have a pre-determined portfolios. Portfolios include an In such cases, you can have control repair facility of choice, take the owner s manual, warranty manual, of the repair and parts choices as ’ vehicle there, or have it towed there. infotainment manual, if applicable, long as the cost stays within Specify to the facility that any and zip lock bag or pouch. reasonable limits. required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts, either new Genuine GM parts or recycled Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

416 Customer Information Current and Past Models Radio Frequency Reporting Safety Service manuals and customer Statement Defects literature are available for many This vehicle has systems that current and past model year GM operate on a radio frequency that vehicles. Reporting Safety Defects complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the To order, call 1-800-551-4123 Federal Communications to the United States Monday–Friday, 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m. Commission (FCC) rules and with Government eastern time Innovation, Science and Economic If you believe that your vehicle For credit card orders only (VISA, Development (ISED) Canada's RSP-100 / ICES-GEN. has a defect which could cause MasterCard, or Discover), see a crash or could cause injury or Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. Operation is subject to the following death, you should immediately To order by mail, write to: two conditions: inform the National Highway Helm, Incorporated 1. The device may not cause Traffic Safety Administration Attention: Customer Service harmful interference. (NHTSA) in addition to notifying 47911 Halyard Drive 2. The device must accept any General Motors. Plymouth, MI 48170 interference received, including If NHTSA receives similar Make checks payable in U.S. funds. interference that may cause undesired operation of the complaints, it may open an device. investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group Changes or modifications to any of of vehicles, it may order a recall these systems by other than an authorized service facility could void and remedy campaign. authorization to use this equipment. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Customer Information 417 However, NHTSA cannot Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects become involved in individual to the Canadian to General Motors problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. Government In addition to notifying NHTSA (or If you live in Canada, and you Transport Canada) in a situation like To contact NHTSA, you may call this, notify General Motors. the Vehicle Safety Hotline believe that the vehicle has a safety defect, notify Transport In the U.S., call 1-800-521-7300, toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 or write: (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Canada immediately, and notify http://www.safercar.gov; or General Motors of Canada Buick Customer Assistance Center P.O. Box 33136 write to: Company. Call Transport Canada at 1-800-333-0510; Detroit, MI 48232–5136 Administrator, NHTSA go to: In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English) (English) or 1-800-263-7854 Washington, D.C. 20590 (French), or write: www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French) You can also obtain other General Motors of Canada information about motor or write to: Company vehicle safety from Transport Canada Customer Care Centre, http://www.safercar.gov. Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate Mail Code: CA1-163-005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Defect Investigations and Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Recalls Division 80 Noel Street In Mexico, call 01-800-200-28425 or Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 01-800-466-0818. In other Central America and Caribbean Countries, call 52-555-901-2369. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

418 Customer Information Vehicle Data Cybersecurity untrusted networks (such as Bluetooth, WIFI or similar Recording and GM collects information about the technology). In the event you use of your vehicle including suspect any security incident Privacy operational and safety related impacting your data or the safe The vehicle has a number of information. We collect this operation of your vehicle, please computers that record information information to provide, evaluate, stop operating your vehicle and about the vehicle’s performance and improve, and troubleshoot our contact your dealer. how it is driven or used. For products and services and to example, the vehicle uses computer develop new products and services. Event Data Recorders modules to monitor and control The protection of vehicle electronics engine and transmission systems and customer data from This vehicle is equipped with an performance, to monitor the unauthorized outside electronic event data recorder (EDR). The conditions for airbag deployment access or control is important to main purpose of an EDR is to and deploy them in a crash, and, GM. GM maintains appropriate record, in certain crash or near if equipped, to provide antilock security standards, practices, crash-like situations, such as an air braking to help the driver control the guidelines and controls aimed at bag deployment or hitting a road vehicle. These modules may store defending the vehicle and the obstacle, data that will assist in data to help the dealer technician vehicle service ecosystem against understanding how a vehicle’s service the vehicle or to help GM unauthorized electronic access, systems performed. The EDR is improve safety or features. Some detecting possible malicious activity designed to record data related to modules may also store data about in related networks, and responding vehicle dynamics and safety how the vehicle is operated, such as to suspected cybersecurity incidents systems for a short period of time, rate of fuel consumption or average in a timely, coordinated and effective typically 30 seconds or less. The speed. These modules may retain manner. Security incidents could EDR in this vehicle is designed to personal preferences, such as radio impact your safety or compromise record such data as: presets, seat positions, and your private data. To minimize . How various systems in your temperature settings. security risks, please do not connect vehicle were operating; your vehicle electronic systems to unauthorized devices or connect your vehicle to any unknown or Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Customer Information 419 . Whether or not the driver and To read data recorded by an EDR, OnStar passenger safety belts were special equipment is required, and buckled/fastened; access to the vehicle or the EDR is If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and has an active service . How far (if at all) the driver was needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as plan, additional data may be depressing the accelerator and/ collected and transmitted through or brake pedal; and, law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the the OnStar system. This includes . How fast the vehicle was information if they have access to information about the vehicle’s traveling. the vehicle or the EDR. operation; collisions involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle and These data can help provide a GM will not access these data or its features, including infotainment; better understanding of the share it with others except: with the and the location and approximate circumstances in which crashes and consent of the vehicle owner or, GPS speed of the vehicle. Refer to injuries occur. if the vehicle is leased, with the the OnStar Terms and Conditions Note consent of the lessee; in response and Privacy Statement on the EDR data are recorded by your to an official request by police or OnStar website. vehicle only if a non-trivial crash similar government office; as part of GM's defense of litigation through See OnStar Additional Information situation occurs; no data are 0 422. recorded by the EDR under normal the discovery process; or, as required by law. Data that GM driving conditions and no personal Infotainment System data (e.g., name, gender, age, and collects or receives may also be crash location) are recorded. used for GM research needs or may If the vehicle is equipped with a However, other parties, such as law be made available to others for navigation system as part of the enforcement, could combine the research purposes, where a need is infotainment system, use of the EDR data with the type of shown and the data is not tied to a system may result in the storage of personally identifying data routinely specific vehicle or vehicle owner. destinations, addresses, telephone acquired during a crash numbers, and other trip information. investigation. See the infotainment manual for information on stored data and for deletion instructions. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

420 OnStar OnStar Overview information. See OnStar User OnStar Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software Terms for more details including system limitations at OnStar Overview www.onstar.com (U.S.) or OnStar Overview ...... 420 www.onstar.ca (Canada). OnStar Services The OnStar system status light is Emergency ...... 421 next to the OnStar buttons. If the Security ...... 422 status light is: = Voice Command Button OnStar Additional Information . Solid Green: System is ready. OnStar Additional Q Blue OnStar Button . Flashing Green: On a call. Information ...... 422 > Red Emergency Button . Red: Indicates a problem. This vehicle may be equipped with a . Off: System is off. Press Q twice comprehensive, in-vehicle system to speak with an OnStar Advisor. that can connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency, Security, Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR Navigation, Connections, and (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Diagnostics Services. OnStar Advisor. services may require a paid service Functionality of the Voice Command plan and data plan. OnStar requires button may vary by vehicle and the vehicle battery and electrical region. system, cellular service, and GPS satellite signals to be available and Press = to: operating. OnStar acts as a link to . Open the OnStar app on the existing emergency service infotainment display. See the providers. OnStar may collect infotainment manual for information about you and your information on how to use the vehicle, including location OnStar app. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

OnStar 421 Or . Receive Roadside Assistance. OnStar Services . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn . Manage Wi-Fi Settings, Navigation voice commands. if equipped. Emergency . Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi Press > to get a priority connection Emergency Services require an hotspot name or SSID and to an OnStar Advisor available active safety and security plan. With password, if equipped. 24/7 to: Automatic Crash Response, built-in Press Q to connect to an . Get help for an emergency. sensors can automatically alert a Advisor to: specially trained OnStar Advisor . Be a Good Samaritan or who is immediately connected in to . Verify account information or respond to an AMBER Alert. the vehicle to help. update contact information. . Get assistance in severe Press > for a priority connection to Get driving directions. weather or other crisis situations . an OnStar Advisor who can contact and find evacuation routes. . Receive a Diagnostic check of emergency service providers, direct the vehicle's key operating them to your exact location, and systems. relay important information. With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially trained Advisors are available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to provide a central point of contact, assistance, and information during a crisis. With Roadside Assistance, Advisors can locate a nearby service provider to help with a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty gas tank. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

422 OnStar Security OnStar Additional Reactivation for Subsequent Owners If equipped, OnStar provides these Information services: Press Q and follow the prompts to . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, In- Messages speak to an Advisor as soon as OnStar Advisors can use GPS to Audio messages may play important possible. The Advisor will update pinpoint the vehicle and help information at the following times: vehicle records and explain OnStar authorities quickly recover it. or connected service options. . Prior to vehicle purchase. Press . With Remote Ignition Block, Q to set up an account. How OnStar Service Works if equipped, OnStar can block Automatic Crash Response, the engine from being restarted. . After change in ownership and at 90 days. Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Remote if equipped, OnStar can work Transferring Service Services, Roadside Assistance are with law enforcement to Q available on most vehicles. Not all gradually slow the vehicle down. Press to request account transfer OnStar services are available eligibility information. The Advisor everywhere or on all vehicles. For Theft Alarm Notification can cancel or change account more information, a full description information. If equipped, if the doors are locked of OnStar services, system and the vehicle alarm sounds, a Selling/Transferring the limitations, and OnStar User Terms, notification by text, e-mail, or phone Vehicle Privacy Statement, and Software call will be sent. If the vehicle is Terms: Call 1-888-4ONSTAR stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) immediately to with authorities to recover the (1-888-466-7827). vehicle. terminate your OnStar or connected services if the vehicle is disposed . See www.onstar.com (U.S.). of, sold, transferred, or if the . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). lease ends. . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

OnStar 423 . Press Q to speak with an to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services, Advisor. phone network congestion or except Virtual Advisor and OnStar jamming — may prevent service. Turn-by-Turn Navigation. OnStar or connected services cannot work unless the vehicle is in See Radio Frequency Statement If equipped, TTY mode can be a place where OnStar has an 0 416. turned on or off by touching Settings, then Apps, and then agreement with a wireless service Services for People with provider for service in that area. The Phone. When TTY mode is on, wireless service provider must also Disabilities phone calls can be made or have coverage, network capacity, Advisors provide services to help received with OnStar using the reception, and technology with physical disabilities and infotainment display. compatible with OnStar or medical conditions. OnStar Personal Identification connected services. Service Q involving location information about Press to help: Number (PIN) the vehicle cannot work unless GPS . Locate a gas station with an A PIN is needed to access some signals are available, unobstructed, attendant to pump gas. OnStar services. The PIN will need and compatible with the OnStar to be changed the first time when . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., hardware. OnStar or connected speaking with an Advisor. To that meets accessibility needs. services may not work if the OnStar change the OnStar PIN, contact an equipment is not properly installed . Provide directions to the closest OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or or it has not been properly hospital or pharmacy in urgent calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. maintained. If equipment or software situations. is added, connected, or modified, Warranty TTY Users OnStar or connected services may OnStar equipment may be not work. Other problems beyond OnStar has the ability to warranted as part of the vehicle the control of OnStar — such as communicate to deaf, warranty. hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired electrical system design and customers while in the vehicle. The architecture of the vehicle, damage available dealer-installed TTY system can provide in-vehicle Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

424 OnStar Languages call OnStar. However, OnStar may come on. Press Q to try the could have difficulty identifying The vehicle can be programmed to call again or try again after driving a the exact location. respond in multiple languages. few miles into another cellular area. Press Q and ask for an Advisor. . In emergency situations, OnStar Vehicle and Power Issues Advisors are available in English, can use the last stored GPS Spanish, and French. Available location to send to emergency OnStar services require a vehicle languages may vary by country. responders. electrical system, wireless service, and GPS satellite technologies to be A temporary loss of GPS can cause available and operating for features Potential Issues loss of the ability to send a to function properly. These systems OnStar cannot perform Remote Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The may not operate if the battery is Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Advisor may give a verbal route or discharged or disconnected. Assistance after the vehicle has may ask for a call back after the been off continuously for 10 days vehicle is driven into an open area. Add-on Electrical Equipment without an ignition cycle. If the vehicle has not been started for Cellular and GPS Antennas The OnStar system is integrated 10 days, OnStar can contact into the electrical architecture of the Cellular reception is required for vehicle. Do not add any electrical Roadside Assistance or a locksmith OnStar to send remote signals to equipment. See Add-On Electrical to help gain access to the vehicle. the vehicle. Do not place items over Equipment 0 302. Added electrical or near the antenna to prevent equipment may interfere with the Global Positioning blocking cellular and GPS signal operation of the OnStar system and System (GPS) reception. cause it to not operate. . Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a large city with tall Unable to Connect to OnStar Vehicle Software Updates buildings; in parking garages; Message OnStar or GM may remotely deliver around airports; in tunnels and If there is limited cellular coverage software updates or changes to the underpasses; or in an area with or the cellular network has reached vehicle without further notice or very dense trees. If GPS signals maximum capacity, this message consent. These updates or changes are not available, the OnStar may enhance or maintain safety, system should still operate to security, or the operation of the Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

OnStar 425 vehicle or the vehicle systems. Privacy are available for download. This Software updates or changes may offer is valid to anyone in receipt of The complete OnStar Privacy affect or erase data or settings that this information. Statement may be found at are stored in the vehicle, such as www.onstar.com (U.S.), *Provided through LG Electronics saved navigation destinations, or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We INC., who is solely responsible for or pre-set radio stations. Neither recommend that you review it. If you provisions of related OSS OnStar nor GM is responsible for have any questions, call compliance. any affected or erased data or 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) settings. These updates or changes may also collect personal or press Q to speak with an information. Such collection is Advisor. Users of wireless described in the OnStar privacy communications are cautioned that statement or separately disclosed at the privacy of any information sent the time of installation. These via wireless cellular communications updates or changes may also cause cannot be assured. Third parties a system to automatically may unlawfully intercept or access communicate with GM servers to transmissions and private collect information about vehicle communications without consent. system status, identify whether OnStar - Software updates or changes are available, Acknowledgements or deliver updates or changes. An active OnStar agreement constitutes To obtain the source code under consent to these software updates GPL, LGPL, MPL, and other or changes and agreement that open source licenses, that is either OnStar or GM may remotely contained in this product, please deliver them to the vehicle. visit http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to the source code, all referred license terms, warranty disclaimers, and copyright notices Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

426 Connected Services Connected Connected Services Cancel Route 1. Press =. System responds: Services Navigation “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Navigation requires a specific 2. Say “Cancel route.” System Connected Services OnStar or connected service plan. responds: “Do you want to cancel directions?” Navigation ...... 426 Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn Connections ...... 427 directions or have them sent to the 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: Diagnostics ...... 428 vehicle’s navigation screen, “OK, request completed, thank if equipped. you, goodbye.” Turn-by-Turn Navigation Route Preview = 1. Press Q to connect to an 1. Press . System responds: Advisor. “OnStar ready,” then a tone. 2. Request directions to be 2. Say “Route preview.” System downloaded to the vehicle. responds with the next three maneuvers. 3. Follow the voice-guided commands. Repeat Using Voice Commands 1. Press =. System responds: During a Planned Route “OnStar ready,” then a tone. 2. Say Repeat. System Functionality of the Voice Command “ ” responds with the last direction button, if equipped, may vary by given, then responds with vehicle and region. For some “OnStar ready,” then a tone. vehicles, press = to open the OnStar app on the infotainment display. For other vehicles press = as follows. Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Connected Services 427 Get My Destination Connections devices can be connected. A data = plan is required. Use the in-vehicle 1. Press . System responds: The following services help with controls only when it is safe to “OnStar ready,” then a tone. staying connected. do so. 2. Say “Get my destination.” For coverage maps, see 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot System responds with the www.onstar.com (U.S.) or information, press = to open address and distance to the www.onstar.ca (Canada). destination, then responds with the OnStar app on the infotainment display, then “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Ensuring Security select Wi-Fi Hotspot. On some Change the default passwords Send Destination to Vehicle . vehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-Fi for the Wi-Fi hotspot and Settings on the screen. Directions can be sent to the myBuick mobile application. vehicle’s navigation screen, Make these passwords different 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display if equipped. from each other and use a the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), combination of letters and password, and on some Press Q, then ask the Advisor to numbers to increase the vehicles, the connection type download directions to the vehicle s ’ security. (no Internet connection, 3G, navigation system, if equipped. After 4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality Change the default name of the the call ends, the navigation screen . (poor, good, excellent). will provide prompts to begin driving SSID (Service Set Identifier). directions. Routes that are sent to This is your network’s name that 3. To change the SSID or the navigation screen can only be is visible to other wireless password, press Q or call canceled through the navigation devices. Choose a unique name 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect system. and avoid family names or with an Advisor. On some vehicle descriptions. See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or vehicles, the SSID and password can be changed in www.onstar.ca (Canada). Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. The vehicle may have a built-in After initial set-up, your vehicle s Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access ’ Wi-Fi hotspot will connect to the Internet and web content at automatically to your mobile 4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

428 Connected Services devices. Manage data usage by . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot Remote Services turning Wi-Fi on or off on your on/off, manage settings, and Contact an OnStar Advisor to mobile device, by using the myBuick monitor data consumption, unlock the doors or sound the horn mobile app, or by contacting an if equipped. and flash the lamps. OnStar Advisor. On some vehicles, . Locate a dealer and schedule Wi-Fi can also be managed from the service. Marketplace Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. . Request roadside assistance. OnStar Advisors can provide offers MyBuick Mobile App (If Available) from restaurants and retailers on . Set a parking reminder with pin Download the myBuick mobile app your route, help locate hotels, drop, take a photo, make a note, or book a room. These services to compatible Apple and Android and set a timer. smartphones. Buick users can vary by market. access the following services from a . Connect with Buick on social smartphone: media. Diagnostics . Remotely start/stop the vehicle, Features are subject to change. For By monitoring and reporting on the if factory-equipped. myBuick mobile app information and vehicle’s key systems, OnStar compatibility, see my.buick.com. Advanced Diagnostics, if equipped, Lock/unlock doors, if equipped . provides a way to keep up on with automatic locks. An active OnStar or connected service plan may be required. maintenance. Capabilities vary by . Activate the horn and lamps. A compatible device, model. See www.onstar.com for details and system limitations. . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil factory-installed remote start, and life, or tire pressure, power locks are required. Data rates Features are subject to change. For if factory-equipped with the Tire apply. See www.onstar.com for updates on feature capabilities, see Pressure Monitor System. details and system limitations. my.buick.com. Message and data rates may apply. . Send destinations to the vehicle. . Locate the vehicle on a map (U.S. market only). Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Index 429 Index A Airbag System (cont'd) About Driving the Vehicle ...... 3 What Makes an Airbag Accessories and Inflate? ...... 64 Modifications ...... 305 What Will You See after an Accessory Power ...... 244 Airbag Inflates? ...... 65 Adaptive Cruise Control ...... 258 When Should an Airbag Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 302 Inflate? ...... 63 Additional Information Where Are the Airbags? ...... 62 OnStar ...... 422 Airbags Additional Maintenance Adding Equipment to the and Care ...... 396 Vehicle ...... 71 Adjustments Passenger Status Indicator . . . .114 Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 43 Readiness Light ...... 113 Agreements Servicing Airbag-Equipped Trademarks and License . . . . . 205 Vehicles ...... 71 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine ...... 315 System Check ...... 60 Air Conditioning ...... 216, 218 Alarm Air Filter Vehicle Security ...... 28 Life System ...... 314 Alert Air Filter, Passenger Lane Change ...... 285 Compartment ...... 222 Side Blind Zone (SBZA) ...... 285 Air Vents ...... 221 All-Season Tires ...... 345 Airbag System All-Wheel Drive ...... 250, 327 Check ...... 72 AM-FM Radio ...... 157 How Does an Airbag Antenna Restrain? ...... 65 Multi-band ...... 161 Passenger Sensing System . . . .66 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 251 Warning Light ...... 118 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

430 Index Appearance Care Avoiding Untrusted Media Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 236 Exterior ...... 379 Devices ...... 162 Bulb Replacement Interior ...... 383 B Front Turn Signal and Fog Apple CarPlay and Lamps ...... 333 Battery Android Auto ...... 194 Halogen Bulbs ...... 332 Exterior Lighting Battery Armrest Headlamp Aiming ...... 331 Saver ...... 150 Rear Seat ...... 52 Headlamps ...... 331 Load Management ...... 150 Assistance Program, Headlamps and Power Protection ...... 150 Roadside ...... 410 Sidemarker Lamps ...... 332 Battery - North America . . . .326, 372 Assistance Systems for Taillamps, Turn Signal, Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 328 Driving ...... 278 Sidemarker, Bluetooth Assistance Systems for Stoplamps, and Overview ...... 189, 190 Parking and Backing ...... 271 Backup Lamps ...... 334, 335 Bluetooth Audio ...... 165 Audio Buying New Tires ...... 360 Brake Bluetooth ...... 165 Parking, Electric ...... 252 C Auto Stop System Warning Light ...... 117 Calibration ...... 101 Stop/Start System ...... 239 Brake Pad Life System ...... 324 California Automatic Brakes ...... 323 Perchlorate Materials Door Locks ...... 19 Antilock ...... 251 Requirements ...... 305 Emergency Braking (AEB) . . . . 281 Assist ...... 253 California Headlamp System ...... 146 Fluid ...... 324 Proposition Transmission ...... 247 Pad Life System ...... 324 65 Warning ...... 304,326, 372, Transmission Fluid ...... 314 Braking ...... 226 Back Cover Automatic Transmission Automatic Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... 2 Manual Mode ...... 249 Emergency (AEB) ...... 281 Capacities and Shift Lock Control Function Braking System Specifications ...... 403 Check ...... 328 Front Pedestrian (FPB) ...... 282 Auxiliary Jack ...... 165 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Index 431 Carbon Monoxide Climate Control Systems ...... 216 Cooling System ...... 317 Engine Exhaust ...... 246 Air Conditioning ...... 216 Courtesy Lamps ...... 148 Liftgate ...... 21 Dual Automatic ...... 218 Courtesy Transportation Winter Driving ...... 230 Heating ...... 216 Program ...... 412 Cargo Clock ...... 102 Cover Cover ...... 94 Cluster, Instrument ...... 107 Cargo ...... 94 Management System ...... 95 Collision Damage Repair ...... 413 Coverage Explanations ...... 182 Tie-Downs ...... 94 Compact Spare Tire ...... 371 Covers Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3 Compartments Rear Compartment/Storage Center Console Storage ...... 93 Storage ...... 92 Panel ...... 93 Chains, Tire ...... 364 Compass ...... 101 Winter ...... 240 Charging Connected Services Cruise Control ...... 256 Wireless ...... 103 Connections ...... 427 Light ...... 123 Charging System Light ...... 115 Diagnostics ...... 428 Cruise Control, Adaptive ...... 258 Check Navigation ...... 426 Cupholders ...... 92 Engine Light (Malfunction Connections Customer Assistance ...... 409 Indicator) ...... 115 Connected Services ...... 427 Offices ...... 408 Child Restraints Control Text Telephone (TTY) Infants and Young Children . . . . .74 Traction and Electronic Users ...... 409 Lower Anchors and Tethers Stability ...... 254 Customer Information for Children ...... 80 Control of a Vehicle ...... 226 Publications Ordering Older Children ...... 73 Controls Information ...... 415 Securing ...... 86, 88 Steering Wheel ...... 154 Customer Satisfaction Systems ...... 77 Convenience Net ...... 95 Procedure ...... 406 Circuit Breakers ...... 338 Convex Mirrors ...... 30 Cybersecurity ...... 418 Cleaning Coolant Exterior Care ...... 379 Engine Temperature Gauge . . .112 Interior Care ...... 383 Cooling ...... 216, 218 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

432 Index D Driver Behavior ...... 224 Electrical System Damage Repair, Collision ...... 413 Driver Information Engine Compartment Fuse Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3 Center (DIC) ...... 123, 127 Block ...... 338 Data Collection Driving Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 338 Infotainment System ...... 419 Assistance Systems ...... 278 Instrument Panel Fuse OnStar ...... 419 Better Fuel Economy ...... 225 Block ...... 341 Data Recorders, Event ...... 418 Characteristics and Overload ...... 337 Database Coverage Towing Tips ...... 293 Rear Compartment Fuse Explanations ...... 182 Defensive ...... 226 Block ...... 343 Daytime Running Drunk ...... 226 Emergency Lamps (DRL) ...... 145 Environment ...... 224 OnStar ...... 421 Defensive Driving ...... 226 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 230 Engine Delayed Locking ...... 19 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 232 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 315 Destination ...... 173 Loss of Control ...... 228 Check Light (Malfunction Diagnostics Off-Road Recovery ...... 228 Indicator) ...... 115 Connected Services ...... 428 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 232 Compartment Overview ...... 308 Distracted Driving ...... 225 Wet Roads ...... 229 Coolant Temperature Dome Lamps ...... 148 Winter ...... 230 Gauge ...... 112 Door Driving the Vehicle ...... 3 Cooling System ...... 317 Delayed Locking ...... 19 Dual Automatic Climate Drive Belt Routing ...... 405 Locks ...... 17 Control System ...... 218 Exhaust ...... 246 Power Locks ...... 19 E Heater ...... 243 Oil Life System ...... 313 Drive Belt Routing, Engine ...... 405 Electric Parking Brake ...... 252 Oil Pressure Light ...... 121 Drive Systems Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 118 Overheating ...... 321 All-Wheel Drive ...... 250, 327 Electrical Equipment, Power Messages ...... 135 Driver Add-On ...... 302 Teen ...... 201 Running While Parked ...... 247 Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 270 Starting ...... 238 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Index 433 Engine Air Filter Life System . . . . 314 Frequency Statement Fuses (cont'd) Entry Lighting ...... 149 Radio ...... 416 Rear Compartment Fuse Equipment, Towing ...... 300 Front Fog Lamp Block ...... 343 Event Data Recorders ...... 418 Light ...... 123 G Exit Lighting ...... 149 Front Pedestrian Braking Garage Door Opener ...... 140 Extended Parking ...... 246 (FPB) System ...... 282 Programming ...... 140 Extender, Seat Belt ...... 58 Front Seats Gas Strut(s) ...... 330 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 143 Adjustment ...... 42 Gauges Exterior Lighting Battery Heated ...... 48 Engine Coolant Saver ...... 150 Fuel Temperature ...... 112 Additives ...... 290 F Fuel ...... 111 Economy, Driving for Better . . . 225 Filter, Odometer ...... 111 Filling a Portable Fuel Engine Air Cleaner ...... 315 Speedometer ...... 111 Container ...... 292 Flash-to-Pass ...... 145 Tachometer ...... 111 Filling the Tank ...... 290 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 146 Trip Odometer ...... 111 Foreign Countries ...... 290 Flat Tire ...... 365 Warning Lights and Gauge ...... 111 Changing ...... 366 Indicators ...... 106 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 122 Floor Mats ...... 387 General Information Prohibited Fuels ...... 290 Fluid Service and Maintenance . . . . . 388 Recommended ...... 289 Automatic Transmission ...... 314 Towing ...... 293 Top Tier ...... 289 Brakes ...... 324 Vehicle Care ...... 304 Fuses Washer ...... 322 Global Positioning Engine Compartment Fuse Fog Lamps ...... 147 System (GPS) ...... 180 Block ...... 338 Folding Mirrors ...... 31 Glove Box ...... 92 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 338 Folding Seatback ...... 48 GM Mobility Reimbursement Instrument Panel Fuse Forward Collision Alert Program ...... 410 Block ...... 341 (FCA) System ...... 278 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

434 Index Guidance High-Beam On Light ...... 122 J Problems with the Route ...... 181 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 230 Jack H Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 253 Auxiliary ...... 165 Hood ...... 306 Halogen Bulbs ...... 332 Jump Starting - North Horn ...... 98 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 146 America ...... 372 How to Wear Seat Belts HD Radio Technology ...... 159 K Properly ...... 53 Head Restraints ...... 40 Keyless Entry HVAC ...... 216, 218 Head-up Display ...... 130 Remote (RKE) System ...... 8 Headlamps I Keys ...... 7 Aiming ...... 331 If the System Needs Service . . . . 181 L Automatic ...... 146 Ignition Positions ...... 236 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 346 Bulb Replacement ...... 331 Immobilizer ...... 29 Lamps Daytime Running Indicator Courtesy ...... 148 Lamps (DRL) ...... 145 Pedestrian Ahead ...... 119 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 145 Flash-to-Pass ...... 145 Vehicle Ahead ...... 119 Dome ...... 148 Front Turn Signal and Fog Infants and Young Children, Exterior Controls ...... 143 Lamps ...... 333 Restraints ...... 74 Exterior Lighting Battery High-Beam On Light ...... 122 Information Saver ...... 150 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 145 Publication Ordering ...... 415 Headlamps and Lamps On Reminder ...... 123 Infotainment System ...... 419 Sidemarker ...... 332 Heated Instrument Cluster ...... 107 Malfunction Indicator Steering Wheel ...... 98 Instrument Panel Overview ...... 5 (Check Engine) ...... 115 Heated Front Seats ...... 48 Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 32 On Reminder ...... 123 Heated Mirrors ...... 31 Introduction ...... 2, 152 Reading ...... 149 Heater Lane Change Alert (LCA) ...... 285 Engine ...... 243 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) ...... 287 Heating ...... 216, 218 Lane Keep Assist Light ...... 119 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Index 435 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 55 Lights (cont'd) M LATCH System Lane Keep Assist ...... 119 Maintenance Replacing Parts after a Low Fuel Warning ...... 122 Records ...... 401 Crash ...... 86 Seat Belt Reminders ...... 113 Maintenance and Care LATCH, Lower Anchors and Security ...... 122 Additional ...... 396 Tethers for Children ...... 80 Service Electric Parking Maintenance Schedule ...... 390 LED Lighting ...... 332 Brake ...... 118 Recommended Fluids and Liftgate ...... 21 StabiliTrak OFF ...... 120 Lubricants ...... 399 Lighting Tire Pressure ...... 121 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 115 Entry ...... 149 Traction Control System Manual Mode ...... 249 Exit ...... 149 (TCS)/StabiliTrak ...... 120 Map Data Updates ...... 182 Illumination Control ...... 148 Traction Off ...... 120 Maps ...... 171 LED ...... 332 Locks Media Lights Automatic Door ...... 19 Avoiding Untrusted Devices . . 162 Airbag Readiness ...... 113 Delayed Locking ...... 19 Memory Seats ...... 45 Antilock Brake System Door ...... 17 Messages (ABS) Warning ...... 118 Lockout Protection ...... 20 Engine Power ...... 135 Brake System Warning ...... 117 Power Door ...... 19 Vehicle ...... 134 Charging System ...... 115 Safety ...... 20 Vehicle Speed ...... 135 Check Engine (Malfunction Loss of Control ...... 228 Mirror Indicator) ...... 115 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 122 Rear Camera ...... 32 Cruise Control ...... 123 Lower Anchors and Tethers Mirrors Electric Parking Brake ...... 118 for Children (LATCH Automatic Dimming Engine Oil Pressure ...... 121 System) ...... 80 Rearview ...... 32 Flash-to-Pass ...... 145 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 43 Convex ...... 30 Front Fog Lamp ...... 123 Front Seats ...... 43 Folding ...... 31 High-Beam On ...... 122 Heated ...... 31 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 145 Manual Rearview ...... 32 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

436 Index Mirrors (cont'd) OnStar Additional Passenger Compartment Air Power ...... 31 Information ...... 422 Filter ...... 222 Tilt in Reverse ...... 31 OnStar Emergency ...... 421 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 66 Mirrors, Interior Rearview ...... 32 OnStar Overview ...... 420 Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . 119 Monitor System, Tire OnStar Security ...... 422 Perchlorate Materials Pressure ...... 352 OnStar System ...... 166, 179 Requirements, California ...... 305 Multi-band Antenna ...... 161 Operation Personalization N Fog Lamps ...... 147 Vehicle ...... 135 Outlets Phone Navigation Power ...... 102 Apple CarPlay and Connected Services ...... 426 Overheating, Engine ...... 321 Android Auto ...... 194 Destination ...... 173 Overview ...... 153 Bluetooth ...... 189, 190 Using the System ...... 168 Instrument Panel ...... 5 Port Navigation Symbols ...... 172 USB ...... 162 Net, Convenience ...... 95 P Positioning New Vehicle Break-In ...... 236 Park Vehicle ...... 180 Shifting Out of ...... 245 O Power Park Assist ...... 271 Odometer ...... 111 Door Locks ...... 19 Parking Trip ...... 111 Mirrors ...... 31 Brake and P (Park) Off-Road Outlets ...... 102 Mechanism Check ...... 328 Recovery ...... 228 Protection, Battery ...... 150 Extended ...... 246 Oil Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 244 Over Things That Burn ...... 246 Engine ...... 311 Seat Adjustment ...... 42 Parking or Backing Engine Oil Life System ...... 313 Windows ...... 35 Assistance Systems ...... 271 Pressure Light ...... 121 Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 58 Passenger Airbag Status Older Children, Restraints ...... 73 Privacy Indicator ...... 114 Online Owner Center ...... 409 Vehicle Data Recording ...... 418 OnStar ...... 419 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Index 437 Problems with Route Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 100 Reporting Safety Defects (cont'd) Guidance ...... 181 Rearview Mirrors ...... 32 General Motors ...... 417 Program Automatic Dimming ...... 32 U.S. Government ...... 416 Courtesy Transportation ...... 412 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 43 Restraints Prohibited Fuels ...... 290 Recognition Where to Put ...... 79 Proposition Voice ...... 182 Retained Accessory 65 Warning, Recommended Power (RAP) ...... 244 California ...... 304,326, 372, Fuel ...... 289 Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 31 Back Cover Recommended Fluids and Roads Publication Ordering Lubricants ...... 399 Driving, Wet ...... 229 Information ...... 415 Records Roadside Assistance Program ...... 410 R Maintenance ...... 401 Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 375 Roof Radio Reimbursement Program, Sunroof ...... 37 HD Radio Technology ...... 159 GM Mobility ...... 410 Roof Rack System ...... 96 Radio Data System (RDS) ...... 160 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Rotation, Tires ...... 358 Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 416 System ...... 8 Routing, Engine Drive Belt ...... 405 Radio Reception ...... 161 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 15 Running the Vehicle While Radios Replacement Parts Parked ...... 247 AM-FM Radio ...... 157 Airbags ...... 72 Satellite ...... 160 S Maintenance ...... 400 Reading Lamps ...... 149 Safety Defects Reporting Replacing Airbag System ...... 72 Rear Camera Mirror ...... 32 Canadian Government ...... 417 Replacing LATCH System Rear Compartment/Storage General Motors ...... 417 Parts after a Crash ...... 86 Panel Cover ...... 93 U.S. Government ...... 416 Replacing Seat Belt System Rear Seat Armrest ...... 52 Safety Locks ...... 20 Parts after a Crash ...... 59 Rear Seats ...... 50 Safety System Check ...... 58 Reporting Safety Defects Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 271 Satellite Radio ...... 160 Canadian Government ...... 417 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

438 Index Scheduling Appointments ...... 412 Service (cont'd) Software Updates ...... 157 Seat Belts ...... 52 Accessories and Spare Tire Care ...... 59 Modifications ...... 305 Compact ...... 371 Extender ...... 58 Climate Control System ...... 216 Special Application Services . . . . 395 How to Wear Seat Belts Doing Your Own Work ...... 305 Specifications and Properly ...... 53 Maintenance Records ...... 401 Capacities ...... 403 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 55 Maintenance, General Speedometer ...... 111 Reminders ...... 113 Information ...... 388 StabiliTrak Replacing after a Crash ...... 59 Parts Identification ...... 402 OFF Light ...... 120 Use During Pregnancy ...... 58 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 412 Start Assist, Hill ...... 253 Seats Service Electric Parking Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 15 Adjustment, Front ...... 42 Brake Light ...... 118 Starting the Engine ...... 238 Folding Seatback ...... 48 Services Steering ...... 227 Head Restraints ...... 40 Special Application ...... 395 Heated Wheel ...... 98 Heated Front ...... 48 Servicing System ...... 181 Wheel Adjustment ...... 98 Lumbar Adjustment, Front ...... 43 Servicing the Airbag ...... 71 Wheel Controls ...... 98 Memory ...... 45 Settings ...... 195 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 154 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 42 Shift Lock Control Function Stop/Start System ...... 239 Rear ...... 50 Check, Automatic Stoplamps and Back-Up Lamps Reclining Seatbacks ...... 43 Transmission ...... 328 Bulb Replacement ...... 334, 335 Securing Child Restraints . . . . 86, 88 Shifting Storage Areas Security Into Park ...... 244 Cargo Cover ...... 94 Light ...... 122 Out of Park ...... 245 Cargo Management System . . . .95 OnStar ...... 422 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 285 Center Console ...... 93 Vehicle ...... 28 Sidemarker Convenience Net ...... 95 Vehicle Alarm ...... 28 Bulb Replacement ...... 334, 335 Glove Box ...... 92 Service ...... 222 Signals, Turn and Rear Compartment/Storage Lane-Change ...... 147 Panel Cover ...... 93 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

Index 439 Storage Areas (cont'd) Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 29 Top Tier Fuel ...... 289 Roof Rack System ...... 96 Immobilizer ...... 29 Towing Storage Compartments ...... 92 Time ...... 102 Driving Characteristics ...... 293 Struts Tires ...... 344 Equipment ...... 300 Gas ...... 330 All-Season ...... 345 General Information ...... 293 Stuck Vehicle ...... 232 Buying New Tires ...... 360 Recreational Vehicle ...... 375 Sun Visors ...... 37 Chains ...... 364 Trailer ...... 296 Sunroof ...... 37 Changing ...... 366 Vehicle ...... 374 Symbols ...... 3 Compact Spare ...... 371 Traction Navigation ...... 172 Designations ...... 348 Control System System Different Size ...... 361 (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light ...... 120 Brake Pad Life ...... 324 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 365 Off Light ...... 120 Engine Air Filter Life ...... 314 Inspection ...... 357 Traction Control/Electronic Forward Collision Pressure ...... 351 Stability Control ...... 254 Alert (FCA) ...... 278 Pressure Light ...... 121 Trademarks and License Global Positioning ...... 180 Pressure Monitor Operation . . 353 Agreements ...... 205 Infotainment ...... 419 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 352 Trailer OnStar ...... 179 Rotation ...... 358 Towing ...... 296 Roof Rack ...... 96 Sidewall Labeling ...... 346 Transmission Systems Terminology and Definitions . . 349 Automatic ...... 247 Driver Assistance ...... 270 Uniform Tire Quality Fluid, Automatic ...... 314 T Grading ...... 362 Transportation Program, Wheel Alignment and Tire Courtesy ...... 412 Tachometer ...... 111 Balance ...... 363 Trip Odometer ...... 111 Taillamps Wheel Replacement ...... 363 Turn and Lane-Change Bulb Replacement ...... 334, 335 When It Is Time for New Signals ...... 147 Teen Driver ...... 201 Tires ...... 359 Turn Signal Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 409 Winter ...... 345 Bulb Replacement ...... 334, 335 Buick Encore GX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14018934) - 2020 - CRC - 2/27/20

440 Index U Vehicle Care Windshield Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 362 Tire Pressure ...... 351 Replacement ...... 330 Universal Remote System ...... 140 Vehicle Data Recording and Wiper/Washer ...... 98 Operation ...... 142 Privacy ...... 418 Winter Programming ...... 140 Vehicle Positioning ...... 180 Driving ...... 230 Updates Ventilation, Air ...... 221 Winter Cover ...... 240 Map Data ...... 182 Visors ...... 37 Winter Tires ...... 345 Software ...... 157 Voice Recognition ...... 182 Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 328 USB Port ...... 162 W Wipers Rear Washer ...... 100 Using the Navigation System . . . 168 Warning Wireless Charging ...... 103 Using the System ...... 155 Brake System Light ...... 117 Using This Manual ...... 2 Caution and Danger ...... 3 V Warning Lights, Gauges, and Vehicle Indicators ...... 106 Alarm System ...... 28 Warnings Canadian Owners ...... 2 Hazard Flashers ...... 146 Control ...... 226 Washer Fluid ...... 322 Design ...... 224 Wheels Identification Number (VIN) . . . 402 Alignment and . . 363 Load Limits ...... 232 Different Size ...... 361 Messages ...... 134 Replacement ...... 363 Personalization ...... 135 When It Is Time for New Remote Start ...... 15 Tires ...... 359 Security ...... 28 Where to Put the Restraint ...... 79 Speed Messages ...... 135 Windows ...... 35 Towing ...... 374 Power ...... 35 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 119 84394118 C